DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
TENDER FORPROVIDING AIR-CONDITIONING WORKIN ACADEMIC BUILDINGAT THE CAMPUS
OF
INDIAN INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT UDAIPUR,
AT VILLAGE BALICHA, UDAIPUR RAJASTHAN.
NOTICE INVITING TENDER
INDIAN INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT UDAIPUR Village-Balicha, Udaipur, Rajasthan – 313001. Email: [email protected], Website: www.iimu.ac.in, Tel +91-294-2477142
For Owner P a g e | 1 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
TENDER FOR PROVIDING AIR-CONDITIONING WORK IN ACADEMIC BUILDING AT THE CAMPUS
OF INDIAN INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT UDAIPUR,
AT VILLAGE BALICHA, UDAIPUR RAJASTHAN.
INDIAN INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT UDAIPUR Village Balicha, Udaipur, Rajasthan – 313001. Email: [email protected], Website: www.iimu.ac.in, Tel +91-294-2477142
Every care has been taken while preparing this document to cover all necessary information, matters, specifications, general conditions, special conditions& provisions for smooth and complete execution of works.However, in case of any omission in the tender/ contract document, the most recent version (as on 25.08.2019) of general conditions of contract,shall be the reference manual.
For Owner P a g e | 2 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
Summary of Scope of work
This tender is invited for the work “Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.
Site is located along the Ahmedabad Udaipur National Highway (NH) 8 and is well connected with the city of Udaipur. The campus is under developmentplannedon a hilly terrain.The part of the Residential and Non Residential Buildings has already been occupied and some of buildings are under development.Part of Academic Buildingout of Non-Residential Buildings is functional.Utmost care is to be taken to avoid noise/disturbance so that studies do not hamper.This work involves installation of already procured material by M/s. Voltas Ltd. listed in schedule A-F of NIT.
The Scope of work for the tender shall include but not limited to the following:
• To mark all drawings on site and obtain approval, bring discrepancies to notice of Engineer-In-Charge. (Here in after will be referred E-in-C) (No separate payment to be made)
• To establish and assess the quantum & nature of balance work to be done to complete thework as per Original Drawings. (No separate payment to be made)
• To execute balance workas per drawings and specifications.
• Any other work that shall be required to complete the above-mentioned work.
For Owner P a g e | 3 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1
TECHNICAL PART
INFORMATION&INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS FOR TENDERING 8
NOTICE INVITING TENDER 11
INTEGRITY AGREEMENT 17
PERFORMA OF INTEGRITY AGREEMENT18
FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE 26
FORMAT OF AGREEMENT 27
FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY (GUARANTEE) BANK GUARANTEE BOND 32
Brief Particulars of the Work 34
GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR TENDERERS 35
SECTION 2 61
PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES: A TO F 61
SECTION 3 73 GENERAL RULES & DIRECTIONS 73
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING OF TENDER: 77
SECTION 4 80
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 80 CLAUSE.4.1. EARNEST MONEY 85
CLAUSE.4.2. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE 86
CLAUSE.4.3. SECURITY DEPOSIT 87
CLAUSE.4.4. COMPENSATION FOR DELAY 88
CLAUSE.4.5. WHEN CONTRACT CAN BE DETERMINED 90
CLAUSE.4.6.WORK CANNOT BE STARTED DUE TO REASONS NOT WITHIN THE CONTROL OF THE CONTRACTOR. 91
CLAUSE.4.7.CONTRACTOR LIABLE TO PAY COMPENSATION EVEN IF ACTION NOT TAKEN AS 92
CLAUSE.4.8. TIME AND EXTENSION FOR DELAY 92
CLAUSE.4.9. MEASUREMENT OF WORK DONE 95
CLAUSE.4.10. COMPUTERIZED MEASUREMENT BOOK 96
CLAUSE.4.11. PAYMENT ON INTERMEDIATE CERTIFICATE TO BE REGARDED AS ADVANCES 98
For Owner P a g e | 4 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
CLAUSE.4.12. COMPLETION CERTIFICATE AND COMPLETION PLANS 99
CLAUSE.4.13. CONTRACTOR TO KEEP SITE CLEAN 100
CLAUSE.4.14. PAYMENT OF FINAL BILL 100
CLAUSE.4.15. MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY OWNER 101
CLAUSE.4.16. MATERIALS TO BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR 101
CLAUSE.4.17. SECURED ADVANCE ON NON-PERISHABLE MATERIALS 102
CLAUSE.4.18. MOBILIZATION ADVANCE 102
CLAUSE.4.19. PAYMENT DUE TO VARIATION IN PRICES OF MATERIALS AFTER RECEIPT OF TENDER 102
CLAUSE.4.20. DISMANTLED MATERIAL OWNER’S PROPERTY 103
CLAUSE.4.21. WORK TO BE EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND ORDERS ETC. 103
CLAUSE.4.22. DEVIATIONS / VARIATIONS EXTENT AND PRICING 103
CLAUSE.4.23. FORECLOSURE OF CONTRACT DUE TO ABANDONMENT OR REDUCTION IN SCOPE OF WORK(S). 106
CLAUSE.4.24. CARRYING OUT PART WORK AT RISK & COST OF CONTRACTOR. 106
CLAUSE.4.25. SUSPENSION OF WORK 109
ACTION IN CASE WORK NOT DONE AS PER SPECIFICATIONS 110
CLAUSE.4.26. CONTRACTOR LIABLE FOR DAMAGES/ DEFECTS DURING DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD 111
CLAUSE.4.27. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TOOLS & PLANTS ETC. 112
CLAUSE.4.28. RECOVERY OF COMPENSATION PAID TO WORKMEN 113
CLAUSE.4.29. ENSURING PAYMENT AND AMENITIES TO WORKERS IF CONTRACTOR FAILS 113
CLAUSE.4.30. LABOR LAWS TO BE COMPLIED WITH, BY THE CONTRACTOR 114
CLAUSE.4.31. MINIMUM WAGES ACT TO BE COMPLIED WITH 118
CLAUSE.4.32. WORK NOT TO BE SUBLET 119
CLAUSE.4.33. COMPENSATION 119
CLAUSE.4.34. CHANGES IN FIRM’S CONSTITUTION TO BE INTIMATED 119
CLAUSE.4.35. WORKS TO BE EXECUTED UNDER THE CONTRACT 120
CLAUSE.4.36. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES & ARBITRATION 120
For Owner P a g e | 5 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
CLAUSE.4.37. CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY OWNER AGAINST PATENT RIGHTS 121
CLAUSE.4.38. ACTION WHERE NO SPECIFICATIONS ARE SPECIFIED 121
CLAUSE.4.39. WITHHOLDING AND LIEN IN RESPECT OF SUM DUE FROM CONTRACTOR 122
CLAUSE.4.40. LIEN IN RESPECT OF CLAIMS IN OTHER CONTRACTS 123
CLAUSE.4.41. UNFILTERED WATER SUPPLY 123
CLAUSE.4.42. ELECTRICITY 124
CLAUSE.4.43. RETURN OF SURPLUS MATERIALS 124
CLAUSE.4.44. EMPLOYMENT OF TECHNICAL STAFF AND EMPLOYEES 125
CLAUSE.4.45. LEVY/TAXES PAYABLE BY CONTRACTOR 126
CLAUSE.4.46. CONDITIONS FOR REIMBURSEMENT OF LEVY/TAXES IF LEVIED AFTER RECEIPT OF TENDERS. 127
CLAUSE.4.47. TERMINATION OF CONTRACT ON DEATH OF CONTRACTOR 127
CLAUSE.4.48. COMPENSATION DURING WARLIKE SITUATIONS 128
CLAUSE.4.49. APPRENTICES ACT PROVISIONS TO BE COMPLIED WITH 128
CLAUSE.4.50. RELEASE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT AFTER LABOR CLEARANCE 129
SECTION 5 130
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 130 CLAUSE.5.1. SUB-CONTRACTORS 131
CLAUSE.5.2. NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS 132
CLAUSE.5.3. SITE OFFICE 132
CLAUSE.5.4. FOSSILS: 132
CLAUSE.5.5. INSURANCE 133
CLAUSE.5.6. PROTECTION OF PERSONS, WORKS AND PROPERTY 134
CLAUSE.5.7. SITE SECURITY: 137
CLAUSE.5.8. WARRANTY/GUARANTEE 138
CLAUSE.5.9. CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES AND WORK CONTROL 138
CLAUSE.5.10. CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS/SPECIALIZED AGENCIES/SUB- CONTRACTORS 142
CLAUSE.5.11. RATES 144
CLAUSE.5.12. INSPECTION AND RECTIFICATION OF WORKS 145
For Owner P a g e | 6 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
CLAUSE.5.13. REJECTED WORK 147
CLAUSE.5.14. LIMIT OF PRICE ADJUSTMENT 147
CLAUSE.5.15. EXEMPTION FROM PRICE ADJUSTMENT 148
CLAUSE.5.16. SPECIFICATIONS 148
CLAUSE.5.17. SETTING OUT 149
CLAUSE.5.18. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FABRICATION/ SHOP DRAWINGS FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL 149
CLAUSE.5.19. QUALITY ASSURANCE 149
CLAUSE.5.20. SPECIAL CONDITIONS – ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.
SECTION 6 153
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR GREEN BUILDING PRACTICES 153
SECTION 7 164
SAFETY CODES AND RULES 164
Section 8171
Technical Specification171
Annexure v 376
Schedule of Departure 376
Certificate 377
NIT approved for Rs.29,86,296/= (Rs. Twenty-Ninelac Eighty-Six Thousand TwoHundredNinety-Six Only)containing pages1to377.
For Owner P a g e | 7 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
Project Engineer(E) Engineer-in-Charge Project Manager IIMU Project.IIMUProject.IIMUProject.
COA Director IIM,Udaipur. IIM,Udaipur.
INFORMATION & INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS FOR TENDERING
The Director, Indian Institute of Management Udaipur invites Online item rate bids from firms/contractors of repute in Single bid system for the following work:
NAME OF WORK:“Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.
For Owner P a g e | 8 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
Estimated Cost Rs.29,86,296/-
Earnest Money Rs.59,726/-
Performance Guarantee 5% of Tendered Value. Security Deposit 2.5% of Tendered Value Tender Fee Rs. 5000/= (Rs. Five Thousand Only)
Time Allowed 03 (Three) months
Date of Uploading Notice 24/10/2019 Inviting Tender
Last Date of Submission of On31/10/2019up to 03:00 PM Tender Date & Time
Date & Time of Opening of On 31/10/2019at 03:30 PM at IIMU TenderDocuments
General Information:
(1) Tenderers should send all their queries by email, at least threedays before opening of Tender,toproject manager on [email protected]. The tenderers’ authorised representatives are advised to attend the tender opening.
In response to the queries and clarifications sought by the tenderers, certain modifications/clarification may be issued to all tenderers by the project manager, as may be deemed necessary through anAddendum and will be uploaded on website hosting the tender document. No separate communication in this regard shall be sent to the individual tenderers. Tenderers are advised to periodically check the website hosting the tender for any addendum until 2 days before the date of submission of the tender.
(2) Technical tender (which essentially covers the eligibility criteria) shall be opened first on due date and time as mentioned above. Thefinancial tender of tenderer's qualifying the Technicaltender shall be opened there after.
(3) Tenderers are advised to ensure that they have submitted all requisite documents as per the list given in the table below.
For Owner P a g e | 9 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
1 Check List of Documents submitted by Bidder (Form K)
2 Affidavit declaring site visit (Form L)
3 Certificate of financial turnover (Form A)
4 Bank solvency certificate (Form B)
5 Certificates of Works Experience (Form C, D & E).
6 Structure & Organization (Form F).
7 Details of Technical & Administrative Personnel (Form G). 8 Details of Construction Equipment (Form H)
9 Affidavit for “no back to back award of Work” (Form I)
10 Self evaluated marking statement of Eligibility for Short listing of Tenderers. (Form J). 11 Affidavit declaring site visit (Form K)
12 List of similar past Works and performance on such works.
For Owner P a g e | 10 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
NOTICE INVITING TENDER
1. Item rate tenders are invited by theIndian Institute of Management, Udaipur (IIMU/Owner) from the eligible contractors in Single-bid system for the work in campus at the Site i.e. Village-Balicha, Udaipur, Rajasthan.
2.Name of the Work:
Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.
(i) The estimated cost of Work is Rs.29,86,296/- (RupeesTwenty-Nine Lac Eighty- SixThousand TwoHundred Ninety-Sixonly/-).
(ii) Intending bidders is eligible to submit the bid provided he has definite proof from the appropriate authority, which shall be to the satisfaction of the competent authority, of having satisfactorily completed similar works of magnitude specified below: -
1. Three similar works each costing not less than Rs.11,94,518/- (RupeesEleven lac Ninety Four Thousand Five Hundred Eighteenonly) or completed two similar works each costing not less than Rs.17,91,778/- (RupeesSeventeen Lac Ninety One Thousand SevenHundred seventy Eightonly) or completed one similar work costing not less than Rs.23,89,037 /- (Rupees Twenty Three Lac Eighty Nine Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty Sevenonly)during the last seven (7) years ending previous day of the last day of submission of Tender. For this purpose, cost of work shall mean gross value of the completed work. This should be certified by an officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project Manager or equivalent.
For the purpose of this clause, “similar work” shall mean “Installation work of AHU’s, FCU’s andDucting of HVAC system in Residential/Non- Residential Projects inany type of single project donein India”.
2. The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum, calculated from the date of completion to the previous day of the last day of submission of the Tender.
3. The bidder should have had average annual financial turnover (gross) of Rs.14.94Lacs(RupeesFourteen LacNinety-Four Thousandonly)of Similar works during the immediate last five consecutive financial years balance sheets, ending 31st March 2019, duly audited by Charted Accountant. Year
For Owner P a g e | 11 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
in which no turnover is shown would also be considered for working out the average.
4. The bidder should not have incurred any loss (Profit after tax should be positive) in more than two (2) years during available last Five consecutive financial years balance sheets, ending 31st March 2019, duly certified and audited by the Chartered Accountant.
5. The bidder shall furnish a solvency certificate of value not less than Rs. 11.95 Lac (Rupees Eleven Lac Ninety-Five Thousand only)certified by his bankers. Such certificate shall not be of a date, which is more than six months prior to the date of submission of tender.
6. The bidder shall have enough technical and administrative employees for proper execution of the Contract. The bidder shall have to submit a list of these employees stating clearly how these would be involved in this work within 15 days of award of work.
(iii) Intending bidders are advised to ensure that they meet the minimum eligibility criteria as per the detailed terms and evaluation parameters enumerated in this document before they submit their tender documents.
3.An agreement shall be executed by and between the IIMU and the successful tenderer for the “Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.in the given format as per the terms and conditions stipulated in the tender documents. The rates shall be quoted by the tenderer as per various terms and conditions of this document, which shall form part of the agreement. 4.The time allowed for carrying out the Work shall be 03 (Three Months) from the date of initiation as defined in Schedule –F or from the first date of handing over of the Site, whichever is later.
5.The Site shall be handed over to the successful tenderer at the time of award of contract on “as is where is” basis.
6.The tender documents consisting of drawings, specifications, schedule of quantities of the various classes of work to be done and the set of terms & conditions of contract to be complied with and other necessary documents can be seen onwebsite of IIMU at http://www.iimu.ac.in/media-room/tender.html and also at www.eprocure.gov.in
7.Intending tenderers are advised to obtain valid class-II (or appropriate) digital signature to participate in tendering.
8.The interested bidders shall upload their e-tenders in http://www.eprocure.gov.in and also physically submit the hard copies of tenders as per the guidelines given on page
For Owner P a g e | 12 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR no. 15 & 16 of this document in the office of Engineer-in-Charge, Project Office,5th Floor, Academic Building, IIM Udaipur, village-Balicha, Udaipur-313001,India. both within the stipulated time and date as indicated above.
2. While submitting the revised tender, contractor can revise the rate of one or more item(s) any number of times (he need not re-enter rate of all the items) but before last time and date of submission of tender as notified
I. Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) shall be accepted only in the form of Demand Draft or Pay Order or Banker`s Cheque drawn in favor of Director, Indian Institute of Management, Udaipur from any nationalized bank.The intending tenderer must scan and upload all the details such as Banker's name, Demand Draft/Pay Order/ Banker's Cheque/Bank Guarantee number, amount and date to the e-Tendering website within the period of tender submission and original should be deposited at project office of IIMU. Alternatively, a part of the EMD is acceptable in the form of bank guarantee. In such case, Rs.29,863/- (RupeesTwenty Nine Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty Threeonly/-) ofthe EMD shall have to be deposited in the form of Demand Draft or Pay order or Banker`s Cheque drawn in favor of Indian Institute of Management, Udaipur, and balance in the form of Bank Guarantee of any nationalized bank. The amount of the EMD can be paid by multiple Demand Draft / Pay Order / Banker's Cheque / along with Bank Guarantee of any nationalized bank. The bank guarantee shall be in the format as prescribed in this document.
II. Interested tenderers who wish to participate in the tendershall pay Rs. 5,000/(Rupees Five Thousand only) as Tender Processing Fee drawn in favor of Director, Indian Institute Of Management, Udaipur in the form of Demand Draft/Pay order or Banker`s Cheque of any nationalized bank, a copy of which shall have to be scanned and uploaded to the e-Tendering website before tender submission
The tender shall be accompanied with the following documents:
a. Demand Draft or Pay Order or Banker`s Cheque and Bank Guarantee against the EMD and theTender Processing Fee shall be placed in a sealed Envelope 1 superscripted as “Earnest Money and Cost of Tender Processing Fee” with name of Work and due date of opening of the tender also mentioned thereon.
b. Copy of certificate of work experience and other documents as specified shall be scanned and uploaded to the e-Tendering website within the period of tender submission and certified copy of each shall be deposited ina sealed Envelope 2 marked as "Eligibility Documents"within the period of tender submission.
For Owner P a g e | 13 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR c. Bill of quantities (in duplicate) and other relevant commercial information(tender) duly filled and compiled with rates, amounts, totals and signed by authorized signatory shall be placed separately in a sealed Envelope 3. Envelope 3 shall be super scribed as “Financial Bid” and opened only after tenderer’s eligibility to participate in the tender is successfully established and accepted by IIMU. d. All the three envelopes shall be placed inlarge sealed envelopemarked as “Technical and FinancialTender” with due mention of Name of work, date and time of opening of tender.The large sealed envelope shall be submitted in the project office of IIMU up to 03:00 PM on 31/10/2019.The Technical and financial tender documents submitted shall be opened at 03:30PM on 31/10/2019.The large sealed envelope shall be addressed to the Director, Indian Institute of Management, Udaipur. e. Technical and financialtender documents submitted by intending tenderers shall be opened only of those tenderers, whose Earnest Money Deposit and Tender Processing Fee and other documents placed in the Envelope 1are found in order. f. Opening of Tender shall be in the following sequence:
I. EMD and Tender Processing Fee of which hard copiesare placed in Envelope 1;
II. Eligibility documents of which hard copies are placed in Envelope2;
III. Technical and financial bid of the tender of which hard copies are placed in Envelope 3, to be open only for the tenderers fulfilling necessary eligibility criteria per this tender document.
3. The tender submitted shall become invalid and e-Tender Processing Fee shall be forfeited if:
(i) The tenderers are found ineligible; or
(ii) The tenderers fail to uploadall the documents (Including GSTRegistration/ VAT Registration/ Sales Tax Registration) as stipulated in this tender document.
(iii)If any discrepancy is noticed between the documents as uploaded at the time of submission of e-Tender and hard copies as submitted physically in the office of the tender opening authority. (iv) The lowest bidder does not deposit physical EMD within a week of opening of bid.
(v) If a tenderer quotes nil rates against each item in item rate tender or does not quote any percentage above/below on the total amount of the tender of any section/sub head in percentage rate tender, the tender shall be treated as invalid and will not be considered as lowest tenderer
For Owner P a g e | 14 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
4. The contractor whose bid is accepted will be required to furnish performance guarantee of 5% (Five Percent) of the tender amount within the period specified in Schedule F. This guarantee shall be in the form of Deposit at Call receipt of any scheduled bank/Banker's cheque of any scheduled bank/Demand Draft of any scheduled bank or Government Securities or Fixed Deposit Receipts or Guarantee Bonds of any Scheduled Bank or the State Bank of India in accordance with the prescribed form. In case the contractor fails to deposit the said performance guarantee within the period as indicated in Schedule 'F', including the extended period if any, the Earnest Money deposited by the contractor shall be forfeited automatically without any notice to the contractor. The earnest money deposited along with tender shall be returned after receiving the aforesaid performance guarantee.
The contractor whose tender is accepted will also be required to furnish either copy of applicable licenses/registrations or proof of applying for EPFO, ESIC and BOCW Welfare Board including Provident Fund Code No. if applicable and also ensure the compliance of aforesaid provisions by the sub-contractors, if any engaged by the contractor for the said work and Program Chart (Time and Progress) within the period specified in Schedule F.
5. Intending tenderers must inspect and examine the Site and its surroundings and satisfy themselves before submitting their tenders as to the form and nature of the Site, the means of access to the Site, the accommodation as may be required and in general, shall obtain all necessary information as to the risks involved, contingencies and other circumstances which may have a bearing or influence or affect the decision of submission of tender. A bidder shall be deemed to have full knowledge of the Site whether an inspection has been undertaken by the bidder or not and no extra charge consequent on any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed in the amount quoted in the tender. The bidder shall be responsible for arranging and maintaining cost of all materials, tools & plants, water, electricity, access, facilities for workers and all other services required for executing the Work unless otherwise specifically provided for in this document and/or the agreement and/or any other letter, circular, notification issued or document released by IIMU. Submission of a tender by a bidder implies that he has read this notice and all other contract documents and has made himself aware of the scope and specifications of the Work to be executed and of conditions and local conditions and other factors having a bearing on the execution of the Work. Bidder shall submit the Affidavit for Site Visit in the form as prescribed inFORM “L”.
6. Owneris not bound to accept the lowest or any other tender and reserves to itself the right to reject any or all the tenders received without assigning any reason thereof. All tenders in which any of the prescribed conditionsare not fulfilled or any condition including that of conditional rebate is put forth by the tenderer shall be rejected summarily. Tenders subject to any conditions proposed by the tenderer shall not be accepted and shall be liable to be rejected.
For Owner P a g e | 15 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
7. Canvassing either directly or indirectly, in connection with tender is strictly prohibited and the tenders submitted by the tenderers who resort to canvassing shall be liable to be rejected.
8. Owner reserves the right of accepting the whole or any part of the tender and the tenderers shall be bound to perform the same at the quoted rate.
9. The tenderer shall intimate the names of persons who are or were working in any capacity with the tenderer or are subsequently employed by the tenderer and who are or have been an officer in IIMU.
10. The tender for the Work shall remain open for acceptance for a period of 30 (Thirty) days from the date of opening of Technical tender. In case any tenderer withdraws its tender before the end of Thirty days or issue of letter of acceptance, whichever is earlier, or makes such modifications in the terms and conditions of the tender which are not acceptable to the Owner, then the Owner shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available under the contract or law, be at liberty to forfeit 50% of the EMD. Further, such tenderer shall be barred from participating in the re-tendering process of the Work.
11. This notice-inviting Tender shall form a part of the agreement and shall be read and construed accordingly. The successful tenderer, on acceptance of its tender by the Owner, shall within 15 days from the stipulated date of initiation of the Work, execute an agreement consisting of: -
The Notice Inviting Tender, all the documents including additional conditions, specifications, drawings and minutes of pre-tender meeting, addendums and corrigendum, if any, forming the tender as issued at the time of invitation of tender and acceptance thereof together with any correspondence leading thereto.
Note: Integrity Agreement will be signed and sealed by the Authorized Representative of bidder as per the format of NIT on bidder's letter head initially. Formal agreement on stamp paper shall be signed between IIMU and the successful bidder only, at the time of Signing of agreement for the work.
For Owner P a g e | 16 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
INTEGRITY AGREEMENT
On account of the tendering process adopted by IIMU, the tendererhas to sign the entire document physically and the tenderer shall be required to physically submit a set of documents in the office of Director, IIMU. In order to maintain transparency and integrity in the process of awarding contract, it is essential for IIMU and tenderers to agree and abide by certain principles and policies. IIMU and tenderers agree to following :
(i) IIMU shall remain committed to follow the principles of transparency, equity and competitiveness in public procurement;
(ii) The Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) is an invitation to offer made on the condition that the tenderer shall sign the Integrity Agreement, which is an integral part of tender/tender documents, failing which the tenderer/tenderer will stand disqualified from the tendering process and the tender of the tenderer shall be liable to be rejected summarily.
(i) The tenderers agree and acknowledge that the NIT is an invitation to offer made on the condition that the tenderers shall sign an Integrity Agreement in the format as provided for in this document. Such Integrity Agreement shall form an integral part of the tender documents. Any failure on the part of any tenderer to execute the Integrity Agreement shall render such tenderer disqualified from the tendering process. The tendered agree and acknowledge that bidding for the Work as envisaged in this document shall be regarded as an unconditional and absolute acceptance of the condition of executing the Integrity Agreement.
(ii) The tenderers acknowledge, agree and confirm acceptance and compliance with the Integrity Agreement in letter and spirit and further agree that execution of the Integrity Agreement shall be separate and distinct from the main agreement, which shall come into existence once tender is finally accepted by IIMU. The tenderers acknowledge and accept the tenure of the Integrity Agreement, which shall be in the line with Article 1 of the format of Integrity Agreement as prescribed herein.
(iii) The tenderers acknowledge that in the event of failure to sign and accept the Integrity Agreement, while submitting the tender/tender, IIMU shall have unqualified, absolute and unfettered right to disqualify the tenderer and reject the tender in accordance with terms and conditions of the tender.
In addition to other components of tender document, the Integrity Pact shall also be signed between The Director, IIMU and successful tenderer after acceptance of tender.
For Owner P a g e | 17 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
To,
………………………..,
………………………..,
………………………..
Sub: NIT for the work for“Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.
Dear Sir,
It is here by declared that Director on behalf of the IIMU is committed to follow the principle of transparency, equity and competitiveness in public procurement.
The subject Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) is an invitation to offer made on the condition that the Tenderer will sign the integrity Agreement, which is an integral part of tender/tender documents, failing which the tenderer/tenderer will stand disqualified from the tendering process and the tender of the tenderer would be summarily rejected.
This declaration shall form part and parcel of the Integrity Agreement and signing of the same shall be deemed as acceptance and signing of the Integrity Agreement on behalf of the IIMU.
Yours faithfully
Director, IIMU
For Owner P a g e | 18 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
INTEGRITY AGREEMENT
To,
Director,
Indian Institute of Management UDAIPUR
Sub: Submission of Tender for“Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.
Dear Sir,
I/We acknowledge that Director on behalf of the IIMU is committed to follow the principles thereof as enumerated in the Integrity Agreement enclosed with the tender/tender document.
I/We agree that the Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) is an invitation to offer made on the condition that I/We will sign the enclosed integrity Agreement, which is an integral part of tender documents, failing which I/We will stand disqualified from the tendering process. I/We acknowledge that THE MAKING OF THE TENDER SHALL BE REGARDED AS AN UNCONDITIONAL AND ABSOLUTE ACCEPTANCE of this condition of the NIT.
I/We confirm acceptance and compliance with the Integrity Agreement in letter and spirit and further agree that execution of the said Integrity Agreement shall be separate and distinct from the main contract, which will come into existence when tender is finally accepted by IIMU. I/We acknowledge and accept the duration of the Integrity Agreement, which shall be in the line with Article 1 of the enclosed Integrity Agreement.
I/We acknowledge that in the event of my/our failure to sign and accept the Integrity Agreement, while submitting the tender/tender, IIMU shall have unqualified, absolute and unfettered right to disqualify the tenderer and reject the tender in accordance with terms and conditions of the tender.
Yours faithfully
(Duly authorized signatory of the Tenderer) To be signed by each tenderer and Director, IIMU)
For Owner P a g e | 19 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
INTEGRITY AGREEMENT
THIS INTEGRITY AGREEMENT is made at ...... on this...... day of ...... 2018
BETWEEN
The Director, IIMU (hereinafter called “IIMU” or “Owner” which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof is deemed to include its successors & permitted assigns) of the FIRST PART:
AND
...... (Name and Address of the Individual/firm/Company)through...... (Hereinafter referred to as the (Details of duly authorized signatory) “Tenderer/Contractor” and which expression shall unless repugnant to the meaning or context hereof include its successors and permitted assigns) of the SECOND PART
Each of the IIMU/Owner and Tenderer/Contractor individually referred to as the “Party” and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.
WHEREAS the Ownerfloated a tender for“Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.
(“Tender”) and intends to award, under laid down organizational procedure, contract pursuant to issuance of such Tender(“Contract”).
AND WHEREAS the Owner values full compliance with all applicable laws of the land, rules, regulations, economic use of resources and of fairness/transparency in its relationship with its tenderer(s) and contractor(s).
AND WHEREAS to meet the purpose aforesaid, the Parties have agreed to enter into this Integrity Agreement (“Integrity Pact” or “Pact”), the terms and conditions of which shall also be read as integral part of the tender documents and Agreement between the Parties and shall be construed accordingly.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of mutual covenants contained in this Pact, the Parties hereby agree as follows and this Pact witnesses as under:
Article 1: Commitment of the Owner
1) The Owner commits itself to endeavor to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption and to observe the following principles:
(a) No employee of the Owner, personally or through any of his/her family members, shall in connection with the Tender, or the execution of the Agreement, demand, take
For Owner P a g e | 20 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
a promise for or accept, for self or third person, any material or immaterial benefit which the person is not legally entitled to.
(b) The Ownershall, during the tender process, treat all tenderer(s) with equity and reason. The Ownershall, in particular, before and during the tender process, provide to all tenderer(s) the same information and shall not provide to any tenderer(s) confidential/additional information through which the tenderer(s) could obtain an advantage in relation to the tender process or the execution of Agreement.
(c) The Owner shall endeavor to exclude from the tender process any person, whose conduct in the past has involved any bias of any nature.
2) If the Owner obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees which is a criminal offence under the Indian Penal Code (IPC) or Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 or is in violation of the principles herein mentioned or if there be a substantive suspicion in this regard, the Owner shall be at liberty to take appropriate disciplinary action or initiate disciplinary proceedings as per its internal policies and procedures.
Article 2: Commitment of the Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s)
1) Each Tenderer/Contractor shall be required to (including their respective officers, employees and agents) adhere to the highest ethical standards and shall report to the Owner of any suspected acts of fraud or corruption or coercion or collusion of which it has knowledge or becomes aware, during the tendering process and throughout the negotiation and award of the Contract.
2) The Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) shall commit themselves to take all measures essential to prevent any act of corruption. The Tenderers/Contractors commit themselves to observe the following principles during their participation in the Tender process and during the execution of the Contract:
a) The Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) shall not, directly, indirectly or through any other person or firm, to obtain any advantage of any kind whatsoever during the process of Tender or during the execution of the Contract, offer, promise or give to any of the Owner’s employees involved in the Tender process or execution of the Contract or to any third person any material or other benefit which such person is not legally entitled to.
b) The Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) shall not enter with other Tenderer(s) any undisclosed agreement or understanding, whether formal or informal for manipulating prices, specifications, certifications, subsidiary contracts, submission or non-submission of tenders or any other actions to restrict competitiveness or to cartelize in the tendering process.
c) The Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) shall forbear from committing any offence under the Indian Penal Code (IPC) or Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988. The
For Owner P a g e | 21 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
Tenderer(s)/Contract(s) shall not use improperly, (for the purpose of competition or personal gain), or pass on to others, any information or documents provided by the Owner as part of the business relationship, plans, technical proposals and business details, including information contained or transmitted electronically or otherwise.
d) The Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) of foreign origin shall disclose the names and addresses of agents/representatives in India, if any. Similarly,Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) of Indian nationality shall disclose names and addresses of foreign agents/representatives, if any. Either the Indian agent on behalf of the foreign principal or the foreign principal directly can submit tender in the process of tender, but not both. In cases where an agent participates in the tender on behalf of one tenderer, such agent shall not be permitted to quote on behalf of any another tenderer along with the first manufacturer in a subsequent/parallel tender for the same item.
e) The Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) shall, when presenting tender, disclose any and all payments made, committed to make or intends to make to agents, brokers or any other intermediaries in connection with the award of the Contract.
3) The Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) shall not instigate any third person to commit offences mentioned above or be an accessory to such offences.
4) The Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) shall not, directly or through any other person indulge in fraudulent practice including but not limited to willful misrepresentation or omission of facts or submission of fake/forged documents in order to induce public official to act in reliance thereof, with the purpose of obtaining unjust advantage by or causing damage to justified interest of others and/or to influence the procurement process to the detriment of the interest of the Owner.
5) The Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) shall not, directly or through any other person use coercive practices including but not limited to the act of obtaining something, compelling an action or influencing a decision through intimidation, threat or the use of force directly or indirectly, where potential or actual injury may befall upon a person, his/ her reputation or property to influence their participation in the tendering process.
Article 3: Consequences of Breach
Without prejudice to any rights available to the Owner under law or the Contract or its established policies and procedures, the Owner shall have the following rights in case of breach of this Integrity Pact by the Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) and the Tenderer/ Contractor accepts and undertakes to respect and uphold the Owner’s absolute right:
For Owner P a g e | 22 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
1) If the Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s), either before award or during execution of Contract has committed a transgression through a violation of Article 2 above or in any other form, such as to put his reliability or credibility in question, the Owner after giving 14 days’ notice to the Tenderer/Contractor shall have the powers to disqualify the Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) from the process of Tender or terminate/determine the Contract, if already executed or exclude the Tenderer/Contractor from future contract award processes. The imposition and duration of the exclusion shall be determined by the severity of transgression and determined by the Owner. Such exclusion may be forever or for a limited period at the sole discretion of the Owner.
2) Forfeiture of EMD/Performance Guarantee/Security Deposit: Pursuant to the Owner disqualifying the Tenderer(s) from the Tender process prior to the award of the Contract or terminates/determines the Contract or has accrued the right to terminate/determine the Contract according to Article 3(1), the Owner apart from exercising any legal rights that may have accrued to the Owner, may in its considered opinion forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money Deposit, Performance Guarantee and Security Deposit rendered by the Tenderer/Contractor.
3) Criminal Liability: Pursuant to the Owner obtaining any knowledge of conduct of a Tenderer or Contractor, or of an employee or a representative or an associate of a Tenderer or Contractor which constitutes corruption within the meaning of the Indian Penal Code (IPC) or Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 or if the Owner has substantive suspicion in this regard, the Owner shall forthwith inform the same to any law enforcing agencies for further investigation without being obligated to first inform the Tenderer/Contractor of the same.
Article 4: Previous Transgression
1) Each Tenderer/Contractor shall declare and confirm that no previous transgressions have occurred in the last five (5) years with any other company in any country confirming to the anti-corruption approach or with the Central Government or any State Government or any other Central/State Public Sector Enterprises in India that could justify its exclusion from the process of Tender.
2) Upon any incorrect, false, misleading statement made or submitted by the Tenderer in terms of 4(1) above, shall render the Tenderer disqualified from the process of Tender or entitling the Owner to take any action for imposing a ban on any business dealings/holiday listing of the Tenderer/Contractor at the sole discretion of the Owner.
3) Upon a confirmation made by the Tenderer/Contractor, to the satisfaction of the Owner, proving that the damage caused has been resorted / recouped and a suitable corruption prevention system has been installed to the satisfaction of the Owner, the exclusion may be revoked prematurely by the Owner at its sole discretion.
For Owner P a g e | 23 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
Article 5: Equal Treatment of all Tenderers/Contractors/Subcontractors
1) The Tenderer(s)/Contractor(s) undertake(s) to demand from all sub-contractors a commitment in conformity with this Integrity Pact. The Tenderer/Contractor shall be responsible for any violation(s) of thisIntegrity Pact by any of its subcontractors/sub- vendors.
2) The Owner shall enter into such agreements or pacts on identical terms as this Integrity Pact with all Tenderers and Contractors.
3) The Ownershall disqualify Tenderers, who fail to submitduly executed Integrity Pact along with the Tender or violate any of the provisions at any stage of the Tender process.
Article 6- Duration of the Pact
This Pact shall become effective on the day the Owner and the Tenderer/Contractor have signed and executed the same.The Integrity Pact shall continue to remain in force for the Contractor tilltwelve (12) months after the completion of work under the contract or till the continuation of defect liability period, whichever is later. However, the Integrity Pact shall come to an end for unsuccessful tenderers upon award of the Contract to the successful tenderer. If any claim is made/lodged during the time, the same shall be binding and continue to remain valid despite the lapse of this Pactas specified above, unless such Tenderer is discharged by the Owner.
Article 7- Other Provisions
1) The Integrity Pact shall be governed by the applicable Indian laws and the place of performance and jurisdiction shall be the place of office of the Owner.
2) Any change, amendment, modification or supplement or addendum to the Integrity Pact can only be brought into effect by way of mutual written agreement between the parties to the Integrity Pact.
3) If the Contractor is a partnership or a consortium, this Pact shall be executed and signed by all the partners or by one or more partners holding power of attorney executed in favor of such partner or partners by the remaining partners. In case the contractor is a company, the Pact shall be executed and signed by a representative duly authorized by board resolution of such company.
4) In case any of the provisions of this Integrity Pact is rendered invalid by law or otherwise, the remaining provisions of the Integrity Pact shall continue to remain valid and binding on the Parties. In such a case, the Parties shall strive to come to an agreement to the original intension envisaged under the Integrity Pact.
For Owner P a g e | 24 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
5) The Parties agree that any dispute or difference arising between the Parties with respect to the terms of this Integrity Pact, any action taken by the Owner in accordance with this Integrity Pact or any interpretation thereof shall not be subject to arbitration.
Article 8- LEGAL AND PRIOR RIGHTS
All rights and remedies of the Parties hereto shall be in addition to all the other legal rights and remedies available to the Parties under lawor contract and the same shall be deemed to be cumulative and not alternative to such legal rights and remedies aforesaid. The Parties agree that this Integrity Pact shall have precedence over the Tender/Contact documents about any of the provisions covered under this Integrity Pact.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have signed and executed this Integrity Pact at the place and date first above mentioned in the presence of following witnesses
:......
(For and on behalf of Owner)
......
(For and on behalf of Tenderer/Contractor)
WITNESSES (Signature, name and address)
1 ......
2 ......
Place:
Dated:
For Owner P a g e | 25 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
FORM OFBANK GUARANTEE FOR EARNEST MONEY
WHEREAS, contractor...... (Name ofcontractor) (“Contractor") has submitted his tender dated...... (Date) for construction of...... (Name of work) (" Tender") KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that We, ______(name of bank) having our registered office at...... (" Bank") are bound unto Director, IIMU (“Owner”) in the sum of Rs...... (Rs. in words ...... ) for which payment well and truly to be made to the Owner, the Bank binds itself, his successors and assigns by these presents. SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this ...... day of...... 20.... The present Bank Guarantee shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:
1. If after opening of the Tender, the Contractor withdraws the Tender during the period of validity of Tender (including extended validity of the Tender) as more specifically mentioned in the Notice Inviting Tender; or
2. If the Contractor having been notified of the acceptance of its Tender by the Owner:
a. fails or refuses to execute the Agreement in accordance with the instructions of the Owner; or b. fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Guarantee, in accordance with the provisions of the Notice Inviting Tender and instructions given to the Contractor;or c. fails or refuses to start the work, in accordance with the provisions of the Notice Inviting Tender and instructions given to the Contractor; or d. fails or refuses to submit fresh Bank Guarantee of an amount equivalent to this Bank Guarantee against the Security Deposit after award of the Tender; we undertake to pay to the Owner, without any protest or demur, an amount equal to the amount specified in this Bank Guarantee upon receipt of the first written demand received from the Owner, without the Owner having to substantiate such demand, provided that in such demand the Ownershall clearly indicate such condition or conditions entitling the Owner to claim the amount under the present Bank Guarantee.
This Guarantee shall remain in force up to and including the date______(validity period of 30 days from the last date of receipt of the Tender) after the deadline for submission of tender as such deadline is stated in the Instructions to contractor or as it may be extended by the Owner, notice of which extension(s) to the Bank is hereby waived. Any demand in respect of this Guarantee should reach the Bank not later than the above date.
DATE: ………………………… SIGNATURE OF THE BANK: ………………………... SEAL: …………………………. WITNESS: ……………………… (SIGNATURE, NAME AND ADDRESS)
For Owner P a g e | 26 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
(To be executed by and between the Owner and the successful tenderer)
FORMAT OF AGREEMENT
This agreement is executed at ______(place of execution) on the ______day of ______, 2019 BETWEEN
______, which expression shall mean and include its successors and assigns (name and address of the Owner) (“ Owner”)of the FIRST PART AND
______, (name and address of the successful tenderer) (“Contractor”) of the SECOND PART
The Owner and the Contractor shall be individually referred to as the “Party” and collectively referred to as the “Parties”
WHEREAS the Owner floated a tender for “Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.(“Tender”) for selection of a contractor for constructing the said campus. The Contractor has submitted its bid pursuant to the issuing of the Tender by the Owner.WHEREAS the details of the work proposed to be excuted by the Contractor is more particularly specified in the Tender forProviding Air-Conditioning system in level 118 &121 in B-block of Academic Building in Campus of IIM Udaipur, Balicha, Udaipur, Rajasthan ( “Works”) and the Owner has accepted the Tendersubmitted by the Contractor for the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects therein, at a contract price ofRs...... (Rupees ______(in words))
WHEREAS the Owner has now desirous of laying down the terms and conditions governing the execution of the Works and has therefore, requested the Contractor to execute the present Agreement.
NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as:
For Owner P a g e | 27 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
1. In this Agreement, words and expressions shall carry the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the Conditions of Contract as more particularly mentioned in the Tender. The Parties agree that the Tender shall form an integral part of this Agreement and shall be read and constured accordingly.
2. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Owner to the Contractor as the consideration for execution of the Works (“Consideration”), the Contractor hereby covenants with the Owner to execute and complete the Works and remedy the defects therein in conformity in all aspects with the provisions of the Tender and this Agreement.
3. The Owner hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and completion of the Works and in the remedying the defects wherein the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Tender and this Agreement at the times and in the manner prescribed under the Tender.
4. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement: i) Letter of Acceptance; ii) Notice to proceed with the Works; iii) Contractor’s Tender; iv) Contract Data; v) Conditions of Contract (including Special Conditions of Contract); vi) Specifications; vii) Drawings; viii) Bill of Quantities; and ix) Any other documents listed in the Contract Data as forming part of the Contract. In witness whereof the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the dayand year first written above. The Common Seal of ______was hereunto affixed in the presence of: Signed Sealed and Delivered by the said ______
For Owner P a g e | 28 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
______Binding Signature of Owner ______Binding Signature of Contractor ______in the presence of ______
For Owner P a g e | 29 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
Item Rate Tender & Contract for Works
(A) Tender for the work of: -“Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.
(i) To be submitted by the tenderers in hard copy in the project office of IIMUdaipurCampus, Balicha, Rajasthan,Udaipur-313001,Rajasthan up to 03:00 PM on 31/10/2019.
(ii) To be opened in presence of tenderers who may be present at 03:30PM on 31/10/2019at the project office of IIMUdaipur, Campus, Balicha, Rajasthan, Udaipur-313001,Rajasthan.
I/We have read and examined the notice inviting tender, bill of quantity, Specifications, Drawings & Designs, General Rules and Directions, Conditions of Contract, clauses of contract, Special conditions& other documents and Rules referred to in the conditions of contract and all other contents in the tender document for the work.
I/We hereby tender to execute the work of IIMU as mentioned above and detailed in the schedule of quantities within the time frame specified in the tender documents, and in accordance with the specifications, designs, drawing and instructions/orders of the engineer in charge meeting all the Conditions of Contract with such materials as are provided for In the drawings, technical specifications or the schedule of quantities.
I/We agree to keep the tender open and valid for 30(Thirty) daysfrom the due date of opening of Technical tender and shall not make any modifications in its terms and conditions.
A sum of Rs. ------is hereby forwarded in the form of a demand draft of a Nationalized Bank and a bank guarantee issued by a Nationalized Bank as earnest money. If I/We, fail to furnish the prescribed performance guarantee within prescribed period and form, I/We agree that IIMU shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money absolutely. Further, if I/We fail to commence work as specified, I/We agree that IIMU shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money and the performance guarantee absolutely, otherwise the said earnest money shall be retained by Owner towards security deposit to execute all the works referred to in the tender documents upon the terms and conditions contained or referred to those in excess of that limit at the rates to be determined in accordance with the provision contained in Clause Deviations/Variations Extent and Pricing of the tender form. Further, I/We agree that in case of forfeiture of Earnest Money & Performance Guarantee as aforesaid. I/We shall be debarred from participating in the re- tendering process of the work.
For Owner P a g e | 30 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
I/We undertake and confirm that eligible similar work(s) has/have not been got executed through another contractor on back-to-back basis. Further that, if such a violation comes to the notice of Owner, then I/we shall be liable to legal and penal action as deemed appropriate by the Owner. Also, if such a violation comes to the notice of the Owner before the date of start of work, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be free to forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money Deposit/ Performance Guarantee.
I/We hereby declare that I/we shall treat the Tender Documents, drawings and other records connected with the Work as confidential documents and shall not communicate nor use any information derived there from to any persons other than a person to whom I/we am/are authorized to communicate the same or use the information in any manner prejudicial to the interest of IIMU.
Dated Signature of Contractor
Witness
Name ……………………………… Name ………………………………
Address ……………………………… Address ………………………………
Occupation ……………………………… Telephone ………………………………
ACCEPTANCE
The above offer is hereby accepted by me on behalf of Director, TheIndian Institute of ManagementUdaipur, Rajasthan. For a sum of Rs. ------(Rupees ------)
Dated For & on behalf of IIMU
Signature
Form of Performance Security (Guarantee)Bank Guarantee Bond
For Owner P a g e | 31 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
In consideration of the IIMUhaving offered to accept the terms and conditions of the proposed agreement between…………………………….and ………………………(hereinafter called “the said Contractor(s)”) for the work…………………………………………………… (herein after called “the said agreement”) having agreed to production of an irrevocable Bank Guarantee for Rs. ………….(Rupees ………………………………… only) as a security/guarantee from the contractor(s) for compliance of his obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions in the said agreement. 1. We, ………………………………. (herein after referred to as “the Bank”) hereby undertake to pay to the Owner an amount not exceeding Rs. ……………………….. (Rupees………………. Only) on demand by the Owner. 2. We, ……………………………….(indicate the name of the Bank) do hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under this guarantee without any demure, merely on a demand from the Ownerstating that the amount claimed as required to meet the recoveries due or likely to be due from the said contractor(s). Any such demand made on the bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the bank under this Guarantee. However, our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs. ………………….. (Rupees ……………….only) 3. We, the said bank further undertake to pay to the Owner any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute or disputes raised by the contractor(s) in any suit or proceeding pending before any court orTribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present being absolute and unequivocal.The payment so made by us under this bond shall be a valid discharge of our liability for payment thereunder and the Contractor(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment. 4. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said agreement and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the Owner under or by virtue of the said agreement have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till Engineerin-Charge on behalf of the Ownercertified that the terms and conditions of the said agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this guarantee. 5. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) further agree with the Ownershall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligation hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said agreement or to extend time of performance by the said Contractor(s) from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Owneragainst the said contractor(s) and to forbear or enforceany of the terms and conditions relating to the said agreement and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, act of omission on the part of the Owner or any indulgence by the Owner to
For Owner P a g e | 32 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR the said Contractor(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us. 6. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the Contractor(s). 7. We, ……………………………. (indicate the name of the Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee except with the previous consent of the Owner in writing. 8. This guarantee shall be valid up to …………………………unless extended on demand by the Owner. Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, our liability against this guarantee is restricted to Rs. …………………… (Rupees ………………..) and unless a claim in writing is lodged with us within six months of the date of expiry or the extended date of expiry of this guarantee all our liabilities under this guarantee shall stand discharged.
Dated the ………………..day of ……………………for………………….(indicate the name of the Bank)
For Owner P a g e | 33 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
Brief Particulars of the Work
Indian institute of Management Udaipur, one of the youngest IIMs, aims to set the highest standards not only with quality education but also with its approach in sustainability. The proposed campus of IIMU is being developed on a hilly terrain. Unlike the hilly terrains of the northeast part of the country, IIMU site is in the arid region where availability of water is scarce, and orientation of buildings is of prime importance.
The site is located along the Ahmedabad Udaipur National Highway (NH) 8 and is well connected with the city. The whole campus is planned to be constructed in two phases. The first phaseconstruction is in progress. The whole campus is divided in Admin and Academic facility, Faculty and Staff housing and hostels with Internal and External Infrastructures and allied services. The Present tender is forthe work of: -“Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.
For Owner P a g e | 34 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR TENDERERS
1. GENERAL:
1.1. Letter of transmittal and forms, terms and conditions for deciding eligibility are given in this tender document.
1.2. All information called for in the enclosed forms should be furnished against the relevant columns in the forms. If for any reason, information is furnished on a separate sheet, this fact should be mentioned against the relevant column. In case no information is to be provided in a column, “nil” or “no such case” or “not available” entry should be made in that column. If any particulars/query is not applicable in case of atenderer, “not applicable” shall be mentioned against such particular/query. The tenderers are cautioned that not giving complete information called for in the application forms or not giving it in clear terms or making any change in the prescribed forms or deliberately suppressing the information may result in the tender being summarily disqualified and rejected entitling the Owner to forfeit the EMD and Tender Processing Fee without any further notice to the tenderer. Tenders made by telegram or telex and including those received late shall not be entertained and returned unaccepted.
1.3. References, information and certificates from the respective owners certifying suitability, technical knowledge or capability of the tenderer should be attested by the first-class judicial magistrate or equivalent or Group AGazette officer of Central or any State Government.
1.4. The tender should be type written. The bidder should sign each page of application. 1.5. Over-righting should be avoided. Corrections, if any, should be made by neatly crossing out, initiating, dating and rewriting. Pages of eligibility criteria are numbered. Additional sheets, if any added by the bidder, should also be numbered by him. They should be submitted as a package with signed letter of transmittal.
1.6. The tenderer may furnish any additional information, which it thinks is necessary to establish its capabilities to successfully complete the envisaged Work. Tenderers are, however, advised not to furnish any superfluous information. No information shall be entertained after uploading of eligibility criteria document unless it is called for by the Engineer-in-Charge.
For Owner P a g e | 35 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
It is desirable that the tendereris not contesting or defending any legal proceeding before a court of law or tribunal or quasi-judicial or administrative authority (“Legal Proceedings”). The tenderer must submit information of all on-going Legal Proceedings and for the past seven (7) years. In the event the tenderer has not been subject to any such Legal Proceedingseither in process or in the past seven (7) years, an affidavit to this effect, duly notarized shall be submitted in original.
1.7. Any information furnished by the tenderer found to be incorrect either immediately or later, shall render such tenderer liable to be debarred from tendering/taking up of theWork.
1.8. The tenderershall not have been blacklisted by any State/Central Government Department or Public Sector Undertaking or any autonomous body. The tenderer shall submit a duly notarized affidavit,stating on oath that the tenderer has not been blacklisted. Applications received without such affidavit in original shall stand automatically rejected. IIMU shall be entitled to forfeit the EMD and Tender Processing Fee on account of any such rejection
2. DEFINITIONS:
In this document the following words and expressions shall carry the meaning hereby assigned to them:
2.1. “Owner/IIMU”shall mean and refer to the Indian Institute of Management; 2.2. “Director”shall mean and refer to the Director of IIMU; 2.3. “Project Manager”shall mean and refer to the person nominated as Project Manager by IIMU; 2.4. Engineer-in-Charge (here in after called E-in-C) shall mean and refer to the person nominated by IIMU and shall report to Project Manager. 2.5. “Design Consultants” shall mean and refer to the Consultants appointed by IIMU as Design Consultant. 2.6. “Engineer in Charge” shall mean and refer to anauthorized representative appointed by IIMU; 2.7. “Tenderer” shall mean and refer to anindividual, proprietary firm, firm in partnership, limited company (private or public) or corporation but shall not include a joint venture and special purpose vehicle. 2.8. “Year” means financial year unless stated otherwise.
For Owner P a g e | 36 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
2.9. “Market Rate” shall be the rate as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge on the basis of the prevailing cost of materials and labour at the site (where the work is being executed) involved in executing that item plus the percentage mentioned in Schedule ‘F’ to cover, all overheads and profits, provided that no extra overheads and profits shall be payable on the part(s) of work assigned to other agency(s) by the contractor as per terms of contract.
3. METHOD OF APPLICATION:
3.1. If the tenderer is an individual, the application for submitting tender shall be signed by such individual above the full type written name and current address.
3.2. If the tenderer is a proprietary concern, the application for submitting tender shall be signed by the proprietor above full type written name and the full name of the proprietor firm with its current address.
3.3. If the tenderer is a partnership firm, the application for submitting tender shall be signed by all the partners of the partnership firm above their full typewritten names and current address, or, alternatively, by one or more partners holding power of attorney for the firm and/or other partners. A notarized copy of such power of attorney shall be submitted along with the applicationand it must be disclosed that the firm is duly registered under the INDIAN PARTNERSHIP ACT 1932. The application shall also be accompanied with a notarized copy of the partnership deed.
3.4. If the tenderer is a limited company or a corporation, the application for submitting tender shall be signed by a duly authorized person holding power of attorney for signing the application accompanied by a copy of the power of attorney. The tenderershall also furnish a notarized copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the company.
4. FINAL DECISION-MAKING AUTHORITY
The IIMU reserves the right to accept or reject any tender and to annul the process and reject all tenders at any time without assigning any reason thereof or incurring any liability to the tenderers. Of the work given in Brief are to be considered Provisional. They are liable to change and must be considered only as advance information to assist the Bidders.
5. Deleted
6. SITE VISIT
For Owner P a g e | 37 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
The tenderershall visit the Site of Work, at its own cost, and examine the Site and its surroundings to satisfy itself and collect all information that may be considered necessary for proper assessment of the scope of Work enumerated in this tender document.
7. CRITERIA FOR ELIGIBILITY (TECHNICAL TENDER)
7.1. The eligibility criteria applicable for the tenderers for the present tender in terms of the scope of Work shall be:
7.1.1. The tenderer should have satisfactorily completed Three similar works each costing not less than Rs.11,94,518.00 (RupeesEleven Lac Ninety Four Thousand Five Hundred Eighteen only) or completed two similar works each costing not less than Rs.17,91,778.00 (RupeesSeventeen lacNinety One Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy Eight only) or completed one similar work costing not less than Rs.23,89,037.00(Rupees Twenty Three Lac Eighty Nine Thousand Thirty Seven only) during the last seven (7) years ending previous day of the last day of submission of Tender; and
For the purpose of this clause, “similar work” shall mean“Installation work of AHU’s, FCU’s and Ducting of HVAC system in Residential/Non-Residential Projects in any type of single project done in India”. The value of executed works shall be brought to current costing level by enhancing the actual value of work at simple rate of 7% per annum, calculated from the date of completion to previous day of the last day of submission of the Tender.
7.2. The tenderer should have had average annual financial turnover (gross) of Rs. 14.94Lac (RupeesFourteen LacNinety-Four Thousand only)of similar works during the immediate last five consecutive financial years balance sheets, ending 31st March 2019, duly audited by Charted Accountant. Year in which no turnover is shown would also be considered for working out the average. 7.3. The tenderer should not have incurred any loss (Profit after tax should be positive) in more than two (2) years during available last five consecutive financial years balance sheets, ending 31st March 2019, duly certified and audited by the Chartered Accountant. 7.4. The tenderer shall furnish a solvency certificate of value not less thanRs. 11.95 Lac (Rupees Eleven LacNinety-Five Thousand only)certified by his bankers.
For Owner P a g e | 38 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
Such certificate shall not be of a date, which is more than six months prior to the date of submission of tender. 7.5. The tenderer shall have enough technical and administrative employees for proper execution of the Contract. The tenderer shall have to submit a list of these employees stating clearly how these would be involved in this work within 15 days of award of work.
7.6. A certificate attested by first class judicial magistrate or equivalent or a Group A gazette officer of Central or any State Government certifying the performance for each work completed by the tenderer in the last seven (7) years and in hand.
7.7. The tenderershall own construction equipment as per the list required for proper and timely execution of the Work. In case the tenderer does not own such construction equipment’s, the tenderer shall submit a letter attested by itself that it shall be able to manage the construction equipment’s by hiring andshall also submit the list of firms from whom it proposes to hire. The list shall clearly specify the names of the firms from whom the equipment’s would be hired and shall not be an indicative list of firms.
8. Evaluation Criteria for Eligibility (Technical Tender)
8.1. The documents for ascertaining the eligibility submitted by the tenderers shall be evaluated in the following manner:
8.1.1. The criteria for eligibility prescribed in para 7.1 to 7.7 above in respect of experience of similar class of works completed, Tendering Capacity and financial turnover etc. shall be first scrutinized and the tenderer’s eligibility for the work shall be determined. Only such tenderers which meet the eligibility criteria specified in para 7.1 to 7.7 above shall be eligible to qualify for evaluation under this section and all other applications shall automatically stand disqualified.
8.1.2. Physical inspection of completed projects of tenderers found eligiblein terms of Clause 8.1.1 shall be conducted by an evaluation committee appointed by IIMU for evaluating the quality of work. The evaluation committee may visit the site where works have been executed by the tenderers in the past i.e., works pertaining to Heating Ventilation Air-Conditioning i/c installation of AHU’s, FCU’sand Supply & Installation of GI sheet Ducting works. The exact number of the works to be visited shall be decided by IIMU.
For Owner P a g e | 39 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
8.1.3. A committee of experts constituted by IIMU shallundertake further evaluation. The Committee may, at its discretion, call for information from owners of similar works carried out or in progress by tenderers and evaluate the previous completed projects regarding all submission including litigations. The tenderers qualifying the eligibility criteria as set out in Para 7.1 to 7.7 above shall be evaluated for following criteria based ondetails furnished by such tenderers:
(A) Financial strength (Form Maximum 20 “A” and “B”) marks
A Turnover 16
B Solvency 4
(B) Experience in eligible similar Maximum 20 nature of Work during last marks seven years. (Form “C”}
(C) Performance on Works Maximum 20 (time Over run) (Form marks “D”)
(D) Performance on quality of Maximum 40 eligible similar works marks executed (Form “D”)
Total 100 Marks
8.1.4. The tenderer shall submit a self-certifiedself-evaluation calculation sheet for evaluation parameters mentioned in Form J.
8.1.5. To become eligible for short-listing, thetenderershall secure at least 50% marks in each criteria A, B, C,& D and 60% marks in aggregate as is mentioned hereunder:
8.2. Notwithstanding the fact of having been qualified under Clause 8.1, a tenderer shall be liable to be disqualified in case such tenderer:
a. Makes misleading, incorrect or false representation or deliberately suppresses the information in the forms, statements and enclosures required to be submitted as a part of the eligibility criteria document.
b. Has a record of poor performance such as abandoning work, not properly completing the contract, or financial failures / weaknesses etc.
For Owner P a g e | 40 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
9.FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The bidder shall furnish the Annual Financial Statements for the last five (5) years ending 31st March 2019in “Form A” and Solvency Certificate in “Form B”.
10. DISCLOSURE OF EXPERIENCE IN SIMILAR WORKS
10.1. The tenderer shall furnish the following:
a. List of all works of similar nature successfully completed during the preceding seven years in Form C.
b. List of the projects under execution or awarded in Form D.
10.2. Of completed works and performance of the tenderer dulyattested by first class judicial magistrate or equivalent or Group A gazette officer of Central or any State Government shall be furnished separately for each work completed or in progress in Form E.
10.3. Information in Form D shall be complete in all respects and no work shall remain unreported.
11. ORGANISATION INFORMATION
The tenderershall be required to submit the information in respect of its organization in Forms F & G.
12. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
The tenderer shall submit the Letter of Transmittalin the format as prescribed in this document.
13. OPENING OF THE FINANCIAL TENDER
After evaluation of the eligibility documents, a list of short-listedtenderers qualified in eligibility criterion shall be prepared. Thereafter, the financial tenders of only the qualified and technically acceptable tenderers shall be opened at the notified time, date and place in the presence of the qualified tenderers or their representatives. The validity of the tenders shall be 30 (Thirty) daysand shall be reckoned from the date of opening of the Technical Tender.
14. AWARD CRITERIA
14.1. The Owner reserves the right, without being liable for any damages or any obligation to inform the tenderer, to:
For Owner P a g e | 41 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
14.1.1. Amend the scope and value of Work to the tenderer.
14.1.2. Reject any or all the applications without assigning any reason.
14.2. Any effort on the part of the tenderer or his agent to exercise any influence or to pressurize the Ownershall result in rejection of itstender. The Owner clarifies that any kind of canvassing or any act of similar nature is expressly prohibited.
For Owner P a g e | 42 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
INFORMATION REGARDING ELIGIBILITY CRITERION
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
From:
To
TheDirector Indian Institute of Management, Udaipur. Village Balicha, District Udaipur, Rajasthan Dear Sir,
Subject:Tender for “Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”. Having examined the details given in Press –Notice and Technical Tender document for the above work in the subject hereinabove, I/we hereby submit the relevant information as hereunder: a. I/We hereby certify that all the statement made, and information supplied in the enclosed Forms A to K and accompanying statement are true and correct in all respects and no information has been concealed and misrepresented. b. I/We have furnished all information and details necessary for certifying the eligibility and that no further pertinent information required to be shared remains undisclosed. c. I/We hereby submit the requisite certified solvency certificate and authorize the Director, IIMU to approach the bank issuing the solvency certificate to confirm the correctness and veracity thereof. I/We also authorize Director, IIMU to approach individuals, owners, firms and corporations to verify my/our competence and reputation. d. I/We submit the following certificates in support of my/our suitability, technical knowledge and capability for having successfully completed the following works: Sr.No. Name of Work Certificate from
Enclosures: Seal of tenderer Date of submission
SIGNATURE(S) OF TENDERER(S)
For Owner P a g e | 43 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
FORM A
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Financial Analysis-Details to be furnished duly supported by figures in balance sheet/profit & loss account for the last five (5) years duly certified by the Statutory Auditors/ a chartered accountant (in case the appointment of a statutory auditor is not applicable), as submitted by the tenderer to the Income Tax Department (copies of all the documents to be attached).
S. Description Years No. 2014- 2015- 2016-2017 2017-2018 2018-2019 2015 2016
i) Gross Annual turnover
ii) Turnover on Similar works
iii) Profit/Loss
I.Financial arrangements for carrying out the proposed work.
II.Solvency Certificate from Bankers of tenderer in the prescribed Form B
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER(S)
Signature of Chartered Accountant with Seal
For Owner P a g e | 44 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
FORM B
(FORM OF BANKER’S SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE FROM A SCHEDULED BANK)
SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that to the best of our knowledge and information that M/s./Shri……………………………………… having marginally noted address, a customer of our bank are/is respectable and can be treated as good for any engagement up to a limit of Rs……………(Rupees……………………………………………………………………………… ……………..…).
This certificate has been issued at the specific request for limited purpose of submitting the same to the Indian Institute of Management, Udaipur (Rajasthan) and shall not be used for any other purpose whatsoever.
This certificate is issued without any guarantee or responsibility on the bank or any of our officers and employees.
(Signature)
For the Bank
GENERAL INSTURCTIONS:
(1) Banker’s Solvency Certificate must be on the letterhead of the bank issuing such certificate, sealed in a cover addressed to the Director, IIMU.
(2) In case the Solvency Certificate is issued at the request of a partnership firm, such certificate must include names of all partners as recorded with the Bank.
(3) The Solvency Certificate shall not be more than 6 months old.
For Owner P a g e | 45 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
FORM C
DETAILS OF ALL WORKS OF SIMILAR NATURE COMPLETED & PROJECT SPECIFIC WORK DURING THE LAST SEVEN YEARS ENDING MARCH31st,2019
A B C D E F G H I J
to whom
officers
commencement as per
Sr.No Name of location work/project and organization sponsoring or Owner Cost work of in Crores Date of contract Stipulated date completion of Actual date completion of Litigation / details* with progress in / pending arbitration cases Name and address / number telephone of reference maybe made Remarks 1 2 3
Certified that the above list of works is complete, and no work has been left undisclosed and that the information furnished above is true, correct and not misleading to my/our knowledge and belief.
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER(S)
For Owner P a g e | 46 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
FORM “D”
PROJECTS UNDER EXECUTION OR AWARDED
A B C D E F G H I
towhom
officers
date percentage progress of
Sr.No location of and work/ Name project organization Owneror sponsoring Costof work Date of contract commencement as per date of Stipulated completion Up to work Slow progress if any, and thereof reasons Name and of number address/ telephone Remarks 1
2
Certified that the above list of works is complete, and no work has been left undisclosed and that the information furnished above is true, correct and not misleading to my/our knowledge and belief.
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER(S)
For Owner P a g e | 47 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
FORM E (On respective owner’s letterhead)
PERFORMANCE REPORT OF WORKS REFERRED TO IN FORMS C & D
1 Name of work/ Project & Location
2 Agreement No.
3 Estimated Cost
4 Tendered Cost
5 Date of Start
6 Date of completion
i) Stipulated Date of Completion
ii) Actual Date of Completion
7 Amount of compensation levied for Delayed completion, if any.
8 Amount of reduced rate items, if any.
9 Performance Report
1) Quality of Work Very Good/Good/Fair/Poor
2) Financial Soundness Very Good/Good/Fair/Poor
3) Technical Proficiency Very Good/Good/Fair/Poor
4) Resourcefulness Very Good/Good/Fair/Poor
5) Company / Personal establishment during Very Good/Good/Fair/Poor work.
6) General Behavior Very Good/Good/Fair/Poor
Dated: Signed by Ex. Engineer or equivalent and attested by first class judicial
For Owner P a g e | 48 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
magistrate or equivalent or Group A Gazette officer of Central or any State Stamp: Government or equivalent.
Certified that the above information is complete, and that the information furnished above is true, correct and not misleading to my/our knowledge and belief.
For Owner P a g e | 49 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
FORM F
STRUCTURE & ORGANIZATION
1 Name & Address of the tenderer
2 Telephone No./Telex No./Fax No./e-mail address
3 Legal status of the tenderer (attach copies of original document defining the legal status).
A proprietary firm a)
A firm in partnership b)
A limited company or c) Corporation
4 Of registration with various Government bodies (attach attested photocopy).
For Owner P a g e | 50 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
ORGANIZATION/PLACEOF REGISTRATION REGISTRATION NO.
1
2
5 Names and Titles of Directors & Officers with designation to be deputed for the Works
6 Designation of individuals authorized to act for the organization.
7 Was the tenderer ever required to suspend construction for a period of more than six months continuously after commencement of construction? If so, give the name of the project and reasons of suspension of work.
8 Has the tenderer or any constituent partner in case of partnership firm, ever abandoned the awarded work before its completion? If so, give name of the project(s) and reasons for abandonment.
For Owner P a g e | 51 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
9 Has the tenderer or any constituent partner in case of partnership firm, ever been debarred/ blacklisted for tendering by any organization at any time? If so, give details.
10 Has the tenderer or any constituent partner in case of partnership firm, ever been convicted by a court of law? If so, give details.
11 Field of specialization and interest of the tenderer in the Civil Engineering Construction
12 Any other information considered necessary but not included above.
Certified that the information mentioned above is complete and no information has been left undisclosed and that the information furnished above is true, correct and not misleading to my/our knowledge and belief.
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER(S)
For Owner P a g e | 52 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
FORM G
DETAILS OF TECHNICAL & ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL TO BE EMPLOYED FOR THE WORK
Sl. No. Sl. Designation Totalnumber for work available this Number Name Qualifications Professional/ experience and details carriedout of work construction How these in would be this involved work Remarks A B C D E F G H J
1
2
Certified that the information mentioned above is complete and no information has been left undisclosed and that the information furnished above is true, correct and not misleading to my/our knowledge and belief.
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER(S)
For Owner P a g e | 53 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
FORM H
DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT PROPOSED TO BE USED IN EXECUTION OF THE WORKS
Sl.
N
o.
Name Name Equipment of Nos. Capacity or Type Age Condition Ownership status Current location Remarks
Presently Owned Leased To Purchased be A B C D E F G H I J K
1 Mechanic al Toolbox
2
3 Any other machiner y required for completio n of the work as per decision of Engineer- in-charge.
I/We, the undersigned, do hereby undertake that we shall deploy all plants, equipment’s and machineries required for implementation of the project as per technical specifications. I/We also undertake to either own or have assured access through hire or lease the key items of the equipment’s as specified in this form.
For Owner P a g e | 54 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
Certified that the information mentioned above is complete and no information has been left undisclosed and that the information furnished above is true, correct and not misleading to my/our knowledge and belief.
………………………….……………………….
Signed by an Authorized Officer of the tenderer
For Owner P a g e | 55 For Contractor DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
FORM I
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE AFFIDAVIT:
1. The affidavit shall be executed on appropriate non-judicial stamp paper of minimum value as applicable in the State of Rajasthan and notarized by a Notary Public;
AFFIDAVIT
I, ______, aged ___ years, son/daughter of______, presently residing at ______and authorized by ______(name of tenderer) (“Tenderer”) to solemn this affidavit on behalf of the Tenderer, solemnly affirm on oath as hereunder:
1. The Tenderer confirms that eligible similar works(s) have not been got executed through another contractor on back to back basis.
2. The Tenderer confirms and agrees that, if any such violation comes to the notice of Indian Institute of Management, Udaipur (“Owner”), then the Ownershall be at liberty to initiate appropriate penal and legal action against the Tenderer.
3. The Tenderer confirms and agrees that if such a violation comes to the notice of the Ownerat any time before the date of start of Work, the engineer-in-charge shall be free to forfeit the entire amount of Earnest Money Deposit/Performance Guarantee.
DEPONENT
VERIFICATION
I, ______, aged ___ years, son/daughter of______, presently residing at ______and authorized by Tenderer verify that the information mentioned above is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.
DEPONENT
For Owner P a g e | 56 For Contractor
FORM J
CRITERIA FOR ELIGIBILITY CRITERION EVALUATION OFCONTRACTORS
*1
Assessment
-
Remarks
Attributes Attributes Marks Max. Marks Obtained By the Bidder on Self Evaluation Criteria A Financial 20 (i) 60% marks for minimum strength eligibility criteria
1 Average 16 (ii) 100% marks for twice the annual minimum eligibility turnover criteria or more 2 Solvency 4 In between (i) & (ii) – on pro- Certificate rata basis B Experience 20 (i) 60% marks for minimum of Work eligibility criteria (ii) 100% during last marks for twice the minimum seven years. eligibility criteria or more In between (i) & (ii) – on pro-rata basis C Performanc 20 e on works (time over run) Parameter - SCORE
Calculation If TOR 1 2.0 3.0 >3.5 Maximum for Points = Marks (20)
1 Without levy 20 15 10 10 of compensatio n 2 With levy of NA 5 0 -5 compensatio n 3 Levy of NA 10 0 0 compensatio
For Owner P a g e | 57 For Contractor
n not decided TOR (Time Over Run) = AT/ST, where AT=Actual Time; ST=Stipulated Time. D Performanc 4 Outstanding Quality 40 Marks e of works 0 Very Good Quality 30 Marks (Quality) Good Quality 20 Marks Poor Quality 0 Marks The evaluation will be done by the expert committee/jury nominated by the University for the purpose based on documents submitted and/or other means as decided by the committee/jury who may include visit of the site of project referred to by the bidder or any other project deemed fit by Engineer In Charge. The bidder must submit precise certificate given by the Owner/owner signed by an officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer or equivalent Preferably with photographic evidence to support evaluation for this category, in case of absence of such document Zero (0) marks shall be awarded for the specific category of evaluation.
To become eligible for short listing the bidder must secure at least 50% marks in each section A, B, C, and D and sixty percent marks in aggregate. The Institute reserves the right to restrict the list of qualified contractors to any number deemed suitable by it. *1- Precise certificate given by the Owner signed by an officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer or equivalent shall be furnished along with photographic evidence to support evaluation for this category, in case of absence of such document Zero (0) marks shall be awarded for the specific category of evaluation. *1 – In place of a copy of bill/final bill, The Bidder can also submit a certificate by the Owner or his authorized representative, stating the quantity of works executed for each Work Specific items mentioned in qualifying criteria above, in support of his claim regarding his having executed the work specific items.
For Owner P a g e | 58 For Contractor
FORM L
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE AFFIDAVIT:
1. The affidavit shall be executed on appropriate non-judicial stamp paper of minimum value as applicable in the State of Rajasthan and notarized by a Notary Public;
AFFIDAVIT FOR SITE VISIT
I, ______, aged ___ years, son/daughter of______, presently residing at ______and authorized by ______(name of tenderer) (“Tenderer”) to solemn this affidavit on behalf of the Tenderer, solemnly affirm on oath as hereunder:
1. The Tenderer confirms that the Tenderer has duly undertaken the visit of the proposed project site of Indian Institute of Management, Udaipur located at Village Balicha, Udaipur, Rajasthan. 2. The Tenderer has inspected and examined its surroundings and has satisfied itself about the site conditions and site logistics. The Tenderer confirms that it is aware of the ground conditions and nature of the site, means of access to the site and the accommodation area required for establishing the labor camp. The Tenderer agrees and confirms it shall be solely responsible for arranging and maintaining the afore- mentioned at its own cost including all materials, tools & plants, water, electricity, access, facilities for workers and all other services required for executing the Work unless otherwise specifically provided for in the contract documents. 3. The Tenderer confirms and agrees that the submission of the tender implies that the requisite site visit has already been undertaken and that the Tenderer has acquainted itself with the local conditions and other factors having a bearing on the execution of the Work. DEPONENT
VERIFICATION
I, ______, aged ___ years, son/daughter of______, presently residing at ______and authorized by Tenderer verify that the information mentioned above is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.
DEPONENT
For Owner P a g e | 59 For Contractor
Requirement of technical Staff
Technical Staff
The tenderershall deploy enoughtechnical and administrative employees for smooth execution of the Work. The tenderershall submit a list of employees stating clearly the responsibility to be assigned to each of such employees. Further, the tenderer shall have the capability and resources to arrange at least 1±10% numbers of skilled and 1±10% numbers of unskilled Laborers per day continuously for whole contract period for various stages of the Work. The tenderer shall have to demonstrate the capability to arrange such workers and additional numbers as per the requirement assessed by the Engineer-in-Charge for timely completion of various stages of the Work. The capability as claimed by the tenderer shall be supported by the past performance and an undertaking.
Technical Staff Requirement of Technical staff Minimum experience of Qualification Number Execution work (Years)
Graduate Engineer 3
Or 1 Air-Conditioning Engineer Diploma Engineer 5
or
Electrical Engineer Or
Mechanical Engineer
For Owner P a g e | 60 For Contractor
SECTION 2
PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES: A TO F
For Owner P a g e | 61 For Contractor
SCHEDULE A Schedule of quantities A Schedule attached -
SCHEDULE B
Schedule of materials to be issued to the Contractor
Sr. Description of Quantity Rates in figures Place of issue No. item & words at
which the material will be charged to the contractor
AHU's in Semi-Knock down condition will be issued for installation by Institute
11.75 TR / 4750 CFM FREE OF COST 1 no. • 50mm Static Pressure 12.25 TR / 4870 CFM • 1 no. FREE OF COST 50mm Static Pressure
14.60 TR / 5610 CFM • 1 no. FREE OF COST 50mm Static Pressure
8.10 TR / 3210 CFM • 1 no. FREE OF COST 50mm Static Pressure
4.75 TR / 1900 CFM • 1 no. FREE OF COST 40mm Static Pressure
7.00 TR / 2900 CFM • 1 no. FREE OF COST 50mm Static Pressure
10.00 TR / 3650 CFM • 1 no. FREE OF COST 50mm Static Pressure
For Owner P a g e | 62 For Contractor
17.50 TR / 6875 CFM • 1 no. FREE OF COST 50mm Static Pressure
• FCU - 600 CFM 13 no. FREE OF COST 800 CFM 1 no. • M.S PIPE 50mm dia 60 MTR. FREE OF COST (self-sleeve 32mm) Butterfly valve 50mm • 4 no. FREE OF COST dia.
S.S Ball valve 40mm • 9 no. FREE OF COST dia.
Auto balancing valve • 9 no. FREE OF COST 50mm dia.
C.I Y – Strainer 50mm • 2 no. FREE OF COST dia.
Pressure gauge • 18 no. FREE OF COST 100mm dia.
Temperature Gauge • 18 no. FREE OF COST 100mm dia.
• Fresh air damper 7 sqmtr. FREE OF COST
• Fie damper 7 sqmtr. FREE OF COST
• Rectangular duct FREE OF COST 450 sqmtr 24mm- thick
Acoustic insulation 10 • 22 sqmtr FREE OF COST mm thick
Upvc drainpipe 40mm • 75 mtr FREE OF COST dia + 13mm sleeve
Upvc drainpipe 32mm • 60 mtr FREE OF COST dia + 13mm sleeve
Upvc drainpipe 25mm • 60 mtr FREE OF COST dia + 13mm sleeve
For Owner P a g e | 63 For Contractor
Sr. No. Description of item Quantity
1 2 3
NIL NIL
SCHEDULE C
Tools and plants to be made available to the Contractor:
SCHEDULE D
Extra schedule for specific requirements / documents for the work if any.
The tenderer may give additional information other then sought for in the preceding paragraph.
For Owner P a g e | 64 For Contractor
SCHEDULE E
Reference to General Conditions of Contract.
Name of Work:Tender for“Providing Air-Conditioning work in Academic Building at the Campus of IIM Udaipur (Rajasthan)”.
Estimated cost of work: Rs.29,86,296.00
Earnest Money : Rs 59,726.00
(ii) Performance Guarantee: 5% (Five Percent) of tendered value
(iii) Security Deposit : 2.5% (Two and half Percent Percent) of tendered value
For Owner P a g e | 65 For Contractor
SCHEDULE F (GENERAL RULES & DIRECTIONS)
(1) Authority Inviting Tender - Director, Indian Institute of Management.
(2) Maximum percentage for quantity of items of work to be executed beyond which rates are to be determined in accordance with Clauses “Deviation, Extra items and pricing & Deviation submitted items and pricing” Please refer below
Definitions:
Sr. No DESCRIPTION DETAILS
1 Owner Director, Indian Institute of Management Udaipur (IIMU)
2 Project Manager Nominated Person by IIMU
3 Design Consultant Consultants, appointed by IIMU as Design Consultant. 4 Engineer In charge Authorized representative appointed by Indian Institute of Management UDAIPUR 5 Accepting Authority Engineer-in-Charge, Indian Institute of Management Udaipur (IIMU) 6 Percentage on cost of materials and 15% Labor to cover all overheads and profits 7 Rates considered for Estimate Market Rates as applicable.(with correction slips issued up to the previous day of the last date of submission of tenders),
CLAUSE 4.2: Performance Guarantee
1 Time allowed for submission of 7 (Seven) Days Performance Guarantee from the date of issue of letter of acceptance
2 Maximum allowable extension 5 (Five) Days with late fee @ 0.1% beyond the period provided in 1 per day of the Performance above Guarantee amount.
For Owner P a g e | 66 For Contractor
CLAUSE 4.4: Compensation for Delay and Incentive for early completion
1 Authority for fixing Indian Institute of Management compensation under its Udaipur clause
CLAUSE 4.8: Time and Extension for Delay
1 Number of days from the date 15 (Fifteen) days. of issue of letter of acceptance for reckoning date of start.
Milestone(s) as per table given below:-
Though the overall time of completion is 03 (Three) months the contractor shall complete all the work covered under this tender, such thatthey are ready for occupation in all respects, strictly conforming to the time limit specified for such items. Any delay in achieving specified timeline given in the Milestones (as mentioned below) of these shall invite withholding of payments as indicated against each Milestone:
Project Milestone Schedule:
Sr. Description of Time allowed in Amount to be with-held No. Milestone (Physical) Months (from date of in case of non- start) achievement of milestone
Milestone of Time Duration (03 Months)
1 Supply of ducting, grills 1.5Months 0.5% of tendered and AHU amount.
2 Installation, testing and 2.5 Months 2% of tendered amount commissioning
3 Handing over the site 3 Months 2.5% of tendered amount
Note:Withheld amount shall be released if and when subsequent milestone is achieved within respective time specified.
For Owner P a g e | 67 For Contractor
1 Total Time allowed for execution 03 Months. of work
2 Authority to decide Extension of Director, Indian Institute of Management Time Udaipur (IIMU)
3 Rescheduling of Milestones Engineer In Charge, with approval accorded by Director, Indian Institute of Management Udaipur (IIMU)
CLAUSE 4.11: Payment on Intermediate Certificate to be regarded as Advances
1 Gross work to be done together Duration between two Running Account Bills with net payment / adjustment is minimum 30 days(this limit will not apply to of advances for material the first running bill and last running bill collected, if any, since the last preceding the final bill) such payment for being eligible to interim payment.
List of Testing Equipment’s.
1 List of Testing equipment to be As per (Table-1) of Annexure-1 provided by the contractor at attached. site Laboratory.
CLAUSE 4.17 & 4.18: Mobilization Advance or Secured Advance.
1 Mobilization Advance or Only Secured Advance as per detailed Secured advance on Non- clause. perishable materials.
CLAUSE 4.19: Payment due to increase/decrease in Prices/ Wages (excluding materials covered under clause after Receipt of Tender for Works):
1 Payment due to increase/decrease in Not applicable Prices/ Wages (excluding materials covered under clause after Receipt of Tender for Works)
For Owner P a g e | 68 For Contractor
CLAUSE 4.21: Work to be executed in accordance with Specifications, Drawings, and Orders etc.
1 Specifications Detailed Specifications and related IS codes.
CLAUSE 4.22: Deviations/Variations/ Extent and Pricing
1 Deviation limit beyond clause 4.22 30 % (Thirty Percent). shall apply for all work (Above plinth level).
2 Deviation Limit beyond clauses 100% (One Hundred percent) 4.22 for work up to plinth level
CLAUSE 4.26: Action in case work not done as per Specifications
1 Competent Authority for deciding Engineer in Charge reduced rates.
CLAUSE 4.28: Contractors to Supply Tools & Plants etc.
1 List of machinery, tools & Appendix-I but not limited to. plants to be deployed by the contractor at site
CLAUSE 4.37: Settlement of Disputes
1 Settlement of Disputes Committee appointed by IIMU
Clause 5
Schedule of handing over of site
Part Portion of site Description Time Period for handing over reckoned from date of issue of letter of intent.
For Owner P a g e | 69 For Contractor
Clause 5.4 Schedule of rate of recovery for delay in submission of the modified program in terms of delay days
I. Less than 1 Crore Rs. 500
Schedule of issue of Designs
Part Portion of Design Description Time Period for issue of design reckoned from date of receipt of tenders
Part A Portion already included in NIT Tender Drawings Included in Tender Set
Part B Portions of Designs to be issued Working Drawings As per Contractors Time and Progress Chart
For Owner P a g e | 70 For Contractor
Employment of Technical Staff and employees
Requirement of Technical Representative(s) in progressive manner in satisfaction of Project Manager & Engineer-In-Charge with its recovery Rate.
Technical Staff Requirement of Technical staff Minimum experience of Qualification Number Execution work (Years)
Graduate Engineer 3
Or 1 Air-Conditioning 5 Engineer Diploma Engineer
or
Electrical Engineer Or
Mechanical Engineer
For Owner P a g e | 71 For Contractor
ANNEXURE-1
(TABLE-1)
Equipment for Testing of Materials & Concrete at Site Laboratory
All necessary equipment for conducting all necessary tests shall be provided at the site Laboratory by the Contractor at its own cost. The following minimum Laboratory equipment shall be set up at the Site office Laboratory:
Sl. Equipment Numbers No. (Minimum)
1. Necessary Machines and Equipment’s for List to be provided Execution by bidder.
2. Any other equipment for site tests as outlined in BIS and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Note: The above list is only indicative and not exhaustive.
For Owner P a g e | 72 For Contractor
SECTION 3 GENERAL RULES & DIRECTIONS
For Owner P a g e | 73 For Contractor
The Tendershall state the work to be carried out, the date for submitting and opening tenders and the time allowed for executing the Work, the amount of earnest money to be deposited with the tender, the amount of the security deposit and performance guarantee to be deposited by the successful tenderer and the percentage if any, to be deducted from the security deposit. Copies of the specifications, designs and drawings and any other documents required in connection with the Work signed for the purpose of identification by the officer inviting tender shall also be open for inspection by the tenderer at the office of IIMU during office hours.
In the event of the tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed separately by each partner thereof or in the event of the absence of any partner, it must be signed on behalf of such partner by a person holding a valid power of attorney from such absentee partner specifically for the purposes of the tender. Such power of attorney shall be produced alongwith the tender. Any firm submitting its bid pursuant to the tender shall be duly registered under the Indian Partnership Act, 1932.
Receipts for payment made on account of completed Work, when executed by a firm, must also be signed by all the partners, except where contractors are described in their tender as a firm, in which case the receipts must be signed in the name of the firm by one of the partners, or by some other person having due authority to give effectual receipts for the firm.
1. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the rates in the Schedule of quantities. Tenders, which propose any alteration in the Work specified in the Schedule of Quantities or in the time allowed for executing the Work or which contain any other conditions of any nature, including conditional rebates, shall be liable to be summarily rejected.
2. Being an Item Rate Tender, only rates quoted shall be considered. Rates quoted by the contractor in item rate tender in figures and words shall be accurately filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates written in figures and words. However, if a discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with the amount worked out by the contractor shall unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the amount of an item is not worked out by the contractor or it does not correspond with the rates written either in figures or in words, then the rates quoted by the contractor in words shall be taken as correct. Where the rates quoted by the contractor in figures and in words tally, but the amount is not worked out correctly, the rates quoted by the contractor will unless otherwise proved be taken as correct and not the amount. In event no rate has been quoted for any item(s), leaving space both in figure(s), word(s), and amount blank, it will be presumed that the contractor has included the cost of this/these item(s) in other items and rate for such item(s) shall be considered to be zero and Work shall be required to be executed accordingly.
3. All rates shall be quoted on the tender form. The amount for each item shall be worked out and requisite totals given specifically. Special care should be taken to write the rates in figures as well as in words and the amount in figures only, in such a way that interpolation is not possible. The total amount should be written both in
For Owner P a g e | 74 For Contractor
figures and in words. In case of figures, the word ‘Rs.’ should be written before the figure of rupees and word ‘P’ after the decimal figures, e.g. ‘Rs 2.15 P’ and in case of words, the word, ‘Rupees’ should precede and the word ‘Paisa’ should be written at the end. Unless the rate is in whole rupees and followed by the word ‘only’ it should invariably be up to two decimal places. While quoting the rate in Schedule of Quantities, the word ‘only’ should be written closely following the amount and it should not be written in the next line.
4. If the Tender of the successful Tenderer is seriously unbalanced in relation to estimate of the cost of Work to be performed under the tender, the Owner may require the Tenderer to produce detailed price analyses for any or all items of the of Quantities, to demonstrate the internal consistency of those prices with the implementation/construction methods and the schedule proposed.
5. The IIMU will open tenders in the presence of any intending contractors who may be present at the time and will enter the amounts of the several tenders in a comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted, a receipt for the earnest money shall there upon be given to the contractor who shall thereupon for the purpose of identification sign copies of the specifications and other documents mentioned above. In the event of a tender being rejected, the earnest money shall thereupon be returned to the respective tenderers without any interest on such earnest money.
6. The IIMU shall have the right of rejecting all or any of the tenders and shall not be bound to accept the lowest or any other tender.
7. In the case of any tender where unit rate of any item/items appear unrealistic, such tender shall be considered as unbalanced and in case the tenderer is unable to provide satisfactory explanation, such a tender shall be liable to be disqualified and rejected.
8. The receipt of an accountant or clerk for any money paid by the tenderershall not be considered as an acknowledgment for payment to the IIMU and the tenderer shall be responsible for ensuring that a receipt signed by the IIMU or a duly authorized cashier is obtained for monies paid.
The tenderers shall sign a declaration under the Officials Secret Act, 1923, for maintaining secrecy of the tender documents, drawings or other records connected with the Work awarded to the tenderer. The unsuccessful tenderers shall return all the drawings shared during the course of the tender process.
9. Use of correcting fluid, anywhere in tender document shall not be permitted. Such tender shall be laible to be rejected .
i. The Contractor whose tender is accepted, shall be required to furnish performance guarantee of 5% (five percent) of the tendered amount within the period specified herein. Such performance guarantee shall be in the form of Banker’s cheque of any nationalized bank/demand draft of any nationalized bank/ fixed deposit receipts
For Owner P a g e | 75 For Contractor
or guarantee bonds of any nationalized bank in accordance with the prescribed form.
ii. The tenderer whose tender is accepted shall be required to furnish by way of Security Deposit for the fulfillment of the Contract, an amount equal to 2.5% (Two and half Percent)of the tendered value of the work. The Security Deposit shall be collected by deductions from the running bills of the Contractor at the rates mentioned above and the earnest money deposited at the time of tenders, shall be treated as a part of the Security Deposit. The Security Depsoit shall also be furnished in form of bank guarantee.
10. Upon acceptance of the tender, the name of the accredited representative(s) of the tenderer, responsible for taking instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge, shall be communicated in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge/Design Consultant with a copy to the Owner.
11. GST or any other tax applicable in respect of inputs procured by the contractor for this contract shall be payable by the contractor and IIMU will not entertain any claim whatsoever in respect of the same. However, component of GST at time of supply of service (as provided in CGST Act 2017) provided by the contract shall be varied if different from that applicable on the last day of receipt of tender including extension if any and the same shall be paid by the Contractor to the concerned department on demand and it shall be reimbursed by the IIMU on recommendation of Engineer-in- Charge upon satisfaction that the requisite tax has been actually and genuinely paid by the Contractor. The applicable and eligible tax shall be reimbursed preferably within 7 days but not later than 30 days of submission of documentary proof of payment provided same are in order.
12. The Tender for the Work shall not be witnessed by a tenderer (s) who are participating in the tender for the same Work.Failure to comply with this condition shall render the tenders of both the rendering as well as the the tenderering witnessing liable to be summarily rejected.
13. The ESI and EPF contribution on the part of employer in respect of this contract shall be paid by the contractor. These contributions on the part of the employer paid by the contractor shall be reimbursed by the Engineer-in-Charge to the contractor on actual basis. The applicable and eligible amount of EPF & ESI shall be reimbursed preferably within 7 days but not later than 30 days of submission of documentary proof of payment provided same are in order.
14. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961, and the rules and orders issued there under from time to time. Any failure to so shall amount to a breach of the Contract and the Ownermay in its discretion, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, cancel the Contract. The
For Owner P a g e | 76 For Contractor
Contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation under the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961.
General instructions for filling of Tender:
The tender shall be written in English language. All other information such as documents and drawings supplied by the tenderer shall also be in English language only. Drawings and design shall be dimensioned according to the metric system of measurements. Tender shall be forwarded under cover or a letter typewritten on the tenderer’s letterhead and duly signed by the tenderer. Signature must be in long hand, executed in ink by a duly authorized principal/representative of the tenderer. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic tenders or subsequent modifications there to shall be entertained. If a tender is submitted on behalf of the firm, then all the partners shall sign the Tender or the Tender may be signed by one of the partners in whose favour all the remaining partners have given such signing partner a valid General Power of Attorney. In case of tender submitted by a company, the person who has been authorized by the Board of Directors through a resolution shall sign the tender. Copy of power of attorney/resolution as the case may be, and the authority letter in favour of the person signing must accompany the tender.
The Tenderer shall quote the rate both in words and in figures, with reference to each item for all the items shown in the attached Sschedule of Qquantities. Incomplete offer under the tender shall be liable for rejection. Quantities shown in the Sschedule of Quantities are approximate and can increase or decrease (i.e. the rates are firm and are independent of quantity). No claim shall be entertained for any item of work due to variation in the quantities.
The tender shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by the tenderer or a person(s) duly authorized to sign under a valid Power of Attorney/Board Resolution on behalf of the Tenderer. The person or persons signing the tender shall initial at all pages of the tender document and an initial shall be affixed at all such places where any insertions, corrections or amendments are made by hand.
The tenderer shall sign at the bottom right hand corner of every page of the tender documents in token of acceptance of tender conditions and for the purpose of identification.
General instructions:
The offer shall remain valid for acceptance for a period of 30 (Thirty) daysfrom the date of opening of the Technical Tender.
The Contractor shall give his address for communication along with telephone/e-mail address and all communication made by IIMUto the said address by rregisteredpost acknowledgement due,speed post, courier or any other mode of service shall be deemed to have been effected provided that communication made by mobile, telephone or e-mail shall be followed by a written communication through courier/post. All correspondence addressed to IIMUshall be in the name of Director,IIMU at theCampus of IIM Udaipur,Rajasthan.
For Owner P a g e | 77 For Contractor
Submission of a tender by a tenderer implies that it has read all the terms and conditions contained in this document and all other contract documents and has acquainted itself of the nature, scope and specifications of the Works to be executed. The Contractor shall also be deemed to have acquainted itself of the local conditions and other factors, which might have a bearing on the execution of the Works. IIMUshall in no event be held liable for any loss/damage/harm for costs or otherwise caused to the Contractor due to such non- acquaintance.
Against the loss/damage/harm caused, IIMUshall not be liable for any act or omission of the act of the Contractor in so far as any violation of any of the aforementioned act.
Tenderers have to compulsorily submit the entire tender Contract Documents. Every Tenderer shall submit all documents issued to him for the purpose of this tender after duly filling the same in all respects. Tender Contracts, which are found to be vague, irrelevant and incomplete shall be summarily rejected.
Unless otherwise stated, the contract shall be for the whole Work as described in the “Schedule of items of Works” and under the drawings. The Contractor shall be bound to complete the whole Work within such stipulated time as set out in the schedule of items of Works and the drawings, including such additional items as may be necessary, if any, as per drawings and instructions. The issuance of certificate of completion as issued by the Engineer-in-Charge and Design Consultant shall be mandatory for indicating the successful completion of work and such certificate of completion will be conclusive proof of completion of Work.
The work to be carried out under the Ccontract shall, except as otherwise provided in these conditions shall include all Labor, materials, tools, plants, equipment, transport and royalties which may be required in preparation of the full and entire execution and completion of the Works. The descriptions given in the Schedule of Quantities shall, unless otherwise stated be held to include wastage of materials, carrying and all other Labor necessary for the full and entire execution and completion of the Work as aforesaid in accordance with the specifications, good practice and recognized principles.
The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself before submission of the tender as to the correctness and sufficiency of the tender for the Works and of the rates and prices quoted in the Schedule of Quantities, which rates and prices shall, except as otherwise provided, cover all his obligations under the Ccontract and all matters and things necessary for the proper completion and maintenance of the Works. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor withdraw from the Contract once the tender is accepted. In anevent of withdrawal or default by the Contractor, the deposit of earnest money made by the Contractor shall stand forfeited.
No cost payable for preparing tender: The tenderer shall not be entitled to claim any costs, charges, expenses in connection with preparation and submission and subsequent clarification of its tender in the event of withdrawal of the invitation of tenders by IIMU.
For Owner P a g e | 78 For Contractor
The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961, Minimum Wages Act, 1948, Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, Payment of Wages Act, 1936, Owner’s Liability Act, 1938, Maternity Benefits Act, 1961, and the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 as may be applicable and the rules and regulations issued there under from time to time. The list of the statutes mentioned above is an indicative list and all enactments applicable for workmen shall be complied with by the tender. Any failure to comply with such statutes shall amount to breach of the Contract and the Engineer-in-Charge may, at his discretion, terminate the Contract without any prior notice being furnished to the Contractor. The Contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of violation of any of the said statutes and shall indemnify and keep the IIMU indemnified for any loss or damage arising on account of the same.
The provisions in the Tender documents shall prevail over the contents of the above paragraphs if there is any contradiction or variation in the conditions mentioned hereinabove and those contained in the Contract Documents.
For Owner P a g e | 79 For Contractor
SECTION 4 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
For Owner P a g e | 80 For Contractor
Definitions
The Contract means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof and the formal the Contractor, together with the documents referred to therein including these conditions, the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions issued from time to time by the IIMU/ Engineer-in- Charge / Design Consultant and all these documents taken together, shall be deemed to form one contract and shall be complementary to one another.
In the contract, the following expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings, hereby respectively assigned to them: -
Work: The expression work or works shall, mean unless there be something either in the subject or context repugnant to such construction the context otherwise requires be construed and taken to mean the works by or by virtue of the contract contracted to be executed whether temporary or permanent, and whether original, altered, substituted or additional.
Site: The Site shall mean the land, adjacent land, path, street or other places, the exclusive right and/or the ownership of which vests with IIMU through which work is to be executed under the contract and which may be allotted or used for the purpose of carrying out the work(s) under the contract.
Contractor: The Contractor shall mean the individual, firm or company, whether incorporated or not, undertaking the works and shall include the legal personal representative of such individual or the persons composing such firm or company, or the successors of such firm or company and the permitted assignees of such individual, firm or company.
Owner/ Owner: Owner shall mean IIMU. IIMUmeans Indian Institute of Management Udaipur.
Project Manager: Means nominated person appointed by IIMU.
Design Consultants:
Design Consultants shall mean specialist architects, associate architects and their authorized consultants and Engineers appointed by the IIMUto design and monitering the Architectural, Structural, Electrical, Plumbing, Acoustic, HVAC, Landscape and Infrastructure works and also to check quality, project scheduling, cost control, installation of systems and equipments in the Works and ensure that the same is done as per the drawings approved.
For Owner P a g e | 81 For Contractor
Engineer-in-Charge:
Engineer-in-Charge (E-in-C) shall mean the authorized representative appointed by IIMU, who shall supervise and be in charge of the work. Enigeneer-in-Charge will administer the contract with the assistance of his authorized subordinate Engineers.
Accepting Authority: Accepting Authority shall mean the authority mentioned in Schedule ‘F’.
Excepted Risk:
Excepted Risk are risk due to riots (other than those on account of Contractor’s employees), war (whether declared or not) invasion, act of foreign enemies, hostilities, civil war, rebellion revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, any acts of Owner damage from aircraft, acts of God, such as earthquake, lightening and unprecedented floods and other causes over which the Contractor has no control and accepted as such by the Accepting Authority (i.e. either the Owner or an Agency appointed by the Owner) or causes solely due to use or occupation by Owner of the part of the Work in respect of which a certificate of completion has been issued or a cause solely due to Owner’s faulty design of works..
Market Rate:
Market rate shall be the rate as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge in consultation with Design Consultant on the basis of the cost of materials and Labor at the site where the Work is to be executed plus the percentage mentioned in Schedule ‘F’ to cover all overheads and profits of the Contractor and approved by the IIMU, provided that no extra overheads and profits shall be payable on the part(s) of work assigned to other agency(s) by the contractor as per terms of contract.
Tendered value: Tendered value / Contract value means the value of, the entire Work as stipulated in the letter of award.
Date of commencement of work: The Date of commencement of work shall be the date when contract comes into existence i.e. the date the Letter of Acceptance by IIMU is awarded or the first date of handing over of the site, whichever is later, in accordance with the phasing if any, as indicted in the tender document.
Nominated Sub-Contractor: Nominated Sub-Contractor shall mean any person or agency appointed by IIMU for the execution of any particular Work or providing any services under the Contract.
For Owner P a g e | 82 For Contractor
Samples: Samples are physical samples, which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged.
Shop drawings: Shop drawings means those drawings or other documents which are specifically prepared by or on behalf of the Contractor to illustrate details of construction for the purpose of fabrication or installation or any other construction related works mentioned in the Tender which required by the Design Consultant and are submitted to the Engineer In charge for the approval/suggestion/verification from Design Consultant as the Contractor’s intended method of achieving the end result required by the Contract Drawings and Specifications.
Submittals:
Submittals includes progress schedules, setting out drawings, shop drawings, testing and inspection reports, and other information required by the Contract Documents to be submitted by the Contractor for information or approval by the Engineer in Charge.
Virtual Completion: Virtual Completion shall mean completion of the Works as per drawings and specifications to the entire satisfaction of Engineer in Charge/ Design Consultant/ IIMU whose decision shall be final and binding on the parties in this regard and particularly the act of securing by the Contractor to get the virtual completion certificate from the Engineer in charge and submission of the same to the IIMU to start the Defect liability period of the contract. Final Completion:
Final Completion shall mean the completion of the Works and any necessary rectification directed to be carried out during the Defects Liability Period and any extension thereof by the Contractor and securing of such final completion certificate from the Engineer in Charge/ Design Consultant/ IIMU, and also obtaining the final handing over of the Works to the IIMU, and the acceptance of the same.
Works to be carried out The Work to be carried out under the Contract shall, except as otherwise provided in these conditions shall include all Labor, materials, tools and plants, equipment and transport to be provided at the cost and expense of the Contractor which may be required in preparation of and for and in the full and entire execution and completion of the Works. The descriptions given in the Schedule of Quantities shall unless otherwise stated, be held to include wastage on materials, carriage and cartage, carrying and return of empties, hoisting, setting, fitting and fixing in position and all other Labors necessary in and for the full and entire execution and completion of the Works as aforesaid in accordance with good practice and recognized principles.
Sufficiency of Tender:
For Owner P a g e | 83 For Contractor
The Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied himself before tendering as to the correctness and sufficiency of his tender for the works and of the rates and prices quoted in the Schedule of Quantities and Tender Documents, which rates and prices shall, except as otherwise provided, cover all its obligations under the contract and all matters and things necessary for the proper completion and maintenance of the works.
Discrepancies and Adjustment of Errors: The several documents forming the Contact are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another, detailed drawings being followed in preference to small scale drawing and figured dimensions in preference to scale and special conditions in preference to General Conditions. In the case of discrepancy between the schedule of Quantities, the Specifications and / or the Drawings, the following order of preference shall be observed: -
I) Description of Schedule of Quantities. ii) Particular Specification and Special Condition, if any. iii) Drawings. iv) Specifications. v) Indian Standard Specifications of B.I.S. If there are varying or conflicting provisions made in any one document forming part of the contract, the Accepting Authority shall be the deciding authority with regard to the intention of the document and his decision shall be final and binding on the contractor.
Any error in description, quantity or rate in Schedule of Quantities or any Omission there from shall not vitiate the Contract or release the Contractor from the execution of the whole or any part of the works comprised therein according to drawings and specifications or from any of his obligations under the contract.
For Owner P a g e | 84 For Contractor
CLAUSES OF CONTRACT
CLAUSE.4.1. EARNEST MONEY
The earnest money is paid by each tenderer to enable the IIMU to ensure that a tenderer does not back out of his tender before its acceptance, or refuse to execute the work after it has been awarded to him.
Deposit of earnest money Earnest Money can be paid in the form of Demand Draft or Pay order or Banker`s Cheque drawn in favor of Indian Institute of Management Udaipur along with Bank Guarantee of any Nationalized Bank wherever applicable. The EMD instrument should be deposited in office of IIMU. A part of earnest money is acceptable in the form of bank guarantee also. In such case, Rs ------Lacs of earnest money will have to be deposited in the form of Demand Draft or Pay order or Banker`s Cheque drawn in favor of Indian Institute of Management, Udaipur, and balance in the form of Bank Guarantee of any Nationalized bank, which is to be submitted to the University Office before last date of tender submission. The intending tenderer has to fill all the details such as Banker's name, Demand Draft/Pay Order/ Banker's Cheque/Bank Guarantee number, amount and date. The amount of EMD can be paid by multiple Demand Draft / Pay Order / Banker's Cheque / along with multiple Bank Guarantee of any Nationalized Bank.
The Earnest Money will be returned to the unsuccessful tenderers within a week from the date of award of tender. Entry of Demand Draft received as earnest money with the tenders may be kept in the Tender Opening Register, and these need not be deposited in the bank except for the successful tenderer. The Earnest Money deposited by successful tenderer will be converted to security deposit. The successful tenderer shall furnish the required Performance Guarantee and attend the office of the IIMU for execution of the contract documents and duly enters into the contract within such time as per Schedule-F.
Forfeiture of earnest money If any tenderer withdraws his tender before the expiry of the validity period, or before the issue of letter of acceptance, whichever is earlier, or makes any modification in the terms and conditions of the tender which are not acceptable to the IIMU, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit 50% of the said earnest money as aforesaid. Further the tenderer shall not be allowed to participate in the retendering process of the work.
If contractor fails to furnish the prescribed performance guarantee within the prescribed period, the earnestmoney is absolutely forfeited automatically without any notice.
For Owner P a g e | 85 For Contractor
In case the tenderer fails to commence the work specified in Schedule-F or such time period as mentioned in letter of award, after the date on which the Engineer-in-charge issues written orders to commence the work, or from the date of handing over of the site, whichever is later, the IIMUshall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit whole of the earnest money absolutely.
If only a part of the work as shown in the tender is awarded, and the contractor does not commence the work, the amount of the earnest money to be forfeited should be worked out with reference to the estimated cost of the work so awarded.
In case of forfeiture of earnest money as prescribed in above, the tenderer shall not be allowed to participate in the retendering process of the work.
CLAUSE.4.2. Performance Guarantee (I)The contractor whose tender is accepted will be required to furnish performance guarantee of 5% (Five Percent) of the tendered amount within the period specified in Schedule F. This guarantee shall be in the form of Guarantee Bonds of any Nationalized Bank in accordance with the prescribed form. In case the contractor fails to deposit the said performance guarantee within the period as indicated in Schedule ‘F’ including the extended period if any, the Earnest Money deposited by the contractor shall be forfeited automatically without any notice to the contractor. (II)The Performance Guarantee shall be initially valid up to the stipulated date of completion plus 90 days beyond that. In case the time for completion of work gets extended, the contractor shall get the validity of Performance Guarantee extended to cover such extended time for completion of work. After recording of the completion certificate for the work by the Engineer In charge, the performance guarantee shall be returned to the contractor, without any interest. iii)The Engineer-in-Charge shall not make a claim under the performance guarantee except for amounts to which the IIMU is entitled under the contract (not withstanding and/or without prejudice to any other provisions in the contract agreement) in the event of: (a) Failure by the contractor to extend the validity of the Performance Guarantee as described herein above, in which event the Engineer-in-Charge may claim the full amount of the Performance Guarantee. (b) Failure by the contractor to pay IIMU any amount due, either as agreed by the contractor or determined under any of the Clauses/Conditions of the agreement, within 30 days of the service of notice to this effect by Engineer-in-Charge. (iv)In the event of the contract being determined or rescinded under provision of any of the Clause/Condition of the agreement, the performance guarantee shall stand forfeited in full and shall be absolutely at the disposal of the IIMU.
For Owner P a g e | 86 For Contractor
CLAUSE.4.3. Security Deposit The person/persons whose tender(s) may be accepted (hereinafter called the contractor) shall permit IIMU, at the time of making any payment to him for work done under the contract to deduct a sum at the rate 2.5% (Two and Half percent) of the gross amount of each running till the sum along with the sum already deposited as earnest money, will amount to security deposit of 2.5% (Two and Half percent) of the tendered value of the work. Earnest money shall be adjusted first in the security deposit and further recovery of security deposit shall commence only when the up-to-date amount of security deposit starts exceeding the earnest money. Such deductions will be made and held by IIMU by way of Security Deposit unless he/they has/have deposited the amount of Security at the rate mentioned above in the form of Government Securities. In case a fixed deposit receipt of any Bank is furnished by the contractor to the IIMU as part of the security deposit and the Bank is unable to make payment against the said fixed deposit receipt, the loss caused thereby shall fall on the contractor and the contractor shall forthwith on demand furnish additional security to the IIMU to make good the deficit. All compensations or the other sums of money payable by the contractor under the terms of this contract may be deducted from, or paid by the sale of a sufficient part of his security deposit or from the interest arising there from, or from any sums which may be due to or may be come due to the contract or by Owneron any account whatsoever and in the event of his Security Deposit being reduced by reason of any such deductions or sale as aforesaid, the contract or shall within 10 days make good in fixed deposit receipt tendered by the State Bank of India or by Scheduled Banks or Government Securities (if deposited for more than12months) endorsed in favor of the IIMU, any sum or sums which may have been deducted from, or raised by sale of his security deposit or any part thereof. The security deposit shall be collected from the running s of the contractor at the rates mentioned above and the Earnest money deposited at the time of tenders will be treated as part of the Security Deposit.
The security deposit as deducted above can be released against bank guarantee issued by a scheduled bank, on its accumulations to a minimum of Rs.5 lac subject to the condition that amount of such bank guarantee, except last one, shall not be less than Rs.5 lac. Provided further that the validity of bank guarantee including the on given against the earnest money shall be inconformity with provisions contained in clause which shall be extended from time to time depending upon extension of contract granted under provisions of clause (Compensation for delay) and clause (Time and Extension for delay).
Security deposit shall be released as follows: Security deposit shall be released after the completion of the Defects Liability period
For Owner P a g e | 87 For Contractor
CLAUSE.4.4. Compensation for Delay If the contractor fails to maintain the required progress in terms of clause (Time and Extension for delay) or to complete the work and clear the site on or before the contract or justified extended date of completionas per clause 5 (Time and Extension for delay) (excluding any extension under 5.5) as well as any extension granted under clauses 12 (Deviations/Variations/ Extent and Pricing) and 15 (Suspension of Work), he shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available under the law to the Owner on account of such breach, pay as agreed compensation the amount calculated at the rates stipulated below as the authority specified in schedule ‘F’ (whose decision in writing shall be final and binding) may decide on the amount of tendered value of the work for every completed day/month (as determined) that the progress remains below that specified in Clause (Time and Extension for delay) or that the work remains incomplete. This will also apply to items or group of items for which a separate period of completion has been specified. Compensation for delay of work to@ 1.0 % per month of delay be computed on per day basis Provided always that the total amount of compensation for delay to be paid under this Condition shall not exceed 10% (Ten Percent) of the Tendered Value of work or of the Tendered Value of the item or group of items of work for which a separate period of completion is originally given. In case no compensation has been decided by the authority in Schedule ‘F’ during the progress of work, this shall be no waiver of right to levy compensation by the said authority if the work remains incomplete on final justified extended date of completion. If the Engineer in Charge decides to give further extension of time allowing performance of work beyond the justified extended date, the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation for such extended period. If any variation in amount of contract takes place during such extender period beyond justified extended date and the contractor becomes entitled to additional time under clause 12(Deviations/Variations/ Extent and Pricing), the net period for such variation shall be accounted for while deciding the period for levy of compensation. However, during such further extended period beyond the justified extender period, if any delay occurs by events under sub clause 5.2 (Time and Extension for delay), the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation for such delay. Provided that compensation during the progress of work before the justified extended date of completion for delay under this clause shall be for non-achievement of sectional completion or part handing over of work on stipulated/justified extended date for such part work or if delay affects any other works/ services. This is without prejudice to right of action by the Engineer in Charge under clause 3 (when Contract can be determined) for delay in performance and claim for compensation under that clause. In case action under clause 2 has not been finalized and the work has been determined under clause 3(when Contract can be determined), the right of action under this clause shall remain post determination of contract but levy of compensation shall be for days the
For Owner P a g e | 88 For Contractor
progress is behind the schedule on date of determination, as assessed by the authority in Schedule ‘F’, after due consideration of justified extension. The compensation for delay, if not decided before the determination of contract, shall be decided after determination of contract. The amount of compensation may be adjusted or set-off against any sum payable to the Contractor under this or any other contract with the IIMU. In case, the contractor does not achieve a particular milestone mentioned in schedule F, or the re-scheduled milestone(s) in terms of Clause (Time and Extension for delay), the amount shown against that milestone shall be withheld, to be adjusted against the compensation levied as above. With-holding of this amount on failure to achieve a milestone, shall be automatic without any notice to the contractor. However, if the contractor catches up with the progress of work on the subsequent milestone(s), the withheld amount shall be released. In case the contractor fails to make up for the delay in subsequent milestone(s), amount mentioned against each milestone missed subsequently also shall be withheld. However, no interest, whatsoever, shall be payable on such withheld amount. In the event of any default of non-payment of such compensation by the Contractor, the Owner shall be fully authorized and entitled to recover such amount of compensation from the bill amounts due payable by the Owner to the Contractor. The completion period of the entire work shall be as stipulated in the scheduled. The time limit specified above and as approved in writing by IIMU, shall be strictly adhered to and followed. Liquidated Damages will be applicable, item wise and against item wise time schedules. Accordingly, the Damages will be based on the value of the Item for which delay has occurred. In case of delay The penalty shall be recoverable from the Security Deposit provided by the Contractor and if the Security Deposit is not enough, then from the Performance Bank Guarantee or any sum payable to the Contractor under this Contract with the IIMU.
CLAUSE.4.5.
When Contract can be Determined Subject to other provisions contained in this clause, the IIMU may without prejudice to any other rights or remedy contained in this Agreement against the Contractor in respect of any delay, inferior workmanship or any claims for damages and/or any other provisions of this contract or otherwise, whether or not the date of completion has or has not elapsed, may determine the contract by notice in writing absolutely in any of the following cases: (i) If the contractor having been given by the Engineer-in-Charge a notice in writing to rectify, reconstruct or replace any defective work or that the work is being performed in an inefficient or otherwise improper or un workman like manner shall omit to comply with the requirement of such notice for a period of seven days thereafter.
For Owner P a g e | 89 For Contractor
(ii) If the Contractor has, without reasonable cause suspended the progress of the Work or has failed to proceed with the work with due diligence and continues to do so after a notice in writing of seven days from the Engineer-in-Charge. (iii) If the contractor fails to complete the work or section of work with individual date of completion on or before the stipulated date or justified extender date, on or before such date of completion; and the Engineer-in-Charge without any prejudice to any other right or remedy under any other provision in the contract has given further reasonable time in a notice given in writing in that behalf as either mutually agreed or in absence of such mutual agreement by his own assessment making such time essence of contract and in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge the contractor will be unable to complete the same or does not complete the same within the period specified. (iv) If the contractor persistently neglects to carry out his obligations under the contract and/ or commits default in complying with any of the terms and conditions of the contract and does not remedy it or take effective steps to remedy it within 7 days after a notice in writing is given to him in that behalf by the Engineer-in-Charge. (v) If the contractor shall offer or give or agree to give to any person in service or to any other person on his behalf any gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing or forbearing to do or for having done or forborne to do any act in relation to the obtaining or execution of this or any other contract. (vi) If the contractor shall enter into a contract with Owner in connection with which commission has been paid or agreed to be paid by him or to his knowledge, unless the particulars of any such commission and the terms of payment thereof have been previously disclosed in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge (vii) If the contractor shall obtain a contract with Owner as a result of wrong tendering or other non-bonfire methods of competitive tendering or commits breach of integrity pact. (viii) If the contractor being an individual, or if a firm, any partner thereof shall at any time be adjudged insolvent or have a receiving order or order for administration of his estate made against him or shall take any proceedings for liquidation or composition (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction) under any Insolvency Act for the time being in force or make any conveyance or assignment of his effects or composition or arrangement for the benefit of his creditors or purport so to do, or if any application be made under any Insolvency Act for the time being in force for the sequestration of his estate or if a trust deed be executed by him for benefit of his creditors. (ix) If the Contractor being a company shall pass a resolution for winding-up, or the court shall make an order that the company shall be wound up or if a receiver, or a manager on behalf of a creditor shall be appointed, or if circumstances shall arise which entitle the court or the creditor to appoint a receiver or a manager, or which entitle the court to make a winding up order.
For Owner P a g e | 90 For Contractor
(x) If the contractor shall suffer an execution being levied on his goods and allow it to be continued for a period of 21 days. (xi) If the contractor assigns(excluding part(s) of work assigned to other agency(s) by the contractor as per terms of contract), transfers, sublets (engagement of Labor on a piece-work basis or of Labor with materials not to be incorporated in the work, shall not be deemed to be subletting) or otherwise parts with or attempts to assign, transfer, sublet or otherwise parts with the entire works or any portion thereof without the prior written approval of the Engineer -in-Charge. When the Contractor has made himself liable for action under any of the cases aforesaid, the Engineer-in-Charge / Design Consultant on behalf of the IIMU shall have powers. (a) To determine the contract as aforesaid so far as performance of work by the contractor is concerned (of which determination notice in writing to the contractor under the hand of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be conclusive evidence). Upon such determination, the Earnest Money Deposit, Security Deposit already recovered and Performance Guarantee under the contract shall be liable to be forfeited and shall be absolutely at the disposal of the Owner. (b) After giving notice to the contractor to measure up the work of the contractor and to take such whole, or the balance or part thereof, as shall be un-executed out of his hands and to give it to another contractor to complete the work. The contractor, whose contract is determined as above, shall not be allowed to participate in the tendering process for the balance work. In the event of anyone or more of the above course(s) of action(s) being adopted by the Engineer-in-Charge the Contractor shall have no right to claim compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any engagement or made any advances on account or with a view to the execution of the Work or the performance of the contract. In the event action is taken under any of the provisions aforesaid, the Contractor shall neither be entitled to recover nor be paid any sum for any work thereof actually performed under this contract unless and until the Engineer-in-Charge has certified in writing the performance of such Work and the value payable in respect thereof and the Contractor shall only be entitled to be paid the value so certified.
CLAUSE.4.6. Work cannot be Started Due to Reasons not Within the Control of the Contractor. In case, the work cannot be started due to reasons not within the control of the contractor within 1/8th of the stipulated time for completion of work or one month whichever is higher, either party may close the contract by giving notice to the other party stating the reasons. In such eventuality, the Performance Guarantee of the contractor shall be refunded within 30 days. Neither party shall claim any compensation for such eventuality. This clause is not applicable for any breach of the contract by either party.
For Owner P a g e | 91 For Contractor
.
CLAUSE.4.7. Contractor Liable to Pay Compensation even if Action not taken as
In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Engineer-in-Charge by Clause- (when contract can be determined) thereof, shall have become exercisable and the same are not exercised, the non-exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions hereof and such powers shall notwithstanding be exercisable in the event of any future case of default by the contractor and the liability of the contractor for compensation shall remain unaffected. In the event of the Engineer-in-Charge putting in force all or any of the powers vested in him under the preceding clause he may, if he so desires after giving a notice in writing to the contractor, take possession of (or at the sole discretion of the Engineer-in- Charge which shall be final and binding on the contractor) use as on hire (the amount of the hire money being also in the final determination of the Engineer-in-Charge) all or any tools, plant, materials and stores, in or upon the works, or the site thereof belonging to the contractor, or procured by the contractor and intended to be used for the execution of the work/or any part thereof, paying or allowing for the same in account at the contract rates, or, in the case of these not being applicable, at current market rates to be certified by the Engineer-in-Charge, whose certificate thereof shall be final, and binding on the contractor, clerk of the works, foreman or other authorized agent to remove such tools, plant, materials, or stores from the premises (within a time to be specified in such notice) in the event of the contractor failing to comply with any such requisition, the Engineer-in-Charge may remove them at the contractor’s expense or sell them by auction or private sale on account of the contractor and his risk in all respects and the certificate of the Engineer-in- Charge as to the expenses of any such removal and the amount of the proceeds and expenses of any such sale shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.
CLAUSE.4.8.
Time and Extension for Delay
The time allowed for execution of the Works as specified in Schedule F or the extended time in accordance with these conditions shall be the essence of the contract. The execution of the works shall commence from such time period as mentioned in Schedule F or from the date of handing over of the site, notified by the Engineer-in-Charge, whichever is later. However, the handing over of site by the Engineer in Charge, in full or in part (if so provided in contract), shall be completed within two months for issue of acceptance letter. If the Contractor commits default in commencing the execution of the work as aforesaid, the performance guarantee shall be forfeited by the Engineer In charge and shall be absolutely at disposal of the Owner without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law. The contractor shall submit within twenty-one days of award of work as in consideration of
For Owner P a g e | 92 For Contractor
a) Schedule of handing over of site as specified in the Schedule ‘F” b) Schedule of issue of designs as specified in the schedule ‘F’
(i) The contractor shall submit a programme Chart (Time and Progress) for each milestone. The Engineer in Charge may within 30 days thereafter, if required modify, and communicate the program approved to the contractor failing which the program submitted by the contractor shall be deemed to be approved by the Engineer-in- Charge. The work programme shall include all details of balance drawings and decisions required to complete the contract with specific dates by which these details are required by the contractor without causing any delay in execution of the work. The Chart shall be prepared in direct relation to the time stated in the Contract documents for completion of items of the works. It shall indicate the forecast of the dates of commencement and completion of various trades of sections of the work and may be amended as necessary by agreement between the Owner and the Contractor within the limitations of time imposed in the Contract documents, and further to ensure good progress during the execution of the work, the contractor shall in all cases in which the time allowed for any work, exceeds one month (save for special jobs for which a separate program has been agreed upon) complete the work as per mile stones given in Schedule F. (ii) In case of non-submission of construction programme by the contractor the program approved by the Engineer-in-charge shall be deemed to be final. (iii) The approval by the Engineer-in-charge of such programme shall not relieve the contractor of any of the obligations under the contract. The contractor shall submit the Time and progress chart and progress report using mutually agreed software or in other format decided by Engineer-in-Charge for the work done during previous month to the Engineer-in-charge on or before 5th day of each month failing which a recovery Rs. 5000/- shall be made on per week or part basis in case of delay in submission of the monthly progress report. If the work(s) be delayed by: - (i) Force majeure, or (ii) Abnormally bad weather, or (iii) Serious loss or damage by fire, or (iv)Civil commotion, local commotion of workmen, strike or lockout, affecting any of the trades employed on the work, or (v) Delay on the part of other contractors or tradesmen engaged by Engineer-in-Charge in executing work not forming part of the Contract, or (vi)Any other cause like above which, in the reasoned opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge is beyond the Contractor’s control. Then upon the happening of any such event causing delay, the Contractor shall immediately give notice thereof in writing to the Engineer In Charge for entry in the hindrance register
For Owner P a g e | 93 For Contractor
(physical or web-based as prescribed in Schedule (F)but shall nevertheless use constantly his best endeavors to prevent the delay in overall completion of the work or make good the delay and shall do all that may be reasonably required to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in- Charge to proceed with the works. The contractor shall have no claim of damages for extension of time granted or rescheduling of milestone/s for events listed.
In case the work is hindered by any reason, in the opinion of the contractor, by the owner or for someone for whose action the owner is responsible, the contractor may immediately give notice thereof in writing to the Engineer in Charge in the same manner as prescribed seeking extension of time or reschedule of milestone/s. The authority as indicated in schedule ‘F’ shall, if justified, give a fair and reasonable extension of time and reschedule the milestones for completion of work after due consideration of the same within 30 days of receipt of such request. In event of non-application by the contractor for extension of time Engineer in Charge after affording opportunity to the contractor may give, supported with a programmed, a fair and reasonable extension within a reasonable period of occurrence of the event. Such extension of time or rescheduling of milestone/s shall be without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the parties in contract or in lay; provided further that for concurrent delays under this sub clause and sub clause 5.2 to the extent the delay is coveted under this clause the contractor shall be entitled to only extension of time and no damages.
Request for rescheduling of Mile stones or extension of time, to be eligible for consideration, shall be made by the Contractor(As per Appendix XVI) in writing with supporting documents within fourteen days of the happening of the event causing delay on the prescribed form i.e. Form of application by the contractor for seeking reschedule of milestones (Appendix-XVI) or form of application by the contractor for seeking extension of time (Appendix- XVII) respectively to the authority as indicated in Schedule-F. The contractor shall indicate in such a request the period by which rescheduling of milestone/s or extension of time is desired. With every request for rescheduling of milestones, or if at any time the actual progress of work falls behind the approved program by more than 10% of the stipulated period of completion of contract, the contractor shall produce a revised program which shall include all details of pending drawings and decisions required to complete the contract and also the target dates by which these details should be available without causing any delay in execution of the work. A recovery as specified in Schedule ‘F’ shall be made on per day basis in case of delay in submission of the revised program.
In any such case the authority as indicated in Schedule ‘F’ may give a fair and reasonable extension of time for completion of work or reschedule the milestones. Such extension or rescheduling of the milestones shall be communicated to the Contractor by the authority as indicated in Schedule ‘F’ in writing, within 30 days of the date of receipt of such request from the Contractor in prescribed form. In event of non-application by the contractor for extension of time E-in-C after affording opportunity to the contractor, may give, supported with a program (as specified under 5.4 (Time and Extension for Delay)) fair and reasonable extension within a reasonable period of occurrence of the event.
For Owner P a g e | 94 For Contractor
In case the work is delayed by any reasons, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, by the contractor for reasons beyond the events mentioned above and beyond the justified extended date; without prejudice to right to take action under Clause 3 (When Contract can be determined), the Engineer-in-Charge may grant extension of time required for completion of work without rescheduling of milestones. The contractor shall be liable for levy of compensation for delay for such extension of time.
CLAUSE.4.9.
Measurement of Work Done Engineer-in-Charge shall, except as otherwise provided, ascertain and determine by measurement the value of Work done. All measurement of all items having financial value shall be entered in Measurement Book and/or level field-books complete record is obtained of all works performed under the contract. All measurements and levels shall be taken jointly by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative and by the Contractor or his authorized representative from time to time during the progress of the Work and such measurements shall be signed and dated by the Engineer-in-Charge or their authorized representative and the Contractor or their authorized representatives in taken of their acceptance. If the Contractor objects to any of the measurements recorded, a note shall be made to that effect along with reasons and signed by both the parties. If for any reason whatsoever, the Contractor or his authorized representative is not available and the Work of recording measurements is suspended by the Engineer-in- Charge or his authorized representative, the Owner shall not entertain any claim from the Contractor for any loss or damages on this account. If the Contractor or his authorized representative does not remain present at the time of such measurements after the Contractor or his authorized representative has been given a notice in writing three (3) days in advance or fails to countersign or to record objection within a week from the date of the measurement, then such measurements recorded in his absence by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative shall be deemed to be accepted by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, without any extra charge, provide all assistance with every appliance, Labor and other things necessary for measurements and recording levels. Except where any general or detailed description of the Work expressly shows to the contrary, measurements shall be taken in accordance with the procedure set forth in the specifications notwithstanding any provision in the relevant Standard Method of measurement or any general or local custom. In the case of items, which are not covered by specifications, measurements shall be taken in accordance with the relevant standard method of measurement issued by the Bureau of Indian Standards and if for any item no such standard is available then a mutually agreed method shall be followed. The Contractor shall give notice of not less than seven days in writing to the Engineer-in- Charge or his subordinate in-charge of the Work before covering up or otherwise placing
For Owner P a g e | 95 For Contractor
beyond the reach of measurement any Work in order that the same may be measured and correct dimensions thereof may be taken before the same is so covered up or placed beyond the reach or measurement and shall not cover up any Work without the consent in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge or his subordinate in charge of the Work and ‘if any Work shall be covered up or be placed beyond the reach of measurement without such notice having been given or consent obtained, the same shall be uncovered at Contractor’s expense or in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for such Work or of the material with which the same was executed. Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative may cause either themselves or through another officer of the Authority to check the measurements recorded jointly or otherwise as aforesaid and all provisions stipulated herein above shall be applicable to such checking of measurements or levels. It is also a term of this contract that recording of measurements of any item of Work in the measurement book and/or its payment in the interim, on account or final bill shall not be considered as conclusive evidence as to the sufficiency of any Work or material to which it relates nor shall it relieve the Contractor from liabilities from any over measurement or defects noticed till completion of the defects liability period.
CLAUSE.4.10.
Computerized Measurement Book Engineer-in-Charge shall, except as otherwise provided, ascertain and determine by measurement the value of work done in accordance with the contract. All measurements of all items having financial value shall be entered by the contractor and compiled in the shape of the Computerized Measurement Book having pages of A-4 size as per the format suggested by the Engineer in charge so that a complete record is obtained of all the items of works performed under the contract. All such measurements and levels recorded by the contractor or his authorized representative from time to time, during the progress of the work, shall be got checked by the contractor from the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative as per interval or program fixed in consultation with Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative. After the necessary corrections made by the Engineer-in-Charge, the measurement sheets shall be returned to the contractor for incorporating the corrections and for resubmission to the Engineer-in- Charge for the dated signatures by the Engineer-in- Charge and the contractor or their representatives in token of their acceptance. Whenever bill is due for payment, the contractor would initially submit draft computerized measurement sheets and these measurements would be got checked/test checked from the Engineer-in-Charge and/or his authorized representative. The contractor will, thereafter, incorporate such changes, as may be done during these checks/test checks in his draft computerized measurements, and submit to the Engineer in Charge computerized measurement book, duly bound, and with its pages machine numbered. The Engineer-in- Charge and/or his authorized representative would thereafter check this MB and record the necessary certificates for their checks/test checks.
For Owner P a g e | 96 For Contractor
The final, fair, computerized measurement book given by the contractor, duly bound, with its pages machine numbered, should be 100% correct, and no cutting or over-writing in the measurements would thereafter be allowed. If at all any error is noticed, the contractor shall have to submit a fresh computerized MB with its pages duly machine numbered and bound, after getting the earlier MB cancelled by the Engineer in charge. The contractor shall also submit to the Engineer in charge separately his computerized Abstract of Cost and the bill based on these measurements, duly bound, and its pages machine numbered along with two spare copies of the “bill. Thereafter, this bill will be processed by the Engineer in Charge and allotted a number as per the computerized record in the same way as done for the measurement book meant for measurements. The contractor shall, without extra charge, provide all assistance with every appliance, Labor and other things necessary for checking of measurements/levels by the Engineer-in- Charge or his representative. Except where any general or detailed description of the work expressly shows to the contrary, measurements shall be taken in accordance with the procedure set forth in the specifications notwithstanding any provision in the relevant Standard Method of measurement or any general or local custom. In the case of items which are not covered by specifications, measurements shall be taken in accordance with the relevant standard method of measurement issued by the Bureau of Indian Standards and if for any item no such standard is available then a mutually agreed method shall be followed. The contractor shall give not less than seven days’ notice to the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative in charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing beyond the reach of checking and/or test checking the measurement of any work in order that the same may be checked and/or test checked and correct dimensions thereof be taken before the same is covered up or placed beyond the reach of checking and/or test checking measurement and shall not cover up and place beyond reach of measurement any work without consent in writing of the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative in charge of the work who shall within the aforesaid period of seven days inspect the work, and if any work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of checking and/or test checking measurements without such notice having been given or the Engineer-in- Charge’s consent being obtained in writing the same shall be uncovered at the Contractor’s expense, or in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for such work or the materials with which the same was executed. Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative may cause either themselves or through another officer of the Authority to check the measurements recorded by contractor and all provisions stipulated herein above shall be applicable to such checking of measurements or levels. It is also a term of this contract that checking and/or test checking the measurements of any item of work in the measurement book and/or its payment in the interim, on account of final bill shall not be considered as conclusive evidence as to the sufficiency of any work
For Owner P a g e | 97 For Contractor
or material to which it relates nor shall it relieve the contractor from liabilities from any over measurement or defects noticed till completion of the defects liability period.
CLAUSE.4.11.
Payment on intermediate Certificate to be regarded as Advances The interim or running account bills shall be submitted by the contractor for the work executed on the basis of such recorded measurements on the format of the Engineer in charge in triplicate on or before the date of every month or as fixed for the same by the Owner. The contractor shall not be entitled to be paid any such interim payment if the gross work done together with net payment/ adjustment of advances for material collected, if any, since the last such payment is less than the amount specified in schedule F, in which case the interim bill shall be prepared on the appointed date of the month after the requisite progress is achieved. Engineer-in-Charge shall arrange to have the bill verified by taking or causing to be taken, where necessary, the requisite measurements of the work. In the event of the failure of the contractor to submit the bills, Engineer-in-Charge shall prepare or cause to be prepared such bills in which event no claims whatsoever due to delays on payment including that of interest shall be payable to the contractor. Payment on account of amount admissible shall be made by the Engineer-in- Charge certifying the sum to which the contractor is considered entitled by way of interim payment at such rates as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. The amount admissible shall be paid by 10th working day after the day of presentation of the bill by the Contractor to the Engineer-in-Charge with the account of the material issued by the Owner, or dismantled materials, if any. In the case of works outside the headquarters of the Engineer- in-Charge, the period of ten working days will be extended to fifteen working days. All such interim payments shall be regarded as payment by way of advances against final payment only and shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and imperfect or unskilled work to be rejected, removed, taken away and reconstructed or re-erected. Any certificate given by the Engineer-in-Charge relating to the work done or materials delivered forming part of such payment, may be modified or corrected by any subsequent such certificate(s) or by the final certificate and shall not by itself be conclusive evidence that any work or materials to which it relates is/are in accordance with the contract and specifications. Any such interim payment, or any part thereof shall not in any respect conclude, determine or affect in any way powers of the Engineer-in-Charge under the contract or any of such payments be treated as final settlement and adjustment of accounts or in any way vary or affect the contract. Pending consideration of extension of date of completion, interim payments shall continue to be made as herein provided without prejudice to the right of the Owner to take action under the terms of this contract for delay in the completion of work, if the extension of date of completion is not granted by the competent authority. The Owner in his sole discretion based on a certificate from the Engineer in Charge to the effect that the work has been completed up to the level in question make interim advance
For Owner P a g e | 98 For Contractor
payments without detailed measurements against work done up to 75% of the assessed value. The advance payments so allowed shall be adjusted in the subsequent interim bill by checking the detailed measurement sheets to be submitted by the contractor within 10 days of the interim payment. In case of delay in submission of bill by the contractor a simple interest @ 10% per annum shall be paid to the Government from the date of expiry of prescribed time limit which will be compounded on yearly basis. Each bill shall be accompanied by the following documents.
Measurements and quantities of items of Work done since last bill. Physical Progress Report along with relevant Photographs. Copies of quality control tests in specified format covering the Work done since last bill. Copies of instructions recorded in the site instruction book containing the instructions and compliance made thereof, covering the Work done since last bill.
CLAUSE.4.12.
Completion Certificate and completion plans Within ten days of the completion of the work, the contractor shall give notice of such completion to the Engineer-in-Charge and within thirty days of the receipt of such notice, the Engineer-in-Charge shall inspect the work and if there is no defect in the work, shall furnish the contractor with a final certificate of completion, otherwise a provisional certificate of physical completion indicating defects (a) to be rectified by the contractor and/or (b) for which payment will be made at reduced rates, shall be issued. But no final certificate of completion shall be issued, nor shall the work be considered to be complete until the contractor shall have removed from the premises on which the work shall be executed all scaffolding, surplus materials, rubbish and all huts and sanitary arrangements required for his/their work people on the site in connection with the execution of the works as shall have been erected or constructed by the contractor(s) and cleaned off the dirt from all wood work, doors, windows, walls, floor or other parts of the building, in, upon, or about which the work is to be executed or of which he may have had possession for the purpose of the execution; thereof, and not until the work shall have been measured by the Engineer-in-Charge. If the contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this Clause as to removal of scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish and all huts and sanitary arrangements as aforesaid and cleaning off dirt on or before the date fixed for the completion of work, the Engineer-in-Charge may at the expense of the contractor remove such scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish etc., and dispose of the same as he thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid, and the contractor shall have no claim in respect of scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid except for any sum actually realized by the sale thereof.
For Owner P a g e | 99 For Contractor
Clause 4.13
Contractor to keep site clean When any repair or maintenance of works are carried out, the splashes and droppings from white washing, color washing, painting etc., on walls, floor, windows, etc. shall be removed and the surface cleaned simultaneously with the completion of these items of work in the individual rooms, quarters or premises etc. where the work is done: without waiting for the actual completion of all the other items of work in the contract. In case the contractor fails to comply with the requirements of this clause, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to get this work done at the cost of the contractor or through any other agency. Before taking such action, the Engineer-in-Charge shall give ten days’ notice in writing to the contractor.
Clause 4.14
Payment of final bill The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor in the same manner as specified in interim bills within three months of physical completion of the work or within one month of the date of the final certificate of completion furnished by the Engineer-in-Charge whichever is earlier. No further claims shall be made by the contractor after submission of the final bill and these shall be deemed to have been waived and extinguished. Payments of those items of the bill in respect of which there is no dispute and of items in dispute, for quantities and rates as approved by Engineer-in-Charge, will, as far as possible be made within the period of 3 months, the period being reckoned from the date of receipt of the bill by the Engineer-in-Charge, complete with account of materials issued by the Owner and the dismantled materials. The final bill shall be accompanied by: All-technical documents based on which the Work was carried out. 1. As-built drawings. Three sets of construction and installation drawings for all Works, including but not limited to, electrical& Plumbing, and Site development, showing therein modifications, corrections and additions signed and confirmed by the Engineer-in-Charge to be “as built” drawings. The entire documentation shall be submitted in Compact Discs (CD), using latest version of AUTOCAD software. 2. Completion certificates for embedded and covered-up Works issued by the Engineer- in-Charge. 3. Certificates for tests carried out for various items of Work. 4. Manufacture’s operating and maintenance manuals as well as guarantee/warrantee papers, commissioning and handing over reports for whatever equipment/Materials installed. 5. Security Deposit of 2.5% (Two and half Percent)of the Contract Value in the form of bank guarantee valid for a Defect liability period from the date of certificate
For Owner P a g e | 100 For Contractor
Clause 4.15
Materials supplied by Owner IIMU will issue material as Stipulated&listed in Annexure-A, to the lowest bidder after award of work, for Bonafide use in the work only.The necessary recovery will be affected against the material issued on stipulated rates of material, (as per schedule------of NIT). The bidders are requested to quote the rates accordingly. If the quantities exceed the stipulated quantity, the agency must arrange the required quantity as per List of approved makes. The bidders are requested to quote single rate only. Any tender having two rates for the same item will be summarily rejected. All the surplus & unused material, issued by IIM should be returned to institute,otherwise recovered will be affected on penal rate as stipulated in NIT.
No material other than stipulation is planned to be procured by the Owner for supply to the contractor, however in case of any subsequent mutual understanding entered into between the Owner and the Contractor, it is decided that certain materials are to be supplied by the Owner to the Contractor in to the best interest of the Project, the modalities for such Owner supplied material shall be as per mutual understanding between the Owner and the Contractor.
Clause 4.16Materials to be provided by Contractor The contractor shall, at his own expense, provide all materials, required for the works other than those which are stipulated to be supplied by the Owner. The contractor shall, at his own expense and without delay, submit to the Engineer-in- Charge samples of materials to be used on the work and shall get these approved in advance from Design consultants. All such materials to be provided by the Contractor shall be in conformity with the specifications laid down or referred to in the contract. The contractor shall, if requested by the Engineer-in-Charge furnish proof, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge/ that the materials so comply. The Engineer-in-Charge shall within ten days of submission of samples or within such further period as he may require intimate to the Contractor in writing whether samples are approved by him or not. If samples are not approved, the Contractor shall forthwith arrange to supply to the Engineer-in-Charge for his approval, fresh samples complying with the specifications laid down in the contract. When materials are required to be tested in accordance with specifications, approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be issued after the test results are received. The Contractor shall at his risk and cost submit the samples of materials to be tested or analyzed and shall not make use of or incorporate in the work any materials represented by the samples until the required tests or analysis have been made and materials finally accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall not be eligible for any claim or compensation either arising out of any delay in the work or due to any corrective measures required to be taken on account of and as a result of testing of materials. The contractor shall, at his risk and cost, make all arrangements and shall provide all facilities as the Engineer-in-Charge may require for collecting, and preparing the required number of samples for such tests at such time and to such place or places as may be directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and bear all charges and cost of testing unless specifically provided for otherwise elsewhere in the contract or specifications. The Engineer in- Charge or his authorized representative shall at all times have access to the works and to all
For Owner P a g e | 101 For Contractor
workshops and places where work is being prepared or from where materials, manufactured articles or machinery are being obtained for the works and the contractor shall afford every facility and every assistance in obtaining the right to such access. The Engineer-in-Charge shall be empowered to order the removal from the premises of all materials which in his opinion are not in accordance with the specifications and in case of default, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to employ at the expense of the contractor, other persons to remove the same without being answerable or accountable for any loss or damage that may happen or arise to such materials. The Engineer-in-Charge shall also have full powers to require other proper materials to be substituted thereof and in case of default, the Engineer-in-Charge may cause the same to be supplied and all costs which may attend such removal and substitution shall be borne by the Contractor. The contractor shall at his own expense, provide a material-testing lab at the site for conducting routine field tests. The lab shall be equipped at least with the testing equipment as specified.
Clause 4.17
Secured Advance on Non-perishable Materials (I)The contractor, on signing an indenture in the form to be specified by the Engineer-in- Charge, shall be entitled to be paid during the progress of the execution of the work up to 75% (Seventy Five Percent) of the assessed value of any materials which are in the opinion of the Engineer in- Charge non-perishable, non-fragile and non-combustible and are in accordance with the contract and which have been brought on the site in connection therewith and are adequately stored and/or protected against damage by weather or other causes but which have not at the time of advance been incorporated in the works. When materials on account of which an advance has been made under this sub-clause are incorporated in the work, the amount of such advance shall be recovered/deducted from the next payment made under any of the clause or clauses of this contract. (ii)Such secured advance shall also be payable on other items of perishable nature, fragile and combustible with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge provided the contractor provides a comprehensive insurance cover for the full cost of such materials. The decision of the Engineer- in-Charge shall be final and binding on the contractor in this matter. No secured advance, shall however, be paid on high-risk materials such as ordinary glass, sand, petrol, diesel etc.
Clause 4.18 Mobilization Advance No Mobilization Advance shall be paid.
Clause 4.19 Payment due to Variation in Prices of Materials after receipt of tender
Deleted
For Owner P a g e | 102 For Contractor
Clause 4.20 Dismantled Material Owner’s Property The contractor shall treat all materials obtained during dismantling of a structure, excavation of the site for a work, etc. as Owner’s property and such materials shall be disposed of to the best advantage of Owner according to the instructions in writing issued by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Clause 4.21
Work to be executed in Accordance with Specifications, Drawings, and Orders etc. The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most substantial and workmanlike manner both as regards materials and otherwise in every respect in strict accordance with the specifications. The contractor shall also conform exactly, fully and faithfully to the design, drawings and instructions in writing given by Engineer-In-Charge in respect of the work and the contractor shall be furnished free of charge one copy of the contract documents together with specifications, designs, drawings and instructions. The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the contract and with the care and diligence execute and maintain the works and provide all Labor and materials, tools and plants including for measurements and supervision of all works, structural plans and other things of temporary or permanent nature required for such execution and maintenance in so far as the necessity for providing these, is specified or is reasonably inferred from the contract. The Contractor shall take full responsibility for adequacy, suitability and safety of all the works and methods of construction. The contractor shall have to produce and take an approval of the required shop drawings to execute the work. The Design Consultant as per requirements will give the conceptual drawing in AutoCAD format to the contractor to produce the detailed shop drawings. Contractor must plan a schedule in advance for the necessary Shop Drawing and has to submit to the Engineer-In-Charge to get approval from Design Consultant if required for an approval of execution at-least fifteen days before the actual execution day.
Clause 4.22
Deviations / Variations Extent and Pricing The Owner/Engineer in charge/Design Consultant shall have power (I) To make alteration in, omissions from, additions to or substitutions for the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions during the progress of the Work at any time as thought fit by the Owner either prior to execution, or on execution or after execution of the Contract Documents, and
For Owner P a g e | 103 For Contractor
(II) To omit a part of the Work(s) for any reasons as the Owner may think fit, and Contractor shall be bound to carry out the Works in accordance with any instructions given to him in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge and such alterations omissions, additions or substitutions shall form an integral part of the contract as if the same has been originally provided therein and any altered, additional or substituted Work which the Contractor may be directed to do in the manner specified above as part of the Works, shall be carried out by the Contractor on the same conditions in all respects including price on which he agreed to do the main Work except as hereafter provided. The time for completion of the Works shall in the event of any deviations resulting in additional cost over the Tendered Value of the sum being ordered, be extended/enhanced, if requested by the Contractor, as follows: (I) in the proportion which the additional cost of the altered, additional or substituted Work, bears to the original Tendered Value plus (II) 25% of the time calculated in (i) above or such further additional time as may be considered reasonable by the Engineer-in-Charge. Rates for such altered, additional or substituted Work shall be determined as follows: - (a) If the rate for altered, additional or substituted item of Work is specified in the schedule of quantities, the Contractor shall carry out the altered, additional or substituted items at the same rate. (b) If the rate for any altered, additional, or substituted item of Work is not specified in the schedule of quantities, the rate for that item shall be derived from the rate of the nearest similar item specified therein. Deviation, Extra items and Pricing In the case of extra items (items that are completely new, and are in addition to the items contained in the contract) the contractor may within fifteen days of receipt of order or occurrence of the item(s) claim rates, supported by proper analysis, for the work and the engineer-in-charge shall within one month of the receipt of the claims supported by analysis, after giving consideration to the analysis of the rates submitted by the contractor, determine the rates on the basis of the market rates and will send for the final approval to the Owner.. The contractor shall be paid in accordance with the rates approved by the Owner. In the case of substituted items (items that are taken up with partial substitution or in lieu of items of work in the contract), the rate for the agreement item (to be substituted) and substituted item shall also be determined in the manner as mentioned in the following para. Deviation, substituted items, Pricing (a) If the market rate for the substituted item so determined is more than the market rate of the agreement item (to be substituted), the rate payable to the contractor for the substituted item shall be the rate for the agreement item (to be substituted) so increased to the extent of the difference between the market rates of substituted item and the agreement item (to be substituted).
For Owner P a g e | 104 For Contractor
(b) If the market rate for the substituted item so determined is less than the market rate of the agreement item (to be substituted), the rate payable to the contractor for the substituted item shall be the rate for the agreement item (to be substituted) so decreased to the extent of the difference between the market rates of substituted item and the agreement item (to be substituted). Deviation, Deviated Quantities, Pricing In the case of contract items, substituted items, contract cum substituted items, which exceed the limits laid down in Schedule-F, the contractor may within fifteen days of receipt of order or occurrence of the excess, claim revision of the rates, supported by proper analysis for the work in excess of the above mentioned limits, provided that if the rates so claimed are in excess of the rates specified in the schedule of quantities, the Engineer-in- Charge shall within one month of receipt of the claims supported by analysis, after giving consideration to the analysis of the rates submitted by the contractor, determine the rates on the basis of the market rates and the contractor shall be paid in accordance with the rates so determined and approved as above.. The provisions of the preceding paragraph shall also apply to the decrease in the rates of items for the work in excess of the limits laid down in Schedule-F, and the Engineer in- Charge shall after giving notice to the contractor within one month of occurrence of the excess and after taking into consideration any reply received from him within fifteen days of the receipt of the notice, revise the rates for the work in question within one month of the expiry of the said period of fifteen days having regard to the market rates. The contractor shall send to the Engineer-in-Charge once every three months, an up to date account giving complete details of all claims for additional payments to which the contractor may consider himself entitled and of all additional work ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge which he has executed during the preceding quarter failing which the contractor shall be deemed to have waived his right. However, the Owner may authorize consideration of such claims on merits. For the purpose of operation of Schedule-F the following works shall be treated as works relating to work up to plinth level. (a) Forbuildings and basements:Allworksup to respective plinth level or up tofloor1level. (b) Forabutments,piersandwellstaining:allworksup to1.2mabovethebedlevel: (c) Forretainingwall,wingwalls,compoundwalls,chimneys, overheadreservoirs/ tanksand Otherelevatedstructures:Allworksup to1.2meter abovethe formation groundlevel (d) Forreservoirs/tanks(otherthanoverheadreservoirs/tanks):Allworksup to1.2meters above theformation groundlevel:
Any operation incidental to or necessary for proper execution of the item included in the Schedule of quantities or in the schedule of rates mentioned above, whether or not, specifically indicated in the description of the item and the relevant specifications, has to be in contemplation of the tenderer while filing the tender. Such operations shall be deemed
For Owner P a g e | 105 For Contractor
to be included in the rates quoted by the tenderer or the rate given in the said schedule of rates. Nothing extra shall be admissible for such operations.
Clause 4.23
Foreclosure of Contract due to Abandonment or Reduction in Scope of Work(s).
If at any time after acceptance of the tenderor during the progress of work, the purpose or object for which the work is being done changes due to any supervening cause and as a result of which the work has to be abandoned or reduced in scope, the Engineer in-Charge shall give notice in writing to that effect to the Contractor stating the decision as well as the cause for such decisionand the Contractor shall act accordingly in the matter. The Contractor shall have no claim to any payment of compensation or otherwise whatsoever on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the Works in full but which he did not derive in consequence of the foreclosure of the whole or part of the Works.
The Contractor shall be paid at contract rates for the full amount for Work(s) executed at site and, in addition, a reasonable amount as certified by the Engineer-in-Charge for the items hereunder mentioned which could not be utilized on the Work to the full extent in view of the foreclosures: i) The Owner shall have the option to take over Contractor’s materials or any part thereof either brought to site or of which the Contractor is legally bound to accept delivery from suppliers (for incorporation in or incidental to the work) provided, however, the Owner shall be bound to take over the materials or such portions thereof as the Contractor does not desire to retain. For materials taken over or to be taken over by the Owner, the cost of such materials as detailed by Engineer-in- Charge shall be paid. The cost shall, however, consider purchase price, cost of transportation and deterioration or damage which may have been caused to materials whilst in the custody of the Contractor. ii) If any materials supplied by Owner are rendered surplus, the same except normal wastage shall be returned by the contractor to Owner at rates not exceeding those at which these were originally issued, less allowance for any deterioration or damage which may have been caused whilst the materials were in the custody of the contractor. In addition, cost of transporting such materials from site to Owner stores, if so, required by Owner, shall be paid. The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer-in-Charge, furnish to him books of account, wage books, time sheets and other relevant documents and evidence as may be necessary to enable him to certify the reasonable amount payable under this condition. The contractor shall, if required by the Engineer- in-Charge, furnish to him, books of account, wage books, time sheets and other relevant documents and evidence as may
For Owner P a g e | 106 For Contractor
be necessary to enable him to certify the reasonable amount payable under this condition. The reasonable amount of items on (i), (iv) and (v) above shall not be in excess of 2% of the cost of the work remaining incomplete on the date of closure, i.e. total stipulated cost of the work as per accepted tender less the cost of work actually executed under the contract and less the cost of contractor’s materials at site taken over by the Government as per item (ii) above. Provided always that against any payments due to the contractor on this account or otherwise, the Engineer-in-Charge shall be entitled to recover or be credited with any outstanding balances due from the contractor for advance paid in respect of any tool, plants and materials and any other sums which at the date of termination were recoverable by the Government from the contractor under the terms of the contract. In the event of action being taken under Clause 13(Foreclosure of Contract due to Abandonment or Reduction in Scope of Work) to reduce the scope of work, the contractor may furnish fresh Performance Guarantee on the same conditions, in the same manner and at the same rate for the balance tendered amount and initially valid up to the extended date of completion or stipulated date of completion if no extension has been granted plus 60 days beyond that. Wherever such a fresh Performance Guarantee is furnished by the contractor the Engineer-in-Charge may return the previous Performance Guarantee.
Clause 4.24
Carrying out part work at risk & cost of contractor.
If Contractor i. At any time makes default in processing the Work(s) or any part of the Work with the due diligence and continues to do so after a notice in writing of 7 days from the Owner/Engineer-in-Charge; or ii. Commits default in complying with any of the terms and conditions of the contract and does not remedy it or takes effective steps to remedy it within 7 days after a notice in writing is given to him in that behalf by the Owner/Engineer-in-Charge; or iii. Fails to complete the Work(s) or items of Work, with individual dates of completion, on or before the date(s) of completion assigned to them, and does not complete them within the period specified in a notice given in writing in that behalf by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Engineer- in-Charge without invoking action under clause (when Contract can be determined Clause no. 4.5) may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy against the contractor which have either accrued or accrue thereafter to Owner, by
For Owner P a g e | 107 For Contractor
a notice in writing to take the part work / part incomplete work of any item(s) out of his hands and shall have powers to: a) Take possession of the site and any materials, constructional plant, implements, stores, etc. thereon and/or b) Carry out the part work/ part incomplete Work of any item(s) by any means at the risk and cost of the Contractor. The Engineer-in-Charge shall determine the amount, if any, is recoverable from the contractor for completion of the part work/ part incomplete work of any item(s) taken out of his hands and execute at the risk and cost of the contractor, the liability of contractor on account of loss or damage suffered by Owner because of action under this clause shall not exceed 10% (Ten Percent) of the tendered value of the work. In determining the amount, credit shall be given to the contractor with the value of work done in all respect in the same manner and at the same rate as if it had been carried out by the original contractor under the terms of his contract, the value of contractor's materials taken over and incorporated in the work and use of plant and machinery belonging to the contractor. The certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the value of work done shall be final and conclusive against the contractor provided always that action under this clause shall only be taken after giving notice in writing to the contractor. Provided also that if the expenses incurred by the Authority are less than the amount payable to the contractor at his agreement rates, the difference shall not be payable to the contractor. Any excess expenditure incurred or to be incurred by Owner in completing the part work/ part incomplete work of any item(s) or the excess loss of damages suffered or may be suffered by Owner as aforesaid after allowing such credit shall without prejudice to any other right or legal remedy available to Owner as per agreement be recovered from any money due to the contractor on any account, and if such money is insufficient, the contractor shall be called upon in writing and shall be liable to pay the same within 30 days. If the contractor fails to pay the required sum within the aforesaid period of 30 days, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to sell any or all of the contractors' unused materials, constructional plant, implements, temporary building at site etc. and adjust the proceeds of sale thereof towards the dues recoverable from the contractor under the contract and if thereafter there remains any balance outstanding, it shall be recovered in accordance with the provisions of the contract. In the event of above course being adopted by the Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any engagements or made any advance on any account or with a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract. Where the Contract is rescinded, the security deposit shall be forfeited, and the Performance Guarantee shall be enchased,and balance work shall be got done
For Owner P a g e | 108 For Contractor
independently without risk and cost of the failed contractor. The failed contractor shall be debarred from participating in the tender for executing balance work and any other work for IIMU.
In the event of above course being adopted by the Engineer-in-Charge, the contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any engagements or made any advance on any account or with a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract.
Clause 4.25
Suspension of Work (i)The Contractor shall, on receipt of the order in writing of the Owner/Engineer-in-Charge (whose decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor) suspend the progress of the Works or any part thereof for such time and in such manner as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider necessary so as not to cause any damage, harm or injury to the Work already completed or endanger the safety thereof for any of the following reason:
a. On account of any default on the part of the Contractor or;
b. For proper execution of the Works or part thereof for reasons other than the default of the Contractor; or
c. For safety of the Works or part thereof. The Contractor shall, during such suspension, properly protect and secure the Work(s) to the extent necessary and carry out the instructions given in that behalf by the Engineer-in- Charge. (ii)If the suspension is ordered for reasons as per Clauses in above; (a) The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time equal to the period of every such suspension plus 25% for completion of the item or group of items of Work(s) for which a separate period of completion is specified in the contract and of which the suspended Work forms a part, and; (b) If the total period of all such suspensions in respect of an item or group of items or Work(s) for- which a separate period of completion is specified in the contract exceeds thirty days, the Contractor shall, in addition to the compensation payable under the Contract be entitled to such compensation as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider reasonable in respect of salaries and/or wages paid by the Contractor to his employees and labor at site, remaining idle during the period of suspension by adding thereto 2% to such compensation payable to cover indirect expenses of the Contractor; provided the Contractor submits his claim supported by details to the Engineer-in-Charge within fifteen days of the expiry of the period of 30 days. (iii)If the Work(s) or part thereof is suspended on the orders of the Engineer-in-Charge for more than three months at a time, except when suspension is ordered for reason as per
For Owner P a g e | 109 For Contractor
Clause the Contractor may after receipt of such order serve a written notice on the Engineer-in-Charge requiring permission within fifteen days from receipt by the Engineer- in-Charge of the said notice, to proceed with the Work or part thereof in regard to which progress has been suspended and if such permission is not granted within that time the Contractor, if he intended to treat the suspension, where it affects only a part of the Works as an omission of such part by the Owner or where it affects whole of the Works, as an abandonment of the Works by the Owner, shall within ten days of expiry of such period of 15 days give notice in writing of his intention to the Engineer-in-Charge. In the event of the Contractor treating the suspension as an abandonment of the contract by the Owner, he shall have no claim to payment of any compensation on account of any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of Work in full, but which he could not derive in consequence of the abandonment. The Contractor shall, however, be entitled to such compensation, as the Engineer-in-charge may consider reasonable in respect of salaries and or wages paid to his employees and labor at site remaining idle in consequence by adding 2% to the total thereof to cover indirect expenses of the Contractor provided the Contractor submits his claim supported by details to the Engineer-in-Charge within 15 days of the expiry of the period of 3 months. Provided, further, that the Contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from IIMU for the loss suffered by him on account of delay by IIMU in the supply of materials where such delay is covered by difficulties relating to the supply of wagons, force majeure including non-allotment of such materials by controlling authorities, acts of God, acts of enemies of the state/country or any reasonable cause beyond the control of the Owner.
Action in case work not done as per Specifications All Works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the Contract shall at all times be open and accessible to the inspection and supervision of the Engineer-in- charge, their authorized subordinates in charge of the Work and the Contractor shall at all times during the usual working hours and at all other times prior to a reasonable notice of the visit of such officers has been given to the Contractor either himself be present to receive orders and instructions or have a responsible agent duly accredited in writing, present for that purpose. Orders given to the Contractors agent shall be considered to have the same force as if they had been given to the Contractor himself. If it shall appear to the Engineer-In-Charge or their authorized subordinates in charge of the Work(s), that any Work(s) has been executed with unsound, imperfect, or unskillful workmanship, or with materials or articles of inferior quality, to those contracted, the Contractor shall on demand in writing, which shall be made within six months of the completion of the Work by the Engineer-in-Charge, remove and reconstruct Work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may require or as the case may be, remove the materials or articles so specified and provide other proper Contractor and suitable materials or articles at his own charge and cost. In the event of failing to do so within a period specified by the Engineer-in charge in his demand aforesaid, then the Contractor
For Owner P a g e | 110 For Contractor
shall be liable to pay compensation at the same rate as under clause of the Contract (for non-completion of the work in time) for such default. In such case the Engineer-in Charge may not accept the item of Work at the rates applicable under the contract, but may accept such items at reduced rates as the Engineer-in-Charge may consider reasonable during the preparation of on account bills or final bill, if the item is so acceptable without detriment to the safety and utility of the item and the structure or he may reject the work outright without any payment and/or get it and other connected and incidental items rectified, or remove and re-executed at the risk and cost of the same will be final and binding on the contractor.
Clause 4.26
Contractor Liable for Damages/ Defects during defects liability period In the event the Contractor or his working people or servants shall break, deface injure or destroy any part of building in which they may be working, or any building road, road curb, fence, enclosure, water pipe, cables, drains, electric or wires, trees, grass or grassland, or cultivated ground contiguous to the premises on which the Work any part is being executed, or if any damage shall happen to the Work while in progress, from any cause whatsoever, or if any defect, shrinkage or other faults appear in the Work within twelve months after a certificate final or otherwise of its completion has been given by the Engineer-in charge as aforesaid arising out of defect or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor shall upon receipt of a notice in writing on that behalf by the Engineer-in-Charge make the same good at his own expense. In default of the Contractor to make such payments, the Engineer-in Charge shall cause the same to be made good by other workmen and deduct the expense incurred from any sums that may be due and payable to the Contractor either from the bills due and payable to the Contractor or from his security deposit. The security deposit of the contractor shall not be refunded before the expiry of twelve months after the issue of the certificate final or otherwise, of completion of work, or till the final bill has been prepared and passed whichever is later. Provided that in the case of road work, if in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, half of the security deposit is sufficient, to meet all liabilities of the contractor under this contract, half of the security deposit will be refundable after six months and the remaining half after twelve months of the issue of the said certificate of completion or till the final bill has been prepared and passed whichever is later. In case of Maintenance and Operation works of E&M services, the security deposit deducted from contractors shall be refunded within one month from the date of final payment or within one month from the date of completion of the maintenance contract whichever is earlier.
Clause 4.27
Contractor to provide tools & plants etc.
For Owner P a g e | 111 For Contractor
The contractor shall provide at his own cost all materials (except such special materials, if any, as may in accordance with the contract be supplied from the Owner), machinery, tools & plants as specified in Schedule-F. In addition to this, appliances, implements, other plants, ladders, cordage, tackle, scaffolding and temporary works required for the proper execution of the work, whether original, altered or substituted and whether included in the specifications or other documents forming part of the contract or referred to in these conditions or not, or which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with the requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge as to any matter as to which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied, or which he is entitled to require together with carriage therefore to and from the work. The contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with the means and materials, necessary for the purpose of setting out works, and counting, weighing and assisting the measurement for examination at any time and from time to time of the work or materials. Failing his so doing, the same may be provided by the Engineer-in-Charge at the expense of the contractor and the expenses may be deducted, from any money due to the contractor, under this contract or otherwise and/or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof, or of a sufficient portions thereof.
Clause 4.28
Recovery of Compensation paid to Workmen In every case in which by virtue of the provisions sub-section (1) of Section 12, of the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, Owner is obliged to pay compensation to workman employed by the contractor, in execution of the works, Owner will recover from the contractor, the amount of the compensation so paid; and, without prejudice to the rights of the Owner under sub-section (2) of Section 12, of the said Act, Owner shall be at liberty to recover such amount or any part thereof by deducting it from the security deposit or from any sum due by Owner to the contractor whether under this contract or otherwise. Owner shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it under sub-section (1) of Section 12, of the said Act, except on the written request of the contractor and upon his giving to Owner full security for all costs for which Owner might become liable in consequence of contesting such claim.
Clause 4.29
Ensuring Payment and Amenities to Workers if Contractor fails ln every case in which by virtue of the provisions of the Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, and of the Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, Owner is obliged to pay any amounts of wages to a workman employed by the contractor in execution of the works, or to incur any expenditure in providing welfare and health amenities required to be provided under the above said Act and the rules under Clause 19H or under the C.P.W.D. Contractor’s Labor Regulations, or under the Rules
For Owner P a g e | 112 For Contractor
framed by Government from time to time for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for workers employed by C.P.W.D. Contractors, Owner will recover from the contractor, the amount of wages so paid or the amount of expenditure so incurred; and without prejudice to the rights of the Owner under sub-section(2) of Section 20, and sub- section (4) of Section 21, of the Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, Owner shall be at liberty to recover such amount or any part thereof by deducting it from the security deposit or from any sum due by Owner to the contractor whether under this contract or otherwise Owner shall not be bound to contest any claim made against it under sub-section (1) of Section 20, sub-section (4) of Section 21, of the said Act, except on the written request of the contractor and upon his giving to the Owner full security for all costs for which Owner might become liable in contesting such claim.
Clause 4.30
Labor Laws to be complied with, by the Contractor The contractor shall obtain a valid license under the Contract Labor (R&A) Act, 1970, and the Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, before the commencement of the work, and continue to have a valid license until the completion of the work. The contractor shall also adhere by the provisions of the ChildLabor (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986. The contractor shall also comply with the provisions of the building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and the building and other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act, 1996. The contractor shall make provision for crèche for children of Labors working at site. Enough no of toys and play facilities along with required no off attended shall be made available. Any failure to fulfill these requirements shall attract the penal provisions of this contract arising out of the resultant non-execution of the work.
Child Labor: No labor below the age of fourteen years shall be employed on the work. Payment of wages: (i) The contractor shall pay to labor employed by him either directly or through subcontractors, wages not less than fair wages as defined in the Contractor’s Labor Regulations or as per the provisions of the Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 and the contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, wherever applicable. (ii) The contractor shall, notwithstanding the provisions of any contract to the contrary, cause to be paid fair wage to labor indirectly engaged on the work, including any labor engaged by his sub-contractors in connection with the said work, as if the labor had been immediately employed by him.
For Owner P a g e | 113 For Contractor
(iii) In respect of all labor directly or indirectly employed in the works for performance of the contractor’s part of this contract, the contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with the Central Public Works Authority contractor’s Labor Regulations made by Government from time to time in regard to payment of wages, wage period, deductions from wages recovery of wages not paid and deductions unauthorized made, maintenance of wage books or wage slips, publication of scale of wages and other terms of employment, inspection and submission of periodical returns and all other matters of the like nature or as per the provisions of the Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, and the Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971, wherever applicable. (iv) (a) The Engineer-in-Charge concerned shall have the right to deduct from the moneys due to the contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss suffered by a worker or workers by reason of non-fulfillment of the conditions of the contract for the benefit of the workers, non-payment of wages or of deductions made from his or their wages which are not justified by their terms of the contract or non-observance of the Regulations. (b) Under the provision of Minimum Wages (Central) Rules, 1950, the contractor is bound to allow to the labors directly or indirectly employed in the works one day rest for 6 days continuous work and pay wages at the same rate as for duty. In the event of default, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to deduct the sum or sums not paid on account of wages for weekly holidays to any labors and pay the same to the persons entitled thereto from any money due to the contractor by the Engineer-in-Charge concerned. (v) The contractor shall comply with all the Central, State Laws & other statutory and regulatory provisions and Rules including but not limited to the provisions of the Payment of Wages Act, 1936, Minimum Wages Act 1948, Minimum Wages (Central) Rules, 1950, Employees Liability Act, 1938, Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, Maternity Benefits Act, 1961, Child Labor (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986 , EPF &MP Act 1948, ESIC Act and the Contractor’s Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, or the modifications thereof or any other laws relating thereto and the rules made there under from time to time. a) EPF and ESIC Registration should be submitted with tender. b) Attendance Register , Wages Register, EPF Document (ECR, Challan and receipt of payment of epf), ESIC Document ( History and Receipt of ESIC) and employee Monthly Salary Bank Confirmation Sheet should be provided every month c) In spite of the bill being passed or not, the wage payment to the labour and staff should be made on time i.e. before 10th of next month d)If any draw back or failure is noticed from IIM regarding statutory compliance, in such case penalty will be charged Rs. 25000-100000/month. e) Also, all those employee worker or staff eligible for esic and EPF must bring their E- pehchan Card Number and UAN Number along with them to the work place
For Owner P a g e | 114 For Contractor
f) each and every employee, worker or staff must be allotted an identity card in working premises
(vi) The contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified Owner against payments to be made under and for the observance of the laws aforesaid. (vii) The laws aforesaid shall be deemed to be a part of this contract and any breach thereof shall be deemed to be a breach of this contract. (viii) Whatever is the minimum wage for the time being, or if the wage payable is higher than such wage, such wage shall be paid by the contractor to the workmen directly without the intervention of Jamadar (head of the labor Gang) and that Jamadar shall not be entitled to deduct or recover any amount from the minimum wage payable to the workmen as and by way of commission or otherwise. (ix) The contractor shall ensure that no amount by way of commission or otherwise is deducted or recovered by the Jamadar from the wage of workmen. In respect of all labor directly or indirectly employed in the work for the performance of the contractor’s part of this contract, the contractor shall at his own expense arrange for the safety provisions as per. Safety Code framed from time to time and shall at his own expense provide for all facilities in connection therewith. In case the contractor fails to make arrangement and provide necessary facilities as aforesaid, he shall be liable to pay a penalty of Rs.200/- for each default and in addition, the Engineer-in- Charge shall be at liberty to make arrangement and provide facilities as aforesaid and recover the costs incurred in that behalf from the contractor. The contractor shall submit of every month, to the Engineer-in-Charge, a true statement showing in respect of the second half of the preceding month and the first half of the current month respectively: - The number of Laborers employed by him on the work, Their working hours, The wages paid to them, The accidents that occurred during the said fortnight showing the circumstances under which they happened, and the extent of damage and injury caused by them, and The number of female workers who have been allowed maternity benefit according to Clause and the amount paid to them. Failing which the contractor shall be liable to pay to Owner, a sum not exceeding Rs.200/- for each default or materially incorrect statement. The decision of the Engineer in Charge shall be final in deducting from any bill due to the contractor; the amount levied as fine and is binding on the contractor. In respect of all labor directly or indirectly employed in the works for the performance of the contractor’s part of this contract, the contractor shall comply with or cause to be
For Owner P a g e | 115 For Contractor
complied with all the rules framed by Owner from time to time for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for workers employed by the contractors. In the event of the contractor(s) committing a default or breach of any of the provisions of the Central Public Works Authority, Contractor’s Labor Regulations and Model Rules for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for the workers as amended from time to time or furnishing any information or submitting or filing any statement under the provisions of the above Regulations and’ Rules which is materially incorrect, he/they shall, without prejudice to any other liability, pay to the Owner a sum not exceeding Rs.200/- for every default, breach or furnishing, making, submitting, filing such materially incorrect statements and in the event of the contractor(s) defaulting continuously in this respect, the penalty may be enhanced to Rs.200/- per day for each day of default subject to a maximum of 5 per cent of the estimated cost of the work put to tender. The decision of the Engineer- in-Charge shall be final and binding on the parties. Should it appear to the Engineer-in-Charge that the contractor(s) is/are not properly observing and complying with the provisions of the Contractor’s Labor Regulations and Model Rules and the provisions of the Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, and the Contract Labor (R& A) Central Rules 1971, for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for work-people employed by the contractor(s) (hereinafter referred as “the said Rules”) the Engineer-in-Charge shall have power to give notice in writing to the contractor(s) requiring that the said Rules be complied with and the amenities prescribed therein be provided to the work-people within a reasonable time to be specified in the notice. If the contractor(s) shall fail within the period specified in the notice to comply with and/observe the said Rules and to provide the amenities to the work-people as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the power to provide the amenities hereinbefore mentioned at the cost of the contractor(s). The contractor(s) shall erect, make and maintain at his/their own expense and to approved standards all necessary huts and sanitary arrangements required for his/their work-people on the site in connection with the execution of the works, and if the same shall not have been erected or constructed, according to approved standards, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have power to give notice in writing to the contractor(s) requiring that the said huts and sanitary arrangements be remodeled and/or reconstructed according to approved standards, and if the contractor(s) shall fail to remodel or reconstruct such huts and sanitary arrangements according to approved standards within the period specified in the notice, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the power to remodel or reconstruct such huts and sanitary arrangements according to approved standards at the cost of the contractor(s).
The contractor(s) shall at his/their own cost provide his/their labor with a enough huts (hereinafter referred to as the camp) of the following specifications on a suitable plot of land to be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. (i) (a) The minimum height of each hut at the eaves level shall be 2.10m (7 ft.) and the floor area to be provided will be at the rate of 2.7 sqm. (30 sq. ft.) For each member of the worker’s family staying with the Laborer.
For Owner P a g e | 116 For Contractor
(b) The contractor(s) shall in addition construct suitable cooking places having a minimum area of 1.80m x 1.50m (6’x5') adjacent to the hut for each family. (c) The contractor(s) shall also construct temporary latrines and urinals for the use of the Laborers each on the scale of not less than four per each one hundred of the total strength, separate latrines and urinals being provided for women. (d) The contractor(s) shall construct enough bathing and washing places, one unit for every 25 persons residing in the camp. These bathing and washing places shall be suitably screened. (ii) (a) all the huts shall have walls of sun-dried or burnt-bricks laid in mud mortar or other suitable local materials as may be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. In case of sun-dried bricks, the walls should be plastered with mud gobri on both sides. The floor may be kutcha but plastered with mud& Dung and shall be at least 15 cm (6") above the surrounding ground. The roofs shall be laid with thatch or any other materials as may be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and the contractor shall ensure that throughout the period of their occupation, the roofs remain water-tight. (b) The contractor(s) shall provide each hut with proper ventilation. (c) All doors, windows, and ventilators shall be provided with suitable leaves for security purposes. (d) There shall be kept an open space of at least 7.2m (8 yards) between the rows of huts which may be reduced to 6m (20 ft.) according to the availability of site with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Back to back construction will be allowed. (iii) Water Supply - The contractor(s) shall provide adequate supply of water for the use of Laborers. The provisions shall not be less than two gallons of pure and wholesome water per head per day for drinking purposes and three gallons of clean water per head per day for bathing and washing purposes. Where piped water supply is available, supply shall be at stand posts and where the supply is from wells or river, tanks which may be of metal or masonry, shall be provided. The contractor(s) shall also at his/ their own cost decide for laying pipelines for water supply to his/ their labor camp from the existing mains wherever available, and shall pay all fees and charges, therefore. (iv) The site selected for the camp shall be high ground, removed from jungle. (v) Disposal of Excreta - The contractor(s) shall make necessary arrangements for the disposal of excreta from the latrines by trenching or incineration, which shall be According to the requirements laid down by the Local Health Authorities. If trenching or incineration is not allowed, the contractor(s) shall make arrangements for the removal of the excreta through the Municipal Committee/authority and inform it about the number of Laborers employed so that arrangements may be made by such Committee/authority for the removal of the excreta. All charges on this account shall be borne by the contractor and paid direct by him to the Municipality/authority. The contractor shall provide one sweeper for every eight seats in case of dry system.
For Owner P a g e | 117 For Contractor
(vi) Drainage - The contractor(s) shall provide package type STP plant of required capacity approved by engineer in change for treating the sewage water and supply to the Owner free of cost for the use of gardening. The contractor will carry out maintenance of STP at his own cost. Contractor will keep the camp neat and tidy. (vii) The contractor(s) shall make necessary arrangements for keeping the camp area sufficiently lighted to avoid accidents to the workers. (Viii) Sanitation - The contractor(s) shall decide for conservancy and sanitation in the labor camps according to the rules of the Local Public Health and Medical Authorities. The Engineer-in-Charge may require the contractor to dismiss or remove from the site of the work any person or persons in the contractors’ employ upon the work who may be incompetent or misconduct himself and the contractor shall forthwith comply with such requirements. In respect of maintenance/repair or renovation works etc. where the laborhas an easy access to the individual houses, the contractor shall issue identity cards to the Laborers, whether temporary or permanent and he shall be responsible for any untoward action on the part of such labor. Engineer in charge will display a list of contractors working in the colony/Blocks on the notice board in the colony and at the service center, to apprise the residents about the same. Occupation of Buildings by Unauthorized persons It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to see that the building under construction is not occupied by anybody unauthorized during construction and is handed over to the Engineer-in-Charge with vacant possession of complete building. If such building though completed is occupied illegally, then the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the option to refuse to accept the said building/buildings in that position. Any delay in acceptance on this account will be treated as the delay in completion and for such delay, a levy up to 5% of tendered value of work may be imposed by the Engineer in charge whose decision shall be final both with regard to the justification and quantum and be binding on the contractor. However, the Engineer in charge through a notice may require the contractor to remove the illegal occupation any time on or before construction and delivery.
Employment of skilled/semi-skilled workers The contractor shall, at all stages of work, deploy skilled/semi-skilled tradesmen who are qualified and possess certificate in particular trade from Training Institute/Industrial Training Institute/National Institute of construction Management and Research (NICMAR)/ National Academy of Construction, CIDC or any similar reputed and recognized Institute managed/ certified by State/Central Government. The number of such qualified tradesmen shall not be less than 20% of total skilled/semi-skilled workers required in each trade at any stage of work. The contractor shall submit number of man days required in respect of each trade, it’s scheduling and the list of qualified tradesmen along with requisite certificate from recognized Institute to Engineer in charge for approval. Notwithstanding such approval, if the tradesmen are found to have inadequate skill to execute the work of respective trade, the contractor shall substitute such tradesmen within two days of written notice from Engineer in-Charge. Failure on the part of contractor
For Owner P a g e | 118 For Contractor
to obtain approval of Engineer-in-Charge or failure to deploy qualified tradesmen will attract a compensation to be paid by contractor at the rate of Rs. 100 per such tradesman per day. Decision of Engineer in Charge as to whether tradesman possesses requisite skill and amount of compensation in case of default shall be final and binding.
Clause 4.31
Minimum Wages Act to be complied with The contractor shall comply with all the provisions of the Minimum Wages Act, 1948, and Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, amended from time to time and rules framed there under and other labor laws affecting contract labor that may be brought into force from time to time.
Clause 4.32
Work not to be sublet The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval of the IIMU. And if the contractor shall assign or sublet his contract, or attempt to do so, or become insolvent or commence any insolvency proceedings or make any composition with his creditors or attempt to do so, or if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite, reward or advantage pecuniary or otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly, be given, promised or offered by the contractor, or any of his servants or agent to any officer or person in the employ of Owner or any of its formally appointed consultants in any way relating to their office or employment, or if any such officer or person shall become in any way directly or indirectly interested in the contract, the Engineer-in-Charge on behalf of the IIMU shall have power to adopt the course specified in Clause (when contract can be determined) hereof in the interest of Owner and in the event of such course being adopted, the consequences specified in the said Clause shall ensue.
Clause 4.33
Compensation All sums payable by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be considered as reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of Owner without reference to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether any damage shall have been sustained.
Clause 4.34
Changes in firm’s Constitution to be intimated Where the contractor is a partnership firm, the previous approval in writing of the Owner shall be obtained before any change is made in the constitution of the firm. Where the contractor is an individual or a Hindu undivided family business concern, such approval
For Owner P a g e | 119 For Contractor
as aforesaid shall likewise be obtained before the contractor enters into any partnership agreement where under the partnership firm would have the right to carry out the works hereby undertaken by the contractor. If previous approval as aforesaid is not obtained, the contract shall be deemed to have been assigned in contravention of Clause (Work not be sub late in case of insolvency) hereof and the same action may be taken, and the same consequences shall ensue as provided in the said Clause (Work not be sublet in case of insolvency)
Clause 4.35
Works to be executed under the Contract All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and subject to the approval in all respects of the Engineer-in-Charge who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and in what manner they are to be commenced, and from time to time carried on.
Clause 4.36
Settlement of disputes & Arbitration Except where otherwise provided in the contract, all questions and disputes relating to the meaning of the specifications, design, drawings and instructions herein before mentioned and as to the quality of workmanship or materials used on the Work or as to any other question, claim, right, matter or thing whatsoever in any way arising out of or in relation to the contract, design, drawings, specification, estimates, instructions, orders or these conditions or otherwise concerning the Work or the execution or failure to execute the same whether arising during the progress of the Work or after the cancellation, termination, completion or abandonment thereof shall be dealt with as mentioned hereinafter (a) If the Contractor considers any Work demanded of him to be outside the requirements of the Contract, or disputes any drawings, record or decision given in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge or if the Engineer in Charge considers any act or decision of the contract on any matter in connection with or arising out of the contract or carrying out of the Work to be unacceptable he shall promptly within 15 days request the Owner in writing for written instruction or decision on such matters. Thereupon, the Owner shall give his written instructions or decisions within a period of one month from the receipt of the Contractor’s letter. If the Owner fails to give his instructions or decision in writing within the aforesaid period or if the Contractor is dissatisfied with the instructions or decision of the Owner, the Contractor may, within 15 days of the receipt of the Owner’s decision, give
For Owner P a g e | 120 For Contractor
notice to the Owner to appoint an Arbitrator failing which the said decision shall be final, binding and conclusive and not referable to adjudication by the Arbitrator. It is a term of contract that each party invoking arbitration must exhaust the aforesaid mechanism of settlement of claims/disputes prior to invoking arbitration. (b) Disputes or difference shall be referred for adjudication through arbitration by a Tribunal having sole arbitrator where Tendered amount is Rs. 100 Crore or less. Where Tendered Value is more than Rs. 100 Crore, Tribunal shall consist of three Arbitrators as above. The requirements of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (26 of 1996) and any further statutory modifications or re-enactment thereof and the rules made there under and for the time being in force shall be applicable.
It is a term of this Contract that the party invoking Arbitration shall give a list of disputes with amounts claimed there under in respect of each such dispute along with the notice for appointment of Arbitrator and giving reference to the rejection by the Owner of the appeal. It is also a term of this contract that any member of the Arbitration Tribunal shall be a Graduate Engineer with experience in handling public works engineering contracts at a level not lower than Chief Engineer (Joint Secretary level of Government of India). This shall be treated as a mandatory qualification to be appointed as arbitrator.
Parties, before or at the time of appointment of Arbitral Tribunal may agree in writing for fast track arbitration as per the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (26 of 1996) as amended in 2015. Subject to provision in the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (26 of 1996) as amended in 2015 whereby the counter claims if any can be directly filed before the arbitrator without any requirement of reference by the appointing authority, the arbitrator shall adjudicate on only such disputes as are referred to him by the appointing authority and give separate award against each dispute and claim referred to him and in all cases where the total amount of the claims by any party exceeds Rs. 1,00,000/-, the arbitrator shall give reasons for the award.
It is also a term of the contract that if any fees and other expenses are payable to the Arbitrator, these shall be paid as per the act. The place of arbitration shall be as mentioned in Schedule F. In case there is no mention of place of arbitration, the arbitral tribunal shall determine the place of arbitration. The venue of the arbitration shall be such place as may be fixed by the Arbitral Tribunal in consultation with both the parties. Failing any such agreement, then the Arbitral Tribunal shall decide the venue.
Clause 4.37
Contractor to indemnify Owner against Patent Rights The contractor shall fully indemnify and keep indemnified the Owner against any action, claim or proceeding relating to infringement or use of any patent or design or any alleged patent or design rights and shall pay any royalties which may be payable in respect of any article or part thereof included in the contract. In the event of any claims made under or action brought against Owner in respect of any such matters as aforesaid, the contractor
For Owner P a g e | 121 For Contractor
shall be immediately notified thereof and the contractor shall be at liberty, at his own expense, to settle any dispute or to conduct any litigation that may arise there from, provided that the contractor shall not be liable to indemnify the Owner if the infringement of the patent or design or any alleged patent or design right is the direct result of an order passed by the Engineer-in-Charge in this behalf.
Clause 4.38
Action where no Specifications are specified In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specifications as referred to in Clause, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Bureau of Indian Standards Specifications. In case there are no such specifications in Bureau of Indian Standards, the work shall be carried out as per manufacturers’ specifications, if not available then as per District Specifications. In case there are no such specifications as required above, the work shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with the instructions and requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Clause 4.39
Withholding and lien in respect of sum due from contractor (i) Whenever any claim or claims for payment of a sum of money arises out of or under the contract or against the contractor, the Engineer-in-Charge may suggest Owner to withhold and also have a lien to retain such sum or sums in whole or in part from the security, if any deposited by the contractor and for the purpose aforesaid, the Engineer in- Charge may suggest Owner to withhold the security deposit, if any, furnished as the case may be and also have a lien over the same pending finalization or adjudication of any such claim. In the event of the security being insufficient to cover the claimed amount or amounts or if no security has been taken from the contractor, the Owner shall be entitled to withhold and have a lien to retain to the extent of such claimed amount or amounts referred to above, from any sum or sums found payable or which may at any time thereafter become payable to the contractor under the same contract or any other contract with the Owner or any contracting person through the Engineer- in-Charge pending finalization of adjudication of any such claim. It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum of money or moneys so withheld or retained under the lien referred to above by the Owner will be kept withheld or retained as such by the Owner till the claim arising out of or under the contract is determined by the arbitrator or by the competent court, as the case may be and that the contractor will have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on any account in respect of such withholding or retention under the lien referred to above and duly notified as such to the contractor. (ii) Owner shall have the right to cause an audit and technical examination of the works and the final bills of the contractor including all supporting vouchers, abstract, etc., to be made after payment of the final bill and if as a result of such audit and technical
For Owner P a g e | 122 For Contractor
examination any sum is found to have been overpaid in respect of any work done by the contractor under the contract or any work claimed to have been done by him under the contract and found not to have been executed, the contractor shall be liable to refund the amount of over-payment and it shall be lawful for Owner to recover the same from him in the manner prescribed in sub-clause (i) of this clause or in any other manner legally permissible; and if it is found that the contractor was paid less than what was due to him under the contract in respect of any work executed by him under it, the amount of such under payment shall be duly paid by Owner to the contractor, without any interest thereon whatsoever. Provided that the Owner shall not be entitled to recover any sum overpaid, nor the contractor shall be entitled to payment of any sum paid short where such payment has been agreed upon between the Engineer in Charge on the one hand and the contractor on the other under any term of the contract permitting payment for work after assessment by the Engineer in Charge.
Clause 4.40
Lien in respect of claims in other Contracts Any sum of money due and payable to the contractor (including the security deposit returnable to him) under the contract may be withheld or retained by way of lien by the Owner through Engineer-in-Charge against any claim of the Owner or such other person or persons in respect of payment of a sum of money arising out of or under any other contract made by the contractor with the Owner. It is an agreed term of the contract that the sum of money so withheld or retained under this clause by the Owner will be kept withheld or retained as such by the Owner or till his claim arising out of the same contract or any other contract is either mutually settled or determined by the arbitration clause or by the competent court, as the case may be and that the contractor shall have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on this account or on any other ground in respect of any sum of money withheld or retained under this clause and duly notified as such to the Contractor.
Clause 4.41
Unfiltered Water Supply Contractor shall make his/their own arrangements for water supply and storage at site(s)/ location(s) required for all purposesi.e. for construction, curing, drinking, washing, domestic requirement for workers etc. at no cost to owner. This will be subject to the following conditions. That the water used by the contractor(s) shall be fit for construction purposes to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
For Owner P a g e | 123 For Contractor
The Engineer-in-Charge shall make alternative arrangements for supply of water at the risk and cost of contractor(s) if the arrangements made by the contractor(s) for procurement of water are in the opinion of the Engineer-in- Charge, unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall permit all Sub-Contractors to use his water storage and distribution facilities for their respective Work. Any additional or special arrangements needed by Sub- Contractors shall be made by them at their own cost. Upon completion of the Works, the Contractor shall remove temporary storage tanks, piping network built or installed on the site so as to restore the site back to its original condition. Insufficiency or non-availability of water shall not be cited by the Contractor as an excuse for delays, or deficiencies in the Work or a reason for claiming extra payments. The Contractor shall, in all eventualities incorporate in his costing for making arrangements with necessary approval from relevant authority if any for the water requirements to be used for construction at his own cost at the time of tendering.
Clause 4.42
Electricity The Owner shall not provide electrical power. Contractor has to arrange with necessary permission from relevant authority if any at his own cost electrical power for construction or for general lighting and other usage The Contractor shall, at his own cost, provide approved temporary electrical connections, cables, distribution boards and related equipment for construction, as required by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall permit and enable all sub-Contractors to use his power & distribution facilities. The Sub-Contractor shall pay such amount for the use of power & distribution facilities as may be determined between the Contractors. The Contractor shall, at his own cost and in order to prevent interruption of the Work(s) due to power failures, provide for stand-by diesel generators of sufficient capacity as per the requirements to supply adequate electricity for the Works and for other uses. Disruptions in power supply, whether due to power failures, load shedding, generator breakdowns, non-availability of Electric Supply or any other reason, shall not be accepted as a valid reason for delays and deficiencies in the Work or for claims for additional payments. The Contractor shall, at his own cost supply the required electrical power supplies to the Site offices of the Owner as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.
Clause 4.43
Return of Surplus materials Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in this contract, where any materials for the execution of the contract are procured with the assistance of Owner either purchase made under orders or permits or licenses issued by Owner, the contractor shall hold the said
For Owner P a g e | 124 For Contractor
materials economically and solely for the purpose of the contract and not dispose of them without the written permission of the Owner and return, if required by the Engineer-in- Charge, all surplus or unserviceable materials that may be left with him after the completion of the contract or at its termination for any reason whatsoever on being paid or credited such price as the Engineer-in-Charge shall determine having due regard to the condition of the materials. The price allowed to the contractor however shall not exceed the amount charged to him excluding the element of storage charges. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final and conclusive. In the event of breach of the aforesaid condition, the contractor shall in addition to throwing himself open to action for contravention of the terms of the license or permit and/or for criminal breach of trust, be liable to Owner for all moneys, advantages or profits resulting or which in the usual course would have resulted to him by reason of such breach.
Clause 4.44
Employment of technical Staff and employees Contractors Superintendence, Supervision, Technical Staff & Employees (i) The contractor shall provide all necessary superintendence during execution of the work and all along thereafter as may be necessary for proper fulfilling of the obligations under the contract. The contractor shall immediately after receiving letter of acceptance of the tender and before commencement of the work, intimate in writing to the Engineer-in-Charge, the name(s), qualifications, experience, age, address(s) and other particulars along with certificates, of the principal technical representative to be in charge of the work and other technical representative(s) who will be supervising the work. Minimum requirement of such technical representative(s) and their qualifications and experience shall not be lower than specified in Schedule ‘F’. The Engineer-in-Charge shall within 3 days of receipt of such communication intimate in writing his approval or otherwise of such a representative(s) to the contractor. Any such approval may at any time be withdrawn and in case of such withdrawal, the contractor shall appoint another such representative(s) according to the provisions of this clause. Decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the contractor in this respect. Such a principal technical representative and other technical representative(s) shall be appointed by the contractor soon after receipt of the approval from Engineer-in- charge and shall be available at site before start of work. All the provisions applicable to the principal technical representative under the Clause will also be applicable to other technical representative(s) The principal technical representative and other technical representative(s) shall be present at the site of work for supervision at all times when any construction activity is in progress and also present himself/themselves, as required, to the Engineer-in-Charge and or his designated representative to take
For Owner P a g e | 125 For Contractor
instructions. Instructions given to the principal technical representative or other technical representative(s) shall be deemed to have the same force as if these have been given to the contractor. The principal technical representative and other technical representative(s) shall be actually available and the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as recorded in the site order book and measurement-recorded checked/test checked in Measurement Books shall be final and binding on the contractor. Further if the contractor fails to appoint suitable technical Principal technical representative and/or other technical representative(s) and if such appointed persons are not effectively present or are absent by more than two days without duly approved substitute or do not discharge their responsibilities satisfactorily, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have full powers to suspend the execution of the work until such date as suitable other technical representative(s) is/are appointed and the contractor shall be held responsible for the delay so caused to the work. The contractor shall submit a certificate of employment of the technical representative(s) along with every on account bill/final bill and shall produce evidence if at any time so required by the Engineer-in- Charge at site fully during all stages of execution of work, during recording/checking/test checking of measurements of works and whenever so required by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall also note down instructions conveyed by the Engineer-in-Charge or his designated representative(s) in the site order book and shall affix his/their signature in token of noting down the instructions and in token of acceptance of measurements/checked measurements/test checked measurements. The representative(s) shall not look after any other work other than this project. Substitutes, duly approved by Engineer-in-Charge of the work in similar manner as aforesaid shall be provided in event of absence of any of the representative(s) by more than two days.
If the Engineer-in-Charge, whose decision in this respect is final and binding on the contractor, is convinced that no such technical representative(s) is/are effectively appointed or is/are effectively attending or fulfilling the provision of this clause, a recovery (non- refundable) shall be effected from the contractor as specified in Schedule ‘F’ and decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as recorded in the site order book and measurement recorded checked/test checked in Measurement Books shall be final and binding on the contractor.
(ii) The contractor shall provide and employ on the site only such technical assistants as are skilled and experienced in their respective fields and such foremen and supervisory staff as are competent to give proper supervision to the work.
The contractor shall provide and employ skilled, semiskilled and unskilled labor as is necessary for proper and timely execution of the work.
The Engineer-in-Charge shall be at liberty to object to and require the contractor to remove from the works any person who in his opinion misconducts himself, or is incompetent or negligent in the performance of his duties or whose employment is otherwise considered by the Engineer-in-Charge to be undesirable. Such person shall not be employed again at works site without the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge and the persons so removed shall be replaced as soon as possible by competent substitutes.
For Owner P a g e | 126 For Contractor
Clause 4.45
Levy/Taxes payable by Contractor (i) All statutory taxes, duties, Cess or any other payment or deduction due to be paid to any of the central, state or local authority including but not limited toGST, Building and other Construction Workers Welfare Cess or any other tax, levy or Cess in respect of input for or output by this contract shall be payable by the contractor and Owner shall not entertain any claim whatsoever in this respect except as provided under Clause 38.
(ii) The contractor shall deposit royalty and obtain necessary permit for supply of the of the red bajri(Sand), stone, kankar(Grit) etc. required for the project from local authorities.
If pursuant to or under any law, notification or order any royalty, cess or the like becomes payable by the Government of India and does not any time become payable by the contractor to the State Government, Local authorities in respect of any material used by the contractor in the works, then in such a case, it shall be lawful to the Owner and it will have the right and be entitled to recover the amount paid in the circumstances as aforesaid from dues of the contractor.
Clause 4.46
Conditions for Reimbursement of levy/taxes if levied after receipt of tenders. a) All tendered rates under the contract shall be inclusive of any tax, levy or cess application on last stipulated date of receipt of tender including extension if any. No adjustment i.e. increases, or decrease shall be made of any variation in the rate of GST, Building or other Construction workers Welfare cess or any tax, levy or cess applicable on Inputs. However, effect of variation in rates of GST of Building and Other construction Workers Welfare Cess or imposition or repeal of any other tax, levy or cess applicable on output of the works contract shall be adjusted on either side, increase or decrease. Provided for Buildings and Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess or any tax (other than GST), levy or cess varied or imposed after the last date of receipt of tender including extension if any, any increase shall be reimbursed to the contractor only if the contractor necessarily and properly pays such increased amount of taxes/levies/cess. Provided further that such adjustment including GST shall not be made in the extended period of contract for which the contractor alone is responsible for delay as determined by authority for extension of time under Clause 5 of Schedule F. b) The Contractor shall keep necessary books of accounts and other documents for the purpose of this condition as may be necessary and required, and shall allow inspection of the same by a duly authorized representative of the Owner and/or Engineer-in-Charge and shall also furnish such other information/document as the Engineer-in-Charge may require from time to time. c) The Contractor shall, within a period of 30 days of the imposition of any such further tax or levy or cess, give a written notice thereof to the Engineer-in-Charge that
For Owner P a g e | 127 For Contractor
the same is given pursuant to this condition, together with all necessary information relating thereto.
Clause 4.47
Termination of Contract on death of contractor Without prejudice to any of the rights or remedies under this contract, if the contractor dies, the Engineer in Charge on behalf of the Owner shall have the option of terminating the contract without compensation to the contractor if there is no legal heir or successor of the contractor capable of completing the remaining work. The decision of the Engineer In charge in this regard shall be final and binding.
Clause 4.48
Compensation during warlike situations The work (whether fully constructed or not) and all materials, machines, tools and plants, scaffolding, temporary buildings and other things connected therewith shall be at the risk of the contractor until the work has been delivered to the Engineer-in-Charge and a certificate from him to that effect obtained. In the event of the work or any materials properly brought to the site for incorporation in the work being damaged or destroyed in consequence of hostilities or warlike operation, the contractor shall when ordered (in writing) by the Engineer-in-Charge to remove any debris from the site, collect and properly stack or remove in store all serviceable materials salvaged from the damaged work and shall be paid at the contract rates in accordance with the provision of this agreement for the work of clearing the site of debris, stacking or removal of serviceable material and for reconstruction of all works ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge, such payments being in addition to compensation up to the value of the work originally executed before being damaged or destroyed and not paid for. In case of works damaged or destroyed but not already measured and paid for, the compensation shall be assessed by the Engineer in Charge. The contractor shall be paid for the damages/destruction suffered and for restoring the material at the rate based on analysis of rates tendered for in accordance with the provision of the contract. The certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the quality and quantity of materials and the purpose for which they were collected shall be final and binding on all parties to this contract. Provided always that no compensation shall be payable for any loss in consequence of hostilities or warlike operations (a) unless the contractor had taken all such precautions against air raid as are deemed necessary by the Engineer-in-Charge (b) for any material etc. not on the site of the work or for any tools, plant, machinery, scaffolding, temporary building and other things not intended for the work.
For Owner P a g e | 128 For Contractor
In the event of the contractor having to carry out reconstruction as aforesaid, he shall be allowed such extension of time for its completion as is considered reasonable by the Engineer in Charge.
Clause 4.49
Apprentices Act provisions to be complied with
The contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act, 1961 and the rules and orders issued thereunder from time to time. If he fails to do so, his failure will be a breach of the contract and the Engineer-in-Charge may, in his discretion, cancel the contract. The contractor shall also be liable forany pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation by him of the provisions of the said Act.
Clause 4.50
Release of Security Deposit after labor clearance
Release of Security Deposit of the work shall not be refunded till the contractor produces a clearance deposit after labor certificate from the Labor Officer. As soon as the work is virtually complete the contractor shall apply for the clearance certificate to the Labor Officer under intimation to the Engineer-in-Charge. The Engineer-in-Charge, on receipt of the said communication, shall write to the Labor Officer to intimate if any complaint is pending against the contractor in respect of the work. If no complaint is pending, on record till after 3 months after completion of the work and/or no communication is received from the Labor Officer to this effect till six months after the date of completion, it will be deemed to have received the clearance certificate and the Security Deposit will be released if otherwise due.
For Owner P a g e | 129 For Contractor
SECTION 5 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
For Owner P a g e | 130 For Contractor
CLAUSE.5.1. Sub-Contractors
Where and when the appointment of specialist Sub-Contractors is indicated, such Sub- Contractors shall be appointed only with the prior written approval of the Owner upon recommendation of Engineer-in-Charge/Design Consultant on the following conditions:-
(A) The Contractor shall enter into written agreements with Sub-Contractors and ensure that the Sub-Contractors perform their Work in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of these Contract Documents. A copy of each such Agreement shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-Charge and the Owner.
(B) The Contractor shall remain fully responsible to the Owner for the performance and workmanship and all actions of all sub-Contractors and persons directly or indirectly employed by them.
(C) The Contractor shall supply and permit all Sub-Contractors to avail of site facilities and services to enable them to complete their Work safely and without hindrance or delay and conducive to produce the highest quality of Work required.
(D) The Contractor shall upon receipt of instruction from the Engineer-in-Charge, terminate and remove from site forthwith such Sub-Contractor or their person who’s Work may be considered unsatisfactory.
(E) The Contractor shall make regular and prompt payment to each Sub-Contractor not later than one week after receipt of payment from Owner for their measured Works certified by the Engineer-in-Charge. If the Contractor fails to make payments to Sub- Contractors as aforesaid, the Owner may, without any obligation or prejudice to its rights and with prior intimation to the Contractor may make direct payments to Sub- Contractors for and on behalf and from the account of the Contractor and recover such sums from the account of the Contractor out of the amounts due and payable under the bills raised by the Contractor. Such direct payments to Sub-Contractors shall be on behalf of the Contractor and shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities or create a contractual relationship between the Owner and Sub- Contractor.
(F) Any Subcontractor that has been approved by the Owner shall neither be removed nor replaced without the prior written consent of the Owner.
For Owner P a g e | 131 For Contractor
CLAUSE.5.2.
Nominated Sub-Contractors
The Owner shall be entitled to nominate to the Contractor selected Sub-Contractors for carrying out certain sections of the Work or to replace terminated Sub-Contractors. Such nominated Sub-Contractors shall receive the same assistance and co-operation from the Contractor as other Sub-Contractors appointed by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be equally responsible and liable for their Work as is liable for the Works of the other Sub- Contractors. Nominated Sub-Contractors shall enter into direct agreements with the Owner and shall receive direct payments from the Owner. For the site facilities and services made available by the Contractor at his cost to the nominated Sub-Contractors including free water, electricity, insurance, staging, scaffolding, etc. the Contractor shall be entitled to receive 3% on the cost of the nominated Sub-Contractors’ Work.
Nothing shall absolve the Contractor, including the approval/ termination/ nomination of Sub-Contractors by the Owner of his overall responsibility under the Contract to closely supervise the Work of the Sub-Contractor whether on or off the site and to ensure adherence to the Specifications and Schedules.
CLAUSE.5.3.
Site office
The Contractor shall at his cost provide a watertight, air-conditioned, lockable site office with necessary communication facilities at a suitable location as approved by the Engineer- in-charge for the purpose and use by the Owner, Design Consultant, Project Management Consultant and/or their authorized representative(s). The site-office shall be reasonably well furnished and to the preference and tastes of the Owner along with electricity and a telephone connection, Internet Connections at no extra cost payable to the Contractor by the Owner in this regard.
CLAUSE.5.4.
Fossils:
All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things of geological or archaeological interest discovered on the Site shall, as between the Owner and the Contractor, be deemed to be the absolute property of the Owner. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing or damaging any such article or thing and shall, immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal, acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the same. If, by reason of such instructions, the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs costs then the Engineer shall, after due consultation with the Owner and the Contractor, determine:
For Owner P a g e | 132 For Contractor
CLAUSE.5.5.
Insurance The Contractor shall at his own expense arrange for all insurance policies, including workmen compensation policy and Contractor’s All Risk policy (CAR Policy) in the amount of the Contract effective from the date of commencement of Work(s) and until final completion of the Work(s) also taking into consideration the defects liability period, against all of the following risks. (A) Injuries and damage of persons, property, machinery, equipment, vehicles, animals or things, within or outside the site, arising out of his operations or of any sub-Contractors, nominated or otherwise, or out of any actions of his employees, agents or representatives, limited to Rs. 20,00,000 (Rupees Twenty Lakhs) per accident (B) Injuries to his or any Sub-Contractor’s employees. (C) Damage to or loss of the property, equipment, and materials at site, of the Owner, Contractor and all Sub-Contractors, as a result of natural causes such as lightning, storm, flood, rain, fire, earthquake, explosion, landslide, etc. (D) Damage and injuries to persons, property and materials arising out of riot and civil commotion, theft, sabotage malicious acts, terrorist activities, flood, water logging etc. The insurance policy or policies to cover risks of every nature shall be in the joint names of the Owner and Contractor, and the original of such policy/ policies shall be lodged with the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall also lodge the premium receipts with the Engineer-in-Charge, such standing jointly in the names of the Owner and the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to arrange the requisite insurance or fails to renew the policies, the Owner shall arrange for obtaining the requisite insurance policies and or renew them and recover the cost of all premiums from the Contractor and/or subsequently deduct such amount from the payments due and payable by the Owner to the Contractor from the bills raised by the Contractor in respect of the Work(s) executed. No certificate of payment shall be issued by the Engineer-in-Charge whether for an interim or of the final bill raised by the Contractor if the Contractor fails to arrange for total insurance cover. The Contractor shall reinstate in a manner approved by the Engineer-in-Charge all damage of every sort caused entirely at his cost so as to deliver up to the Owner the whole of the Work(s) complete and perfect in all respects, and so certified by the Engineer-in-Charge and also make good or otherwise satisfy all claims for damage to property of third parties. The Contractor shall be responsible for anything within his control and for all risks and consequences, which are not included in the purview of the insurance policies. The insurance cover shall stand extended until final completion of the Works and the contract and shall also cover the defects liability period.
For Owner P a g e | 133 For Contractor
The Contractor undertakes not to cancel any insurance policy nor reduce its scope without the written consent of the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor undertakes to file necessary insurance claims jointly with the Owner and also to join the Owner in filing any claim the Owner chooses to. Payments against all insurance claims shall be received in the name of the Owner and commensurate adjustments shall be made in accounts with the Contractor. The aforesaid insurance policy/policies shall not be cancelled till the Engineer-in-Charge has agreed to their cancellation. The Contractor shall prove to the Engineer-in-Charge from time to time that it has taken out all insurance policies referred to above and has paid the necessary premium for keeping the policies alive till the end of the defects liability period. The Contractor shall ensure that similar insurance policies are taken out by his Sub- Contractor (if any) and shall be responsible for any claims of losses to the Owner resulting from their failure to obtain adequate insurance protections in connection thereof. The Contractor shall also obtain the originals of the policies and the premium receipts from the Sub-Contractor and shall lodge the same with the Engineer-in-Charge.
CLAUSE.5.6.
Protection of Persons, Works and PropertyAccident or Injury to Workmen The Owner shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages or compensation payable to any workman or other person in the employment of the Contractor or any Subcontractor, other than death or injury resulting from any act or default of the Owner, his agents or servants. Accident Prevention: (A) General: In performing this contract, the Contractor shall provide for protecting the lives and health of employees and other persons preventing damage to or theft or loss of property, materials, supplies, and equipment; and avoiding Work interruptions. For these purposes, the Contractor shall- Provide appropriate safety barricades, signs, and signal lights. Comply with the standards issued by any statutory bodies having jurisdiction over occupational health and safety and Ensure that any additional measures as required by the Engineer-in-Charge for this purpose.
For Owner P a g e | 134 For Contractor
(B) Records The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of exposure data on all accidents taken place incidental to performance of Work(s) under this contract resulting in death, traumatic injury, occupational disease, or damage to or theft / loss of property, materials, supplies, or equipment. The Contractor shall report this data in the manner prescribed by the Engineer-in-Charge. (C) Sub-Contractors: The Sub-Contractors shall be bound to comply with the clause in the same manner as complied with by the Contractor. In the event of non-compliance by the Sub- Contractor of such clause, the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance of the Sub-Contractor. (D) Written program: Before commencing the Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge a written proposal for implementing this clause, Hazardous Material Identification. (A) Notification: The Contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-Charge in writing of all hazardous material 5 days before delivery of the material. This obligation applies to all materials delivered under this contract, which will involve exposure to hazardous materials or items containing these materials. (B) Responsibility of Contractor: Neither the requirement of this clause nor any act or failure to act by the Owner shall relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability for the safety of Owner, Contractor, or Sub-Contractor’s personnel or property. (C) Compliance with laws: The Contractor shall comply with applicable laws, including the Public Liability Insurance Act 1991, Fatal Accident Act 1855, codes, ordinances, and regulations (Including the obtaining of licenses and permits) in connection with hazardous materials. Contractor shall pay fees and other expenses for obtaining such permission or licenses.
(D) Sub-Contractors: The Contractor shall insert these above clauses, relating to hazardous material, with appropriate changes on entering into contracts or agreements with Sub-Contractors and the sub-contractors shall be bound and be liable to comply with the same, and in the event of non-compliance of the same, the Contractor shall be held liable for damages or otherwise on the acts of the Sub-Contractor in this regard.
For Owner P a g e | 135 For Contractor
Protection of Property 1. Vegetation, structures and equipment: The Contractor shall preserve and protect all structures, equipment, and vegetation on or adjacent to the Work site, and which do not unreasonably interfere with the Work required under this contract and shall not be removed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall only remove trees when specifically authorized to do so, and shall avoid damaging vegetation that will remain in place. 2. Utilities and improvements: The Contractor shall protect from damage and have all existing improvements and utilities at or near the Work site and on adjacent property of a third party, the locations of which are made known to or should be known by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be liable to repair any damage caused to those facilities, including those that are the property of a third party, resulting from failure to comply with the requirements of this contract or failure to exercise reasonable care in performing the Work. If the Contractor fails or refuses to repair the damage promptly, the Engineer-in-Charge may have the necessary Work performed and charge the cost to the Contractor or reduce such amounts from the bills of the Contractor due and payable by the Owner. 3. Contractor shall be required to work within specified areas and they shall be allowed to use only those areas around the works under their scope, for storage of their materials, construction of site offices, erection of batching plant etc. at predetermined locations as shown on the plans. The area so demarcated, shall be barricaded in such a way that the construction activities or the moving vehicular traffic involved in carriage of construction materials/ construction waste etc. do not create interference with any other areas within the premises or activities of the Institute or the activities of other contractor/s working within the premises. 4. The contractor shall provide suitable barricading approximately 2.0 m high, with suitably painted with three rows of G.I. Sheets about 2’-6” to 3’- 0” wide (75 cms to 90 cms) nailed or bolted with wooden poles/M.S.Angle Iron of suitable size spaced 2 to 3 meter apart and each pole 1.6 m to 2 m long. The poles will be embedded in mobile iron pedestal rings suitably framed for giving stable support as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. All management (including watch and ward) of barricades shall be the full responsibility of the contractor. The barricades shall be removed only after completion of the work or part of the work. The contractor’s rate shall include all above items of work and nothing extra shall be paid to the contractor over and above his quoted rates. 5. The positioning of barricading will be reviewed from time to time and necessary shifting barricading as directed by Engineer - in – charges shall be done forthwith by the contractor. Payment of initial erection of barricading and the shifting thereof at a later date as per requirement shall be made under relevant tender items 6. Contractor will make his own arrangements for making temporary roads and approaches to various locations of work under their scope and up to disposal sites
For Owner P a g e | 136 For Contractor
marked on the drawing. These internal approaches and temporary roads shall be made in such a way that they do not affect construction activities of permanent roads within the premises at any time. Watchmen and Security The Contractor shall provide sufficient personnel and materials to provide adequate protection to the property and personnel at the site, in transit and stored goods/materials including but not limited to measures specifically required by and under the Contract Documents and any security requirements under this contract. Corrective Action (A) Authority to Stop Work: The Engineer-in-Charge shall notify the Contractor of any non-compliance with the safety and property protection measures as required under this contract of which the Engineer-in-Charge becomes aware and of the corrective action required. This notice, when delivered to the Contractor or the Contractor’s authorized representative at the site of the Work shall be deemed sufficient notice of non- compliance and corrective action required. After receiving the notice, the Contractor shall immediately take necessary steps to correct the action. If the Contractor fails or refuses to take corrective action promptly, the Engineer-in-Charge shall at his discretion after due consultation with the Owner may issue an order stopping all or part of the Work(s) until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. The Contractor shall not base any claim or request for equitable adjustment for additional time or money on any stop Work order issued under these circumstances. (B) Rectification: The Contractor shall be solely responsible to make good at his cost any damage to the Works, property of the Owner and/or any adjacent property, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. In case the contractor fails to do so within a reasonable time the Engineer-in-Charge shall get the same executed at the risk & cost of the contractor & deduct the same from his due payments.
CLAUSE.5.7.
Site Security:
The Contractor shall be deemed to be in possession of the Works site and shall be responsible for its total security, and shall ensure that all materials, sheds, equipment, plant, tools, etc; whether his own or belonging to any Sub-Contractor, are well protected.
(A) The Contractor shall at his own cost install and maintain sufficient security fences and gates and employ full time round-the-clock security personnel to prevent the Works site from and against the intrusion of the public or any other unauthorized persons or vehicles.
For Owner P a g e | 137 For Contractor
(B) Total security of the site, property, and materials shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The presence of his consultants representatives, or the IIMU’s security personnel shall in no way relieve or absolve the Contractor of his responsibilities in ensuring the security and protection of the site and everything stored or lying thereon
CLAUSE.5.8.
Warranty/Guarantee
The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work(s), including installations and systems, as specified under the Contract Documents.
Subject to Clause the Contractor shall, at his own cost and in the shortest possible time, repair and remove any defect or deficiency in the Works, which may appear prior to or during the defect liability period, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
A guarantee will be given by the Contractor for the complete installation of the Works including its functioning, replacement of parts etc. as specified under the Contract Documents.
All the Guarantees referred above shall commence from the date of Completion Certificate.
CLAUSE.5.9.
Contractor’s Responsibilities and Work Control The Contractor shall have complete control of the Works and shall effectively and diligently control, direct and supervise his employees, supervisors, subordinates and Sub- Contractor(s) so as to ensure timely completion of the Works in order and in conformity with the Contract Documents. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating the various parts of the Work, whether carried out by the Contractor or any Sub-Contractor. The Contractor shall provide adequate, qualified and experienced personnel for the proper superintendence and execution of the Works until completion. The category and strength of such personnel shall be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge, and such approved site organization strength shall be maintained by the Contractor at all times until completion of Work(s), and also during defects liability period and as may be decided by the Engineer-in- Charge. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, erection, operation, maintenance and removal of temporary structures and other facilities at his own cost during completion of the Works. Any approval sought, given or implied, regarding sufficiency, stability and safety of temporary staging and facilities, shall in any way not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility. (A) The Contractor shall study all Contract Documents and promptly report to the Engineer-in-Charge any non-conformity, discrepancy, inconsistency or omission he may discover in the same. In the event of such discovery, the Contractor shall not
For Owner P a g e | 138 For Contractor
proceed with the affected Works until he has received due corrections and clearances from the Engineer-in-Charge. (B) The Contractor shall be deemed to have thoroughly studied and satisfied himself regarding Contract Documents and particularly all drawings before commencement of the Work(s). Should any discrepancy or error be discovered during execution of parts of the Work(s) necessitating demolition, repairs or reconstruction, all such remedial measures shall be carried out only with the approval of the Engineer-in- Charge and entirely at the cost of the Contractor. In such an event the Contractor shall neither claim any extra payment nor any extension of time for any delay caused by virtue of such demolition, repairs and reconstruction. Any instructions given to the Contractor’s supervisory staff by the Engineer-in- Charge shall be deemed to have been given to the Contractor. Instructions that involve any variations in design or specifications and which may have a bearing on time and cost shall be through a written Change Order by the Engineer-in-Charge and at rates agreed in writing prior to implementation The Contractor shall at his own cost, obtain any permits or authorizations necessary for the execution of the Work and obtaining any permits or approvals for the works executed by him, from all concerned statutory and Owner Authorities/Authority’s, including but not limited to Municipal bodies, Electrical Authority, Fire Service Authorities etc, The Contractor shall not be entitled to claim additional sums on account of having to work overtime in order to complete an operation that cannot be interrupted, for working in extended shifts / night shifts /holidays. In the event the Contractor chooses to work overtime, in extended night shifts as and by way of overtime either by working extended/night shifts or morning or holidays in order to complete the Work(s) within the specified period or on holidays, he shall do so by obtaining prior written approval from the Engineer-in-Charge at least twenty-four hours in advance. The Contractor moreover shall ensure that in any of the above circumstances he maintains the full-agreed strength of his supervisory staff. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the site and Works, materials, plant and equipment, whether his own or belonging to the Owner or any Sub-Contractors, against hazards of fire, rains, floods, landslides, underground water, accidents, etc. The Contractor shall not be permitted to replace nor remove his Project Manager/Project Engineer / Site Engineer etc. from the site without the prior written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Submittals (C) “Shop drawings” means those drawings or other documents, which are specifically prepared by or on behalf of the Contractor to illustrate details of construction for the purpose of fabrication or installation and are submitted to the Owner to indicate the
For Owner P a g e | 139 For Contractor
Contractor’s intended method of achieving the end result required by the Contract Drawings and Specifications. (D) “Project data” includes standard drawings, diagrams, layouts, schematics, descriptive literature, illustrations, schedules, performance and test data, and similar materials furnished by the Contractor to explain in detail specific portions of the Work required by the. Contract. (E) “Samples” are physical examples, which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. (F) “Other submittals” includes progress schedules, setting drawings, testing and inspection reports, and other information required by the Contract Documents to be submitted by the Contractor for information or approval by the Owner. Schedules of Submittals Promptly after contract award the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge the submittal schedule showing when shop drawings, product data, samples and other submittals required by and under the Tender Documents would be submitted for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Review and approval of submittals by Contractor The Contractor shall co-ordinate and compile all submittals required by and under the Contract Documents, and thoroughly check them for accuracy, completeness, and compliance in accordance with contract requirements and shall indicate his approval thereon in the form required by the Contract Documents as evidence of such co-ordination and checking. Submittals to the Engineer-in-Charge without the approval of the Contractor shall be returned by the Engineer-in-Charge for resubmission. Submission of shop drawings, product data or samples shall constitute a representation that the Contractor has agreed to, asserted and guaranteed that the assemblies, products or materials indicated therein will be available in a timely manner and in the quantities required for the project as set out under the Contract Documents. Submission All submittals shall be in English language, and any system of dimensions (i.e.; English or metric) shown shall be consistent with that used in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall submit all Submittals in the form and number required by the Contract Documents within required time limits and sufficiently in advance of construction requirements to permit adequate review by the Owner for correction, approval and resubmission if required. No extension of time shall be allowed on account of any delay by the Owner in approving such submittals, if the Contractor has failed to act promptly and responsively in making his submissions. Each submittal shall be identified as required by the Contract Documents.
For Owner P a g e | 140 For Contractor
Action on Submittals The Engineer-in-Charge will indicate an approval or disapproval of the Submittals for and on behalf of the Owner requiring approval by the Owner and if not approved as submitted shall indicate the Owner’s reasons thereof. Approval by the Engineer-in-Charge shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any errors or omissions in his submittals, nor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of this contract, except with respect to variations described by the Contractor and approved in accordance with "Variations in Submittals" Clause. The approval of the Engineer-in-Charge on the submittals will be for general compliance with the intent of the Contract Documents and with the information given therein, and shall not be construed (A) As permitting any departure from the contract requirements (B) As relieving the Contractor of responsibilities for any error including details, dimensions, materials, etc and (C) As approving departures from details appearing on Contract ‘Drawings and Specifications. Where approval of Submittals is required, the Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with such approved Submittals. Any Work performed by the Contractor prior to such approval by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be at the sole risk and liability of the Contractor. Variation in Submittals If Submittals contain any variations from the contract requirements, other than those requested on previous submittals, the Contractor shall specifically describe such variations in writing and the reasons thereof to the Engineer-in-Charge. If the approval of any such variation affects the Contract Price or the Completion time of the Contract, the Engineer-in- Charge shall issue an appropriate Contract modification. Otherwise, the variation may be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, only by specific reference thereto in writing. The Contractor shall not be entitled to rely on general approval of a submittal as an approval of variations of requirements of the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to describe such variations and shall not be relieved from the responsibilities of executing the Work in accordance with the contract, notwithstanding a general approval of such submittals. Nothing contained herein shall relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of notifying the Engineer-in-Charge of any part of the Contract Drawings or Specifications, which the Contractor knows or reasonably should have known which could result in defects under construction. Use of submittals The Owner may duplicate, use, and disclose in any manner and for any purpose shop drawings, product data and other submittals delivered under this contract.
For Owner P a g e | 141 For Contractor
Placement of Orders The Contractor shall place orders for items requiring a sample or product data submittal promptly after receiving the written approval of the submittal by the Engineer-in-Charge. No such materials or products shall be ordered or used in the Work until such written approval by the Engineer-in-Charge has been given. In the event such materials or products pre ordered or used in the Works without the written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, the same shall be at the risks, consequences, liability and costs of the Contractor.
Use and testing of samples (A) Use: Approved samples not destroyed in testing will be sent to Engineer-in-Charge. Those samples, which are in good condition, will be marked for identification and may be used in the Works. Materials and equipment incorporated in the Work shall match the approved samples within any specified tolerances. Other samples not destroyed in testing nor approved will be returned to the Contractor at the expense of the Contractor if so requested at the time of submission. (B) Failure of samples to pass specified tests: Failure of any material to pass the specified tests will be sufficient cause for refusal to consider, under this contract, any further samples of the same brand or make of that material or equipment which previously has proved unsatisfactory in service. (C) Taking and testing of samples: Samples of various materials or equipment delivered on the site or in place may be taken by the Engineer-in-Charge for additional testing by the Owner outside of those found not to have met contract requirements, unless the Engineer-in-Charge determines it to be in the Owner’s interest to accept the non-conforming materials or equipment with an appropriate adjustment of the Contract Price/Value as determined by the Engineer-in-Charge. (D) Cost of additional testing: Unless otherwise specified, when additional tests are made, only one test of each set of sample proposed for use will be made at the expense of the Contractor. Samples, which do not meet contract requirements, will be rejected. Further testing of additional samples, if required, will be made at the expense and costs of the Contractor.
CLAUSE.5.10. Co-operation with other contractors/specialized agencies/sub-contractors 5.10.1 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any nuisance or inconvenience to the owners, tenants or occupants of the adjacent properties and to the public in general .The Contractor shall take all care, as not to damage any other adjacent property or other services running adjacent to the plot. If any damage is done, the same shall be made good by the Contractor at his own cost and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall use such methodology
For Owner P a g e | 142 For Contractor
and equipment for execution of the work, so as to cause minimum environmental pollution of any kind during construction, to have minimum construction time and minimum inconvenience to road users and to the occupants of the buildings on the adjacent plot and public in general, etc. He shall make good at his own cost and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge any damage to roads, paths, cross drainage works or public or private property whatsoever caused, due to the execution of the work or by traffic brought thereon, by the Contractor. Further, the Contractor shall take all precautions to attendee by the environmental related restrictions imposed by Govt. of Rajasthan as well as prevent any pollution of streams, ravines, riverbed and waterways. All waste or superfluous materials shall be transported by the Contractor, entirely to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Utmost care shall be taken to keep the noise level to the barest minimum so that no disturbance as far as possible is caused to the occupants / users of adjoining buildings. No claim whatsoever on account of site constraints mentioned above or any other site constraints, inadequate availability of skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled workers in the near vicinity, non-availability of construction machinery spare parts and any other constraints not specifically stated here, shall be entertained from the Contractor. Therefore, the Tenderers are advised to visit site and get first-hand information of site constraints. Accordingly, they should quote their tenders. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. 5.10.2 The Contractor shall cooperate with and provide the facilities to the sub- Contractors and other agencies working at site for smooth execution of the work. The contractor shall indemnify the Owner against any claim(s) arising out of such disputes. The Contractor shall: (i) Allow use of scaffolding, toilets, sheds etc. (ii) Properly co-ordinate their work with the work of other Contractors. (iii) Provide control lines and benchmarks to his Sub-Contractors and the other Contractors. (iv) Provide electricity and water at mutually agreed rates. (v) Provide hoist and crane facilities for lifting material at mutually agreed rates. (vi) Co-ordinate with other Contractors for leaving inserts, making chases, alignment of services etc. at site. (vii) Adjust work schedule and site activities in consultation with the Engineer-in- Charge and other Contractors to suit the overall schedule completion. (viii) Resolve the disputes with other Contractors/ sub-contractors amicably and the Engineer-in-Charge shall not be made intermediary or arbitrator. 5.10.3 The work should be planned in a systematic manner so as to ensure proper co- ordination of various disciplines viz. sanitary & water supply, drainage, rain water harvesting, electrical, and firefighting, information technology, communication & electronics and any other services.
For Owner P a g e | 143 For Contractor
5.10.4 Other agencies will also simultaneously execute and install the works of sub- station / generating sets, air-conditioning, lifts, etc. for the work and the contractor shall afford necessary facilities for the same. The contractor shall leave such recesses, holes, openings trenches etc. as may be required for such related works (for which inserts, sleeves, brackets, conduits, base plates, clamps etc. shall be supplied free of cost by the Owner unless otherwise specifically mentioned) and the contractor shall fix the same at time of casting of concrete, stone work and brick work, if required, and nothing extra shall be payable on this account. 5.10.5 The contractor shall conduct his work, so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress or completion of the work being performed by other contractor(s) or by the Engineer-In-Charge and shall as far as possible arrange his work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used or removed so as not to interfere with the operations of other contractor or he shall arrange his work with that of the others in an acceptable and in a proper co -ordination manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to the complete satisfaction of others.
CLAUSE.5.11. RATES 5.11.1 The rates quoted by the Contractor are deemed to be inclusive of site clearance, setting out work, profile, setting lay out on ground, establishment of reference bench mark(s), installing various signage, taking spot levels, survey with total station, construction of all safety and protection devices, compulsory use of helmet and safety shoes, and other appropriate safety gadgets by workers, imparting continuous training for all the workers, barriers, preparatory works, construction of clean, hygienic and well ventilated workers housings in sufficient numbers as per drawing supplied by Engineer in charge, working during monsoon or odd season, working beyond normal hours, working at all depths, height, lead, lift, levels and location etc. and any other unforeseen but essential incidental works required to complete this work. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account and no extension of time for completion of work shall be granted on these accounts. 5.11.2 The rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes and levies as applicable (including works contract tax and GST). 5.11.3 No foreign exchange shall be made available by the Owner for importing (purchase) of equipment, plants, machinery, materials of any kind or any other items required to be carried out during execution of the work. No delay and no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor, on account of variation in the foreign exchange rate. 5.11.4 All ancillary and incidental facilities required for execution of work like labor camp, stores, fabrication yard, offices for Contractor, watch and ward, temporary ramp required to be made for working at the basement level, temporary structure for plants and machineries, water storage tanks, installation and consumption charges of temporary electricity, telephone, water etc. required for execution of the work, liaison and pursuing for obtaining various No Objection Certificates, completion certificates
For Owner P a g e | 144 For Contractor
from local bodies etc., protection works, testing facilities / Laboratory at site of work, facilities for all field tests and for taking samples etc. during execution or any other activity which is necessary (for execution of work and as directed by Engineer-in- Charge), shall be deemed to be included in rates quoted by the Contractor, for various items in the schedule of quantities. Nothing extra shall be payable on these accounts. Before start of the work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge, a site / construction yard layout, specifying areas for construction, site office, positioning of machinery, material yard, cement and other storage, steel fabrication yard, site Laboratory, water tank, etc. 5.11.5 For completing the work in time, the Contractor might be required to work in two or more shifts (including night shifts). No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account, not with-standing the fact that the Contractor may have to pay extra amounts for any reason, to the Laborers and other staff engaged directly or indirectly on the work according to the provisions of the labor and other statutory bodies regulations and the agreement entered upon by the Contractor with them. 5.11.6 All material shall only be brought at site as per program finalized with the Engineer-in-Charge. Any pre-delivery of the material not required for immediate consumption shall not be accepted and thus not paid for. 5.11.7 Rate shall include of Liaison work required, if any, in this regard with the local bodies. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Statutory charges, fees etc. required to be paid to the local bodies in this connection shall only be payable by the Owner or shall be reimbursable to the contractor on production of proof of actual payment made by him. 5.11.8 It is clarified that the contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all the no objection certificate (NOCs) and relevant licenses for services like lift installation, electrical installation, fire installation and like. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
CLAUSE.5.12. Inspection and rectification of Works Access: The Owner and their authorized agents and representatives shall at all times have access to the site and other locations where parts of the Work are under preparation. Contractor tests: The Contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-Charge well in advance, of tests and inspections to be carried out, and shall obtain his written approval wherever so stipulated before proceeding with the Works. Inspections: The Contractor shall maintain an adequate inspection system and perform such inspections from time to time as will ensure that the Work called for by this contract conforms to contract requirements and does not result in any deviation. The Contractor shall maintain complete
For Owner P a g e | 145 For Contractor
inspection records and make them available to the Owner. All Work shall be conducted under the general direction of the Contractor and is subject to Owner’s inspection and test at all places and at all reasonable times before final completion and acceptance with a view to ensure strict compliance with the terms and conditions of the contract. Owner’s inspections and tests: Inspections and tests conducted by or on behalf of the Owner are for the sole benefit of the Owner and do not:- (A) Relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures, (B) Relieve the Contractor of responsibility for damage to or loss of the material before final completion and acceptance of the Work; (C) Constitute or imply acceptance. Or. (D) Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after acceptance of completed Work. Owner inspectors: The presence or absence of anOwner’s inspector does not relieve the Contractor from any of the obligations under the contract nor is the inspector authorized to change any term or condition of the contract. Performance of inspections and tests: The Contractor shall promptly furnish, without an additional charge all facilities, labor, and material reasonably needed for performing such safe and convenient inspections and tests as may be required by the Engineer-in-Charge as per the terms of the Contract. The Owner may charge to the Contractor any additional cost of inspection or testing when work is not ready at the time specified by the Contractor for inspection or testing, when prior rejection makes re inspection or retesting necessary. The Owner shall perform all its inspections and tests in a manner that will not unnecessarily delay the work. Special, full size, and performance tests shall be performed as described in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the protection of all finished surfaces and Works so as to avoid any repairs and shall deliver to the Owner upon final completion the Works free of any blemish, defect or damage.
5.12.1 In addition to the provisions of relevant clauses of the contract, the work shall also be open to inspection by the other agency as and when required by IIMU in addition of the Engineer-in-charge and his authorized representative. The contractor shall at times during the usual working hours and at all times at which reasonable notices of the intention of the Engineer-in-charge to visit the works shall have been given to the contractor, either himself be present to receive the orders and instructions or have a responsible representative duly accredited in writing, to be present for that purpose.
5.12.2 Inspection of the work by Design consultants appointed by the IIMU.
For Owner P a g e | 146 For Contractor
(i) The design consultant appointed by IIMU shall be inspecting the works frequently to ensure that the works are in general being executed according to the design, drawings and specifications laid down in the contract. (ii) The design consultant appointed by IIMU shall certify on completion of building that it has been constructed according to the approved drawings design and specifications.
CLAUSE.5.13. Rejected Work The Design Consultant and/or Engineer-in-Charge/or Owner shall be authorized to reject any Work, which in their/his opinion is not in conformity to the specifications set out in the Contract Documents. The decision of the Design Consultant /Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final and binding on the Contractor. Defective Work whether caused due to poor workmanship, use of sub-standard materials, or on account of damage or for any other reason whatsoever, whether caused by the Contractor and/or the Sub-Contractor may be rejected by the Design Consultant/Engineer- in-Charge and shall be demolished by the Contractor and removed promptly from the site and replaced or re-executed expeditiously by the Contractor at his own cost. The Owner, Design Consultant and the Engineer-in-Charge shall in no event be responsible to bear any costs/liability arising on account of such defective workmanship. If in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge/ Design Consultant, it is not expedient nor feasible to correct the defective Work, the Owner shall be entitled to deduct from monies due to the Contractor, the difference in value between the executed Work and that required under the Contract, such amount of which shall be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge in due consultation with the Owner.
CLAUSE.5.14. Limit of price Adjustment Provided that, in determining all such price adjustment in accordance with the aforesaid sub-clauses: (A) No account will be taken of any amount by which any cost incurred by the contractor has been increased by default or negligence of the contractor. (B) If the contractor fails to complete the work within time for completion, increase or decrease of cost of specified materials shall be made using either the indices or prices relating to prescribed time for completion, or the current indices or prices, relating to prescribed time for completion, or the current indices or prices, whichever is more favourable to the Owner, provided that if an extension of time is granted, the above position shall apply to the adjustment made after expiry of such extension of time. (C) On completion of the works and before final payment the contractor shall give a certificate that he has made full and complete disclosure to the Engineer-in-
For Owner P a g e | 147 For Contractor
Charge of every increase or decrease in price obtained by him on materials affected by this clause.
CLAUSE.5.15. Exemption from price Adjustment
The following items shall not be included in the price adjustment calculation:
(A) Liquidated damages:
(B) Retention withheld and released:
(C) Advance payments in the form of loans and their repayments:
(D) The value of any additional or varied work valued at current prices:
CLAUSE.5.16. SPECIFICATIONS In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specifications as referred to in detailed specification, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Bureau of Indian Standards Specifications. In case there are no such specifications in Bureau of Indian Standards, the work shall be carried out as per manufacturers’ specifications, if not available then as per C.P.W.D./District/ state P.W.D. / Specifications. In case there are no such specifications as required above, the work shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with the instructions and requirements of the Engineer-in-Charge. Specifications for a type of work are not covered by the detailed specifications/State P.W.D. specifications/I.S.I specifications or particular specifications, the same shall be decided by the engineer-in- charge and shall be binding on the contractor. The engineer-in-charge shall have the power to insist upon the contractor to purchase and use such materials of particular approved make which may in this opinion be necessary for proper and reasonable compliance with the specifications and execution of work. In the event of any variation/discrepancy in the drawings, specification and tender documents, the decision of the Engineer In charge shall be final, binding and conclusive on the contractor. (A) As required by the Engineer-in-charge, the contractor shall provide all facilities at site or at manufactures work or an approved Laboratory for testing of materials and/or workmanship, all the expenditure in respect of this shall be borne by the contractor unless specified otherwise in the contract. The contractor shall when required to do so by the engineer-in-charge submit that the materials have been tested in accordance with requirements of the specifications. (B) Neither the confirmation by the engineer-in-charge not to test the materials nor the production of manufacturer(s) certificate etc. as aforesaid shall affect the right of the engineer-in- charge to reject, after delivery; the materials found not in accordance with the specifications.
For Owner P a g e | 148 For Contractor
CLAUSE.5.17 SETTING OUT------N.A.------
CLAUSE.5.17. Contractor shall submit fabrication/ shop drawings for obtaining approval The contractor shall submit fabrication drawing based on GA drawings and design parameters given by the Design Consultants, in triplicate for obtaining preliminary approval of the Engineer-in-Charge for all design drawing of structural steel element already issued to him. One copy of this drawing duly corrected and signed wherever necessary by Design Consultants will be returned to the contractor for preparing and resubmitting drawing after incorporating the said corrections again in triplicate for final approval. Along with the completion and approval of each fabrication drawing the contractor shall also submit the materials list for checking and approval to the Engineer-in-charge. No drawing shall be approved finally without material list. Once the drawing, if finally approved no request for any alternative section will be entertained. The contractor shall submit to Engineer in Charge 6 copies of all approved drawings out of which 3 copies will be issued back to the contractor for the execution of work. The contractor shall also submit copies of design calculations for the designs of joints. All joints shall be designed for full strength of members, unless otherwise specified. Approval of fabrication drawings however will not absolve the contractor of his responsibility for the safety and correctness of the fabrication.
CLAUSE.5.18. QUALITY ASSURANCE
5.18.1 The proposed project is a prestigious project and quality of work is of paramount importance. Contractor shall have to engage well-experienced skilled labor and deploy modern T&P and other equipment to execute the work. Many items like double slab structure with exposed finish form works, coarse ruble stone masonry specialized flooring work, Polysulphide sealant and backer rod fixing in expansion joints, factory made door- window shutters, proper slope maintaining in toilet units, sanitary- water supply installation, textured finishing, water proofing treatment with APP, Extruded Polystyrene insulation boards, china mosaic on terrace and chemical treatment in toilet drops will specially require engagement of skilled workers having experience particularly in execution of such items. 5.18.2 The contractor shall ensure quality construction in a planned and time bound manner. Any sub-standard material / work beyond set out tolerance limit shall be summarily rejected by the Engineer-in-charge & contractor shall be bound to replace / remove such sub-standard / defective work immediately. If any material, even though approved by Engineer-In-Charge is found defective or not conforming to specifications shall be replaced / removed by the contractor at his own risk & cost.
For Owner P a g e | 149 For Contractor
In addition to the supervision of work by Engineer-in-charge or authorized representative of E-in-C, project management consultants, the design consultants appointed by the IIMU shall also be carrying out regular and periodic inspection of the ongoing activities in the work and deficiencies, shortcomings, inferior workmanship pointed out by them shall be communicated by engineer in charge to the contractor. Upon receipt of instructions from Engineer in Charge these are also to be made good by necessary improvement, rectification, replacement up to his complete satisfaction. Special attention shall be paid towards line and level of internal and external finishing, exposed smooth surface of RCC members by providing fresh shuttering plates, rubberized linings to all the shuttering joints, accurate joinery work in wooden doors and windows, thinnest joints in stone/ tiling / cladding work, non-hollowness in floor and dado tiles work, protection of scratches over flooring by impounding layer of plaster of Paris, water tight pipe linings, proper compaction of filled up earth etc. to achieve an Institution of International standards and up keeping of quality assurance shall be of paramount importance, as such.
5.18.3 The Contractor shall submit, within 20 days after the date of award of work, a detailed and complete method statement for the execution, testing and Quality Assurance, of such items of works, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. All the materials to be used in the work, to give the finished work complete in all respects, shall comply with the requirements of the Specifications and shall pass all the tests required as per specifications as applicable or such specifications / standards as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. However, keeping the Quality Assurance in mind, the Contractor shall submit, on request from the Engineer-in- Charge, his own Quality Assurance procedures for basic materials and such items, to be followed during the execution of the work, for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
5.18.4 The Contractor shall procure and provide all the materials from the manufacturers / suppliers as per the list attached with the tender documents, as per the item description and particular specifications for the work. The equivalent brand for any item shall be permitted to be used in the work, only when the specified make is not available. This is, however, subject to documentary evidence produced by the contactor for non-availability of the brand specified and subject to independent verification by the Engineer-in-Charge. In exceptional cases, where such approval is required, the decision of Engineer-in-Charge as regards equivalent make of the material shall be final and binding on the Contractor. No claim, whatsoever, of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor on this account. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Also, the material shall be procured only after written
For Owner P a g e | 150 For Contractor
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. All materials shall be got checked by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized supervisory staff on receipt of the same at site before use.
5.18.5 The tests, as necessary, shall be conducted in the Laboratory approved by the Engineer–in- Charge. The samples shall be taken for carrying out all or any of the tests stipulated in the specifications and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative.
5.18.6 The Contractor shall at his own risk and cost make all arrangements and shall provide all such facilities including material and labor, the Engineer-in-Charge may require for collecting, preparing, forwarding the required number of samples for testing as per the frequency of test stipulated in the contract specifications or as considered necessary by the engineer-in-Charge, at such time and to such places, as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable for the above.
5.18.7 The Contractor or his authorized representative shall associate in collection, preparation, forwarding and testing of such samples. In case he or his authorized representative is not present or does not associate him, the result of such tests and consequences thereon shall be binding on the Contractor .The Contractor or his authorized representative shall remain in contact with the Engineer-in–Charge or his authorized representative associated for all such operations. No claim of payment or claim of any other kind, whatsoever, shall be entertained from the Contractor.
5.18.8 All the hidden items such as water supply lines, drainage pipes, conduits, sewers etc. are to be properly tested as per the design conditions before covering and their measurements in computerized measurement book duly test checked shall be deposited with Engineer in charge or his authorized representative, prior to hiding these items.
5.18.9 The contractor shall give performance test of the entire installation(s) as per the standing specifications before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra whatsoever shall be payable to the contractor for the test. 5.18.10 The Contractor shall maintain all the work in good condition till the completion of entire work. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall make good, all damages and repairs, rendered necessary due to fire, rain, traffic, floods or any other causes. The Engineer-in- Charge shall not be responsible for any claims for injuries to person/workmen or for structural damage to property happening from any neglect, default, want of proper care or misconduct on the part of the
For Owner P a g e | 151 For Contractor
Contractor or of any other of his representatives, in his employment during the execution of the work. The compensation, if any, shall be paid directly to the Department / authority / persons concerned, by the Contractor at his own cost.
5.18.11 DefectsLiabilityPeriod: Defects liability period shall be taken as12 months from the date of completion of the Project as a whole (as defined in the contract agreement) wherein all the defects shall be rectified by the contractor at his own cost.
For Owner P a g e | 152 For Contractor
SECTION 6 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR GREEN BUILDING PRACTICES
For Owner P a g e | 153 For Contractor
6.1 The campus is proposed to be registered for obtaining GRIHA LD Rating from GRIHA Secretariat under MNRE scheme. The contractor is required to execute the work in a befitting manner to obtain the targeted GRIHA rating by Owner.
6.2 Special conditions for GRIHA rating:-
6.2.1 The contractor shall prepare scheme for the approval of Engineer-in-charge for obtaining GRIHA rating in the criteria relevant to the execution of work.
6.2.2 The contractor shall plan and execute the work in a manner to preserve and protect the landscape during construction and shall arrange the materials/equipment and follow the procedure as per criterion 2 of the GRIHA rating as applicable.
6.2.3 The contractor shall appoint/engage consultant/ consultancies to provide technical guidance and supervise the work, pertaining to the criterion related to the execution of work, so that it finally achieves the targeted GRIHA rating.
The contractor shall preserve the top soil layer for supporting vegetative growth as per the guidelines given in chapter 4, Section 1, Part 10, NBC 2005.
The contractor shall comply with NBC norms on construction safety, health and sanitation as per criterion.
The construction activity shall be done in a befitting manner and the contractor shall adopt measures to prevent air pollution at site in compliance with criterion 9 of GRIHA rating as applicable.
The contractor shall comply with all the instructions and schemes for execution of green building.
Nothing shall be paid extra for fulfilment of all these conditions except for the items existing in the schedule of quantities. For such items work done shall be paid on the basis of the agreement rates.
6.3 Pre- construction stage
Construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machinery
All vehicles, equipment and machinery to be procured for construction shall conform to the relevant Bureau of India Standard (BIS) norms.
Emission from the vehicles must conform to environmental norms.
Dust produced from the vehicular movement and other site activities is to be mitigated by sprinkling of water. Noise limits for construction equipment shall not exceed 75 dB(A), measured at one meter from the edge of the equipment in free area, as specified in the Environment Protection Act,1986, schedule VI part E, as amended on 9th May,1993. The maximum noise levels near the construction site should be limited to 65 dB (A) Leq (5 min)
For Owner P a g e | 154 For Contractor
in project area. Contractor has to make a confined boundary to restrict construction activities within it. Contractor to prepare the Construction waste management plan for segregation, storage and safe disposal of construction waste for the approval of engineer in charge.
6.4 Construction Stage
6.4.1 Construction Wastes Disposal
The pre-identified dump locations will be a part of solid waste management plan OR construction waste management plan or safe handling, storage and recycling of construction waste to be prepared by the Contractor in consultation with Engineer-in-charge. Contractor needs to designate the area for construction waste storage. Inert and hazardous waste should be collected and stored separately on site.
The other construction waste should be either reused on site or safely dispose them off to designed agencies for recycling. The procedure of waste disposal either on-site reuse or selling for recycling purpose should be documented by photographs / log books / receipt copies and evidences needs to be submitted to the Engineer In charge. Contractor shall get approved the location of disposal site prior to commencement of the excavation on any section of the project location.
Contractor shall ensure that any spoils of material will not be disposed of in any municipality solid waste collection bins.
6.4.2 Procurement of Construction Materials All vehicles delivering construction materials to the site shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials and maintain cleanliness of the roads. Wheel Tires of all vehicles used by of the contractor, or any of his sub-contractor or materials supplies shall be cleaned and washed clear of all dust/mud before leaving the project premises. This shall be done by routing the vehicles through tire washing tracks. Contractor shall arrange for regular water sprinkling at least twice a day (i.e. morning and evening) for dust suppression of the construction sites and unpaved roads used by his construction vehicles.
6.4.3 Water Pollution The Contractor shall take all precautionary measures to prevent the waste water during construction to accumulate anywhere. The waste water arising from the project is to be disposed of in the manner that is acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge.
6.4.4 Air and Noise Pollution Contractor shall use dust screens and sprinkle water around the construction site to arrest spreading of dust in the air and surrounding areas. Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction are regularly maintained and confirm that emission levels comply with environmental emission standards/norms.
For Owner P a g e | 155 For Contractor
For controlling the noise from Vehicles, Plants and Equipment, the Contractor shall confirm the following: All vehicles and equipment used in construction will be fitted with exhaust silencers. Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery will be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective will be replaced. Noise emission from compactors (rollers) front loaders, concrete mixers, cranes (movable), vibrators and saws should be less than 75 dB(A). As per the standards/guidelines for control of Noise Pollution from Stationary Diesel Generator (DG) sets, noise emission in dB(A) from DG Set (15-500 KVA) should be less than 94+10 log 10 (KVA). The standards also suggest construction of acoustic enclosure around the DG Set and provision of proper exhaust muffler with insertion loss of minimum 25 dB (A) as mandatory.
6.4.5 Personal Safety Measures for Labor Contractor will provide the following items for safety of workers employed by contractor and associate agencies: Protective footwear and gloves to all workers employed for the work on mixing, cement, lime mortars, concrete etc. and openings in water pipeline/sewer line. Welder’s protective eye-shields to workers who are engaged in welding works. Safety helmet and Safety harness/ belt.
7 The following provisions shall be maintained by the contractor at site:- 7.1 Provide adequate sanitation/safety facilities for construction workers to ensure the health and safety of the workers during construction, with effective provisions for the basic facilities such as sanitation, drinking water and safety equipment or machinery. All the workers should be wearing helmet and shoes all the time on site. Masks and gloves should be worn whenever and wherever required. Adequate drinking water facility should be provided at site, adequate number of decentralized latrines and urinals to be provided for construction workers. Full time workers residing on site should be provided with clean and adequate temporary hutment. Crèche/Day-care facility should be provided to young children of Laborers residing on site. Child labor should be banned on site. First aid facility should also be provided. Overhead lifting of heavy materials should be avoided. Barrow wheel and hand-lift boxes should be used to transport materials onsite. Tobacco and cigarette smoking should be prohibited onsite. All dangerous parts of machinery are well guarded and all precautions for working on machinery are taken.
For Owner P a g e | 156 For Contractor
Maintain hoists and lifts, lifting machines, chains, ropes and other lifting tackles in good condition. Use of durable and reusable formwork systems to replace timber formwork and ensure that formwork where used is properly maintained. Ensure that walking surfaces or boards at height are of sound construction and are provided with safety rails and belts. Provide protective equipment such as helmets. Provide measure to prevent fire. Fire extinguisher and buckets of sand to be provided in fire-prone area and elsewhere. Provide sufficient and suitable light for working during night. Ensure that measures to protect workers from materials of construction, transportation, storage and other dangers and health hazards are taken. Ensure that the construction firm/division/company have sound safety policies. Comply with the safety procedure, norms and guidelines (as applicable) as outlined in NBC 2005 (BIS 2005c). Adopt additional best particles and prescribed norms as in NBC 2005 (BIS 2005). 7.2 Identify roads on-site that would be used for vehicular traffic. Update vehicular roads (if these are unpaved) by increasing the surface strength by improving particle size, shape and mineral type that make up the surface base. Add surface gravel to reduce source of dust emission. Limit amount of fine particles (smaller than 0.075mm) to 10- 20%. Limit vehicular speed on site 10km/h. 7.3 All material storages should be adequately covered and contained so that they are not exposed to situations where winds on site could lead to dust/particulate emissions. 7.4 Spills of dirt or dusty materials shall be cleaned up promptly, so the spilled material does not become a source of fugitive dust and also to prevent of seepage of pollutant laden water into the ground aquifers. When cleaning up the spill, ensure that the clean- up process does not generate additional dust. Similarly, spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes should be contained/cleaned up immediately before they can infiltrate into the soil/ground or runoff in nearby areas. 7.5Ensure that water spraying is carried out by wetting the surface by spraying water on: Any dusty material. Areas where demolition work is carried out. Any unpaved main-haul road and. Areas where excavation or earth moving activities are to be carried out.
8 The contractor shall ensure the following: Cover and enclose the site by providing dust screen, sheeting or netting to scaffold along the perimeter of a building. Covering stockpiles of dusty material with impervious sheeting.
For Owner P a g e | 157 For Contractor
Covering dusty load on vehicles by impervious sheeting before they leave the site. Transferring, handling/storing dry loose materials like bulk cement and dry pulverized fly ash inside a totally enclosed system. Spills of dirt or dusty materials shall be cleaned up promptly so that the spilled material does not become a source of fugitive dust and also to prevent seepage of pollutant laden water into the ground aquifers. When cleaning up the spill, ensure that the clean-up process does not generate additional dust. Similarly, spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes should be contained/cleaned up immediately before they can infiltrate into the soil/ground or runoff in nearby areas. Clear vegetation only from areas where work will start right away. Vegetate/mulch areas where vehicles do not ply. Apply gravel/landscaping rock to the areas where mulching/paving is impractical. 6.6.1 Adopt measures to prevent air pollution in the vicinity of the site due to construction activities. There is no standard reference for this. The best practices should be followed (as adopted from international best practice documents and codes). 6.6.2 Provide hoardings of not less than 3m height along the site boundary, next to a road or other public area. 6.6.3 The contractor shall provide experienced personnel with suitable training to ensure that these methods are implemented. Prior to the commencement of any work, the method of working, plant equipment and air pollution control system to be used on- site should be made available for the inspection and approval of the Engineer-in- Charge to ensure that these are suitable for the project. 6.6.4 Employ measures to segregate the waste on-site into inert, chemical or hazardous wastes. Recycle the unused chemical/hazardous wastes such as oil, paint, batteries and asbestos. The inert waste is to be disposed of two Municipal Corporation/local bodies dump yard and landfill sites.
9 Preserve and protect landscape during construction 6.7.1 Following provisions shall be made at site by the contractor to preserve and protect landscape. Nothing shall be paid on this account unless specifically provided for in the schedule of quantities. 6.7.2 To preserve the existing landscape and protect it from degradation during the process of construction. Select proper timing for construction activity to minimize the disturbance such as soil pollution due to spilling of the construction material and its mixing with rainwater. The construction management plan including soil erosion control management plan shall be prepared accordingly for each month. The application of erosion control measures includes construction of gravel pits and tyre washing bays of approved size and specification for all vehicular site entry/ exits, protection of steep slopes. Sedimentation Collection System and run-off diversion systems shall be in place before the commencement of construction activity. Preserve and protect the existing vegetation by not-disturbing or
For Owner P a g e | 158 For Contractor
damaging to specified site areas during construction. The trees that are identified to be retained on site are protected during the construction period using the following measures: The damage to roots is prevented during trenching, placing backfill, driving or parking heavy equipment. The dumping of trash, oil, paint and other material is detrimental to plant health. These activities should be restricted to the areas outside of the canopy of the trees. The trees are not used for support; their trunks should not be damaged by cutting and carving by nailing posters and advertisements or in any other way. The lighting of fires or carrying out heat or gas emitting construction activity within the ground covered by canopy of the trees is not permitted. The young trees of saplings identified for preservation within the construction site must be protected using tree guards of approved specification. The grades of soil should be maintained around existing vegetation. Lowering or raising the levels around the vegetation should not be allowed unless specifically directed by the Engineer –in – Charge. Maintenance activities should be performed, as and when needed, to ensure that vegetation remain healthy. 10 Staging is dividing a construction area into two or more sections to minimize the area of soil that will be exposed at any given time. Staging should be done to separate undisturbed land from land disturbed by construction activity and material storage. A vector drawing plan to be submitted identifying the areas of sites, which shall be disturbed for the construction activity and apart from these other areas on site should not be disturbed. Measures should be followed for collecting drainage water run-off from construction areas and material storage sites and diverting water flow away from such polluted areas. Temporary drainage channels and perimeter dike/swale should be constructed to carry the pollutant laden water directly to the treatment device or facility (municipal sewer line). The plan should indicate how the above was accomplished on site well in advance of the commencement of the construction activity. 6.8.1 The Contractor should follow the construction plan as proposed by the Design Consultant/landscape consultant to minimize the site disturbance such as soil pollution due to spilling. Use staging and spill prevention and control plan to restrict the spilling of the contaminating material on site. Protect top soil from erosion by collection storage and reapplication of top soil, constructing sediment basin, contour trenching, mulching etc. 6.8.2 Spill prevention and control plans should clearly state measures to stop the source of the spill. Measures to contain the spill and measures to dispose the contaminated material and hazardous wastes. It should also state the designation of personnel trained to prevent and control spills. Hazardous wastes include pesticides, paints, cleaners and petroleum products.
For Owner P a g e | 159 For Contractor
11 A soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan (ESCP) should be prepared prior to construction and should be applied effectively. Measures for prevention of top soil are given below: 6.9.1 Top Soil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm from the areas proposed for buildings, roads, paved areas and external services. It should be stockpiled to a maximum height of 40 cm in designated areas and reapplied during plantation of the proposed vegetation. The top soil should be separated from the sub soil debris and stones larger than 50 mm in diameter. The stored top soil may be used as finished grade for planting areas post construction or cordoned off undisturbed areas on site. Stockpiled top soil should not be compacted to help process of aeration. It should be stabilized on the top by temporary seeding or plastic sheets to avoid wind and water erosion. During construction period contractor has to preserve and protect existing nalos or natural drainage channel at site of work. 6.9.2 Sedimentation basin, a temporary dam or basin at the lowest convenient point of the site should be constructed for collecting, trapping and storing sediment produced by the construction activities. A flow detention facility must also be constructed for reducing peak run-off rates. This would also allow most of the sediments to settle before the run-off is directed towards the outfall. 6.9.3Contour trenching is to be provided which an earth embankment or ridge-and- channel arrangement constructed parallel to the contours, along the face of the slope, at regular intervals on the lengths and steep slopes. They are used for reducing run- off velocity, increasing the distance of overland run-off flow. They are also used to hold moisture and minimize sediment loading of surface run-off. 12 Prepare the list of trees to be felled with reference to the tree survey, Compensate the loss of vegetation (trees) due to the construction activity by compensatory plantation. Replant same native and/or non-invasive species, which existed on the site before elimination, in the proportion of 1:3 (as per the suggestion of the landscape consultant). 13 The contractor shall prepare and submit ‘Spill prevention and control plans’ before the start of construction, clearly stating measures to stop the source of the spill, to contain the spill, to dispose the contaminated material and hazardous wastes, and stating designation of personnel trained to prevent and control spills. Hazardous wastes include pesticides, paints, cleaners, and petroleum products. 14 The contractor shall ensure that no construction leaches (Ex: cement slurry) is allowed to percolate into the ground. Adequate precautions are to be taken to safeguard against this including reduction of wasteful curing processes, collection, basic filtering and reuse. The contractor shall follow requisite measures for collecting drainage water run-off from construction areas and material storage sites and diverting water flow away from such polluted areas. Temporary drainage channels, perimeter dike/swale, etc. shall be constructed to carry the pollutant-laden water directly to the treatment device or facility (municipal sewer line).
For Owner P a g e | 160 For Contractor
15 All lighting installed by the contractor around the site and at the labor quarters during construction shall be CFL bulbs of the appropriate illumination levels. This condition is a must, unless specifically prescribed. 16 All paints, adhesives and sealants should comply with the VOC limits prescribed by GRIHA, as follows: 17 All the building materials and systems used on site must be as per the specifications and approved makes by the consultants. 18 All required certificates explaining the properties of the building material/system needs to be obtained from the manufacturer/vendor as required by the green building rating authority. The final certificates would be produced after the approval of green building consultant with necessary due diligence. The purchase orders of all the materials made with the manufacturers/authorized vendors should be maintained and shall be provided for the process with due diligence upon request. 19 Water saving measures as suggested by the consultants need to be followed on site. 20 The contractor / subcontractor shall prepare and submit a Site Management Plan (SMP) within 10 days of start, for approval by the Engineer-in-charge. This SMP shall indicate the locations of go down, stockpiles, barricading, waste storage, offices, vehicular movement routes etc. In short this SMP would comprehensively represent how the site activities shall be managed conforming to GRIHA guidelines. 21 Any other site management measures suggested by the Engineer-in-charge / green building consultant shall be followed on site. 22 The contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge after construction of the buildings, a detailed as built quantification of the following: Total materials used, Total top soil stacked and total reused, Total earth excavated, Total waste generated, Total waste reused, Total water used, Total electricity consumed, and Total diesel consumed. 23 The contractor shall submit to the engineer-in-charge, before the start of construction, a site plan along with a narrative to demarcate areas on site from which top soil has to be gathered, designate area where it will be stored, measures adopted for top soil preservation and indicate areas where it will be reapplied after construction is complete.
For Owner P a g e | 161 For Contractor
24 Evidence for the implementation of the all the above required measures shall be provided to the green building consultant in the form of photographs and templates (as provided) which is required for the submission to the green building rating authority (GRIHA).
25 Nothing extra shall be payable for above provisions unless otherwise specified in Schedule of Quantities.
26 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMET PLAN a. The contractor shall obtain approval for laying electrical lines from the concerned SE of RRVPNL/ AVVNL and comply with the provisions as per Terms and Conditions for Supply of Electricity-2004 of AVVNL for construction purpose as well as for final connection. b. The contractor shall ensure taking necessary steps on urgent basis to improve the living conditions of the labor at site and provide necessary facility to the labor. c. Contractor must construct housing colony for labor within the site with all necessary infrastructure and facilities such as health facility, sanitation facility, and fuel for cooking, along with safe drinking water, medical camps, and toilets for women, crèche for infants. The housing may be in the form of temporary structures to be removed after the completion of the project. Details of provisions should be submitted to Engineer In charge for them to submit it to RPCB at the time of obtaining CTE. d. During construction period mobile STP of capacity 60 & 20 KLD shall be provided by the contractor for the labor colony. The drains should be of adequate capacity and be lined till the final disposal points. Provision for disinfection of wastewater after treatment and before reuse to be ensured by the contractor. e. All required sanitary and hygienic measures shall be in place before starting construction activities. The safe disposal of wastewater and solid waste generated during the Construction phase shall be ensured. f. All the Laborers engaged for construction shall be screened for health and adequately treated before engaging them to work at the site. g. All the topsoil excavated during the construction shall be stored for use in horticulture/landscape development within the project site. h. Disposal of muck during construction phase shall not create any adverse effect on the neighboring communities and be disposed taking the necessary precautions for general safety and health aspects of people only in approved sites with approve competent authority. i. The contractor to ascertain that, there is no threat to the ground water quality by leaching of heavy metals and other toxic contaminants during construction will test soil and ground water samples. j. Construction spoils, including bituminous material and other hazardous materials must not be allowed to contaminate water courses and the dump sites for such material must be secured so that they do not leach into the ground water.
For Owner P a g e | 162 For Contractor
k. The diesel generator sets to be used during construction phase shall be of low-Sulphur diesel type and shall conform to Environment (Protection) Rules for air and noise emission standards. l. Vehicles hired for bringing construction material and Laborers to the site shall be in good conditions and shall conform to applicable air and noise emission standards and shall be operated during non-peak/approved hours. m. Ambient noise levels shall conform to residential standards both during day and night. Incremental pollution loads on the ambient air and noise quality shall be closely monitored during construction phase. n. NOC shall be obtained from National State Disaster Management Authority, · wherever applicable. o. Water demand during construction shall be reduced using pre-mixed concrete, curing agents and other best practices. p. Total domestic water requirement shall not exceed 94 KLD during construction stage. q. Adequate measures shall be taken to reduce air and noise pollution during construction as per CPCB norms. r. A First Aid Room should be provided at the project site during construction phase of the project. s. Any hazardous waste generated during construction phase shall be disposed of as per applicable rules and norms with necessary authorization of the RPCB. t. Regular supervision of the above and other measures for monitoring shall be done by Engineer In charge throughout the construction phase, to avoid nuisance to the surroundings.
For Owner P a g e | 163 For Contractor
SECTION 7 SAFETY CODES AND RULES
For Owner P a g e | 164 For Contractor
1. Suitable scaffolds should be provided for workmen for all works that cannot safely be donefrom the ground, or from solid construction except such short period work as can be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used, an extra mazdoor shall be engaged for holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying materials as well suitable footholds and hand-hold shall be provided on the ladder and the ladder shall be given an inclination not steeper than ¼ to 1(¼ horizontal and 1 vertical.) 2. Scaffolding of staging more than 3.6 m (12ft.) above the ground or floor, swung or suspended from an overhead support or erected with stationary support shall have a guardrail properly attached or bolted, braced and otherwise secured at least 90 cm. (3ft.) high above the floor or platform of such scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends there of with only such opening as may be necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be so fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the building or structure. 3. Working platforms, gangways and stairways should be so constructed that they should not sag unduly or unequally, and if the height of the platform or the gangway or the stairway is more than 3.6 m (12ft.) above ground level or floor level, they should be closely boarded, should have adequate width and should be suitably fastened as described in (2) above. 4. Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of person or materials by providing suitable fencing or railing whose minimum height shall be 90 cm. (3ft.) 5. Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working places.Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single ladder shall be over 9m. (30ft.) inlength while the width between side rails in rung ladder shall in no case be less than 29 cm.(11½") for ladder upto and including 3 m. (10 ft.) in length. For longer ladders, this width should be increased at least ¼” for each additional 30 cm. (1 foot) of length. Uniform step spacing of not more than 30 cm shall be kept. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipment. No materials on any of the sites or work shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. The contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect the public from accident and shall be bound to bear the expenses of defence of every suit, action or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any damages and cost which may be awarded in any such suit; action or proceedings to any such person or which may, with the consent of the contractor, be paid to compensate any claim by any such person. 6. Excavation and Trenching - All trenches 1.2 m. (4ft.) or more in depth, shall at all times be supplied with at least one ladder for each 30 m. (100 ft.) in length or fraction thereof, Ladder shall extend from bottom of the trench to at least 90 cm. (3ft.) above the surface of the ground. The side of the trenches which are 1.5 m. (5ft.) or more in depth shall be
For Owner P a g e | 165 For Contractor
stepped back to give suitable slope or securely held by timber bracing, so as to avoid the danger of sides collapsing. The excavated materials shall not be placed within 1.5 m. (5ft.) of the edges of the trench or half of the depth of the trench whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under no circumstances, undermining or undercutting shall be done. 7. Demolition - Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the progress of the work, (i) All roads and open areas adjacent to the work site shall either be closed or suitably protected. (ii) No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be a source of danger or a cable or apparatus used by the operator shall remain electrically charged. (iii) All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed from risk of fire or explosion or flooding. No floor, roof or other part of the building shall be so overloaded with debris or materials as to render it unsafe. 8. All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer-in- Charge should be kept available for the use of the person employed on the site and maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use, and the contractor should take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by those concerned:- The following safety equipment shall invariably be provided. i) Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials, cement and lime mortars shall be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. ii) Those engaged in white washing and mixing or stacking of cement bags or any material which is injurious to the eyes, shall be provided with protective goggles. iii) Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder’s protective eye- shields. iv) Stone breaker shall be provided with protective goggles and protective clothing and seated at sufficiently safe intervals. v) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in active use, the contractors shall ensure that the manhole covers are opened and ventilated atleast for an hour before the workers are allowed to get into the manholes, and the manholes so opened shall be cordoned off with suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent accident to the public. In addition, the contractor shall ensure that the following safety measure are adhered to :- a) Entry for workers into the line shall not be allowed except under supervision of the safety officer or any other higher official. b) At least 5 to 6 manholes upstream and downstream should be kept open for atleast 2 to 3 hours before any man is allowed to enter into the manhole for working inside.
For Owner P a g e | 166 For Contractor
c) Before entry, presence of Toxic gases should be tested by inserting wet lead acetate paper which changes colour in the presence of such gases and gives indication of their presence. d) Presence of Oxygen should be verified by lowering a detector lamp into the manhole. In case, no Oxygen is found inside the sewer line, workers should be sent only with Oxygen kit. e) Safety belt with rope should be provided to the workers. While working inside the manholes, such rope should be handled by two men standing outside to enable him to be pulled out during emergency. f) The area should be barricaded or cordoned off by suitable means to avoid mishaps of any kind. Proper warning signs should be displayed for the safety of the public whenever cleaning works are undertaken during night or day. g) No smoking or open flames shall be allowed near the blocked manhole being cleaned. h) The malba obtained on account of cleaning of blocked manholes and sewer lines should be immediately removed to avoid accidents on account of slippery natureof the malba. i) Workers should not be allowed to work inside the manhole continuously. He should be given rest intermittently. The Engineer-in-Charge may decide the timeup to which a worker may be allowed to work continuously inside the manhole. j) Gas masks with Oxygen Cylinder should be kept at site for use in emergency. k) Air-blowers should be used for flow of fresh air through the manholes. Whenever called for, portable air blowers are recommended for ventilating the manholes.The Motors for these shall be vapour proof and of totally enclosed type. Nonsparking gas engines also could be used but they should be placed at least 2metres away from the opening and on the leeward side protected from wind so that they will not be a source of friction on any inflammable gas that might be present. l) The workers engaged for cleaning the manholes/sewers should be properly trained before allowing to work in the manhole. m) The workers shall be provided with Gumboots or non sparking shoes bump helmets and gloves non sparking tools safety lights and gas masks and portable air blowers (when necessary). They must be supplied with barrier cream for anointing the limbs before working inside the sewer lines. n) Workmen descending a manhole shall try each ladder stop or rung carefully before putting his full weight on it to guard against insecure fastening due to corrosion of the rung fixed to manhole well. o) If a man has received a physical injury, he should be brought out of the sewer immediately and adequate medical aid should be provided to him.
For Owner P a g e | 167 For Contractor
p) The extent to which these precautions are to be taken depend on individual situation but the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the steps to be taken in this regard in an individual case will be final. vi) The Contractor shall not employ men and women below the age of 18 years on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form. Wherever men above the age of 18 are employed on the work of lead painting, the following precaution shouldbe taken:- a) No paint containing lead or lead products shall be used except in the form of paste or ready made paint. b) Suitable face masks should be supplied for use by the workers when paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint is dry rubbed and scrapped. c) Overalls shall be supplied by the contractors to the workmen and adequate facilities shall be provided to enable the working painters to wash during and on the cessation of work. 9. The Contractor shall not employ women and men below the age of 18 on the work of painting with product containing lead in any form, wherever men above the age of 18 are employed on thework of lead painting, the following principles must be observed for such use : i) White lead, sulphate of lead or product containing these pigment, shall not be used in painting operation except in the form of pastes or paint ready for use. ii) Measures shall be taken, wherever required in order to prevent danger arising from the application of a paint in the form of spray. iii) Measures shall be taken, wherever practicable, to prevent danger arising out of from dust caused by dry rubbing down and scraping. iv) Adequate facilities shall be provided to enable working painters to wash during and on cessation of work. v) Overall shall be worn by working painters during the whole of working period. vi) Suitable arrangement shall be made to prevent clothing put off during working hours being spoiled by painting materials. vii) Cases of lead poisoning and suspected lead poisoning shall be notified and shall be subsequently verified by medical man appointed by competent authority. viii) Competent authority may require, when necessary medical examination of workers. ix) Instructions with regard to special hygienic precautions to be taken in the painting trade shall be distributed to working painters. 10. When the work is done near any place where there is risk of drowning, all necessary equipments should be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps taken for prompt rescue of any person in danger and adequate provision, should be made
For Owner P a g e | 168 For Contractor
for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be obtained during the course of the work. 11. Use of hoisting machines and tackle including their attachments, anchorage and supports shall conform to the following standards or conditions :- i) (a) These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound materials and adequate. (b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be of durable quality and adequate strength, and free from patent defects. ii) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator, shall be properly qualified and no person under the age of 21 years should be in charge of any hoisting machine including any scaffolding winch or give signals to operator. iii) In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or as means of suspension, the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means. Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to above shall be plainly marked with the safe working load. In case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load each safe working load and the condition under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. No part of any machine or any gear referred to above in this paragraph shall be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of testing. iv) In case of Owner machines, the safe working load shall be notified by the Electrical Engineer deputed by the Engineer-in-Charge. As regards contractor’s machines the contractors shall notify the safe working load of the machine to the Engineer-in- Charge whenever he brings any machinery to site of work and get it verified by the Electrical Engineer concerned. 12. Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoistingappliances should be provided with efficient safeguards. Hoisting appliances should be provided with such means as will reduce to the minimum the risk of accidental descent of the load. Adequate precautions should be taken to reduce to the minimize the risk of any part of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced. When workers are employed on electrical installations which are already energized, insulating mats, wearing apparel, such as gloves, sleeves and boots as may be necessary should be provided. The worker should not wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials which are good conductors of electricity. 13. All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be maintained in safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is in use. Adequate washing facilities should be provided at or near places of work. 14. These safety provisions should be brought to the notice of all concerned by display on a notice board at a prominent place at work spot. The person responsible for compliance of the safety code shall be named therein by the contractor.
For Owner P a g e | 169 For Contractor
15. To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety precautions the arrangements made by the contractor shall be open to inspection by Engineer-in-Charge or their representatives. 16. WARNING/ CAUTION BOARDS: All temporary warning / caution boards / glow signage display such as "Construction Work in Progress", "Keep Away", “No Parking”, Diversions & protective Barricades etc. shall be provided and displayed during day time by the Contractor, wherever required and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. These glow signage and red lights shall be suitably illuminated during night also. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for damage and accident caused, if any, due to negligence on his part. Also he shall ensure that no hindrance, as far as possible, is caused to general traffic during execution of the work. This signage shall be dismantled & taken away by the Contractor after the completion of work, only after approval of the Engineer – in – Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. 17. SIGN BOARDS: The Contractor shall provide and erect a display board of size and shape as required and paint over it, in a legible and workman like manner, the details about the salient features of the project, as required by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall fabricate and put up a sign board in an approved location and to an approved design indicating name of the project, Owner / owner, architects, structural consultants, Department etc. besides providing space for names of other Contractors, Sub-Contractors and specialized agencies. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Necessary protective and safety equipment’s shall be provided to the Site Engineer, Supervisory staff, labor and technical staff of the contractor by the Contractor at his own cost and to be used at site. No inflammable materials including P.O.L shall be allowed to be stored in huge quantity at site. Only limited quantity of P.O.L may be allowed to be stored at site subject to the compliance of all rules / instructions issued by the relevant authorities and as per the direction of Engineer -in- Charge in this regard. Also all precautions and safety measures shall be taken by the Contractor for safe handling of the P.O.L products stored at site. All consequences on account of unsafe handling of P.O.L shall be borne by the Contractor. 18. The Project Office has prepared an EHS manual and exhaustive process and guidelines for the EHS implementation plan at site. The documents and the manual containing these process and guidelines are enclosed separately with the tender documents as “EHS Manual”. Contractors are expected to go through all the provisions of this EHS manual and apprise themselves of these requirements before submitting their tenders as they would be required during the execution of the project to strictly adhere to those guidelines, provisions and processe
For Owner P a g e | 170 For Contractor
Section 8 TECHNICALSPECIFICATIONS
For Owner P a g e | 171 For Contractor
1.0 BASIS OF DESIGN:
Geographical location
Site location Indian Institute of Management at Udaipur.
Latitude 25°11’ N
Altitude 257 Mtrs.
Outside Ambient Conditions considered for Design:
For Academic Block, Dining Block
Summer: DB 113 °F, WB 75 °F, RH 17%
Monsoon: DB 99 °F, WB 80 °F, RH 43%
Winter: DB 45 °F, WB 41 °F, RH 70%
For Student Hostel Block (Evening Condition Considered)
Summer: DB 104 °F, WB 75 °F, RH 17%
Monsoon: DB 99 °F, WB 80 °F, RH 43%
Desired Indoor Design Conditions:
DB As mentioned in Heat Load Summary Sheet
RH : 50% ± 5%
1.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS:
The entire System will be designed in accordance with following Standards
• National Building Code. • ASHRAE Application 2007 • ASHRAE Fundamentals 2005
• Indoor Air Quality as per ASHRAE 62-1999. • ISHRAE Codes. • Duct construction standards as per relevant BIS Codes, IS 655:1963 • Motors, Cabling, wiring and accessories as per BIS code Cable Insulation - IS 8130, IS 5831.
For Owner P a g e | 172 For Contractor
1.2 ASSUMPTIONS:
A Basis of Design –
1) Inside condition - As mentioned in Heat Load Summary Sheet.
2) Outside Condition (Ambient Condition) - 113 °F (45.0 °C) DBT / 75 °F (23.88 °C) WBT & 17 % RH.
3) Occupancy - As mentioned in Heat Load Summary Sheet.
4) Equipment Lo ad - As mentioned in Heat Load Summary Sheet.
5) Lighting Load - 0.50 Watt per Sq. Ft for Classroom & 0.80 Watt per Sq. Ft. for all areas. This standard to be followed by lighting consultant.
6) Fresh Air CFM - As per ASHRAE Standard only.
7) Exposed Glass - For Library Area & non shaded Areas - Glass unit of Solar Heat Gain Co-
For Owner P a g e | 173 For Contractor
efficient (SHGC) - 0.2 & U Value - 1.6 W / Sq. Mt. °K (0.28 BTU / Hr. Sq. Ft. °F ). For Class Room & all other Areas with external shaded jaali - Glass unit of Solar Heat Gain Co-efficient (SHGC) - 0.116 (0.58 x 20 % factor for all externally shaded windows)& U Value - 1.6 W / Sq. Mt. °K (0.281 BTU / Hr. Sq. Ft. °F ).
8) Exposed Walls - 20 mm Stone + 50 mm cavity + 150 mm RCC + 450 mm Cavity + 50 mm wood with 'U' value of 0.56 W / Sq. Mt. °K (0.0986 BTU / Hr. Sq. Ft. °F) and with 20 mm Stone + 50 mm cavity acting is a external shading.
9) Roof - Insulated with 'U' Value of 0.4 W / Sq. Mt. °K (0.070 BTU / Hr. Sq. Ft. °F).
B Heat Load Summary Sheet – Enclosed as an Annexure.
HEAT LOAD SUMMARY SHEET – ACDEMIC BLOCK (PHASE I)
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidifier
AREA DESCRIPTION Condictio Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM d CFM
n (°F) load (KW)
LEVEL - 102 MIDDLE PLAZA
1 Classroom-1 4090 21 78.80 9.50 300 2495 7355 29.44
2 Control Room 286 10 78.80 3.22 1 22 736 1.52
Sub Total 4376 12.72 301 2518 8090 30.96
LEVEL - 105.3 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
Faculty Block -01
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 308 0.74
2 R.A Cabin-2 110 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 293 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 308 0.74
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.76
5 R.A Cabin-5 110 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 304 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.76
Faculty Support Admin -01
1 Support staff Cabin 123 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 307 0.74
2 Pantry / Dining Room 238 10 77.00 0.19 12 74 675 1.64
For Owner P a g e | 174 For Contractor
3 Meeting Room 238 10 78.80 0.19 12 74 644 1.66
4 Meeting Room 124 10 78.80 0.10 8 47 364 0.97
Faculty Block -02
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 273 0.68
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 271 0.67
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 281 0.69
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.76
Faculty Block & Support
Admin -01
1 Support staff Cabin 123 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 329 0.78
2 Pantry / Dining Room 238 10 77.00 0.19 12 74 699 1.69
3 Faculty Cabin 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 281 0.69
4 R.A Cabin 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
5 Faculty Cabin 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 284 0.70
Faculty Block -03
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 273 0.68
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 271 0.67
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 281 0.69
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 340 0.81
Sub Total 3585 2.87 136 895 9235 22.60
For Owner P a g e | 175 For Contractor
Inside Heat
Conditio SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidifier AREA DESCRIPTION n Dissipation Occupancy TR
NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM d CFM
n (°F) load (KW)
LEVEL - 108.6 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
1 CPU & LV Room 985 10 70.00 15.77 2 69 6336 8.33
Faculty Block -05
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
Faculty & Support Admin -02
1 Support staff Cabin 123 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 308 0.74
2 Pantry / Dining Room 238 10 77.00 0.19 12 74 675 1.64
3 Meeting Room 238 10 78.80 0.19 12 74 644 1.66
4 Meeting Room 124 10 78.80 0.10 8 47 364 0.97
Faculty Block -06
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 273 0.68
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 270 0.67
4 Faculty Cabin-4 118 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 276 0.68
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 118 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 313 0.75
1 Classroom-06 1688 20 78.80 5.30 78 686 4666 12.29
2 LV Room 91 10 78.80 3.80 1 13 764 1.55
3 Classroom-05 892 10 78.80 0.71 25 241 1614 4.23
4 Classroom-04 1688 20 78.80 5.30 78 686 4676 12.31
5 LV Room 91 10 78.80 3.80 1 13 764 1.55
Faculty Block -06
For Owner P a g e | 176 For Contractor
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 272 0.67
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 282 0.69
Faculty Block -07
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 272 0.67
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 282 0.69
Faculty Admin Support -03
1 Support staff Cabin 123 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 308 0.74
2 Pantry / Dining Room 238 10 77.00 0.19 12 74 719 1.72
3 Meeting Room 238 10 78.80 0.19 12 74 672 1.72
4 Meeting Room 124 10 78.80 0.10 8 47 384 1.01
1 Classroom-03 1688 20 78.80 1.00 51 484 3623 9.25
2 LV Room 91 10 78.80 3.80 1 13 764 1.55
1 Classroom-02 892 10 78.80 0.71 41 361 1800 5.18
2 Classroom-01 1688 20 78.80 5.30 78 686 4666 12.29
3 LV Room 91 10 78.80 3.80 1 13 764 1.55
Sub Total 14175 52.73 525 4363 41647 97.62
For Owner P a g e | 177 For Contractor
SR Area Height Inside Heat Fresh Air Dehumidifie
NO AREA DESCRIPTION (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) Conditio Dessipation Occupancy CFM d CFM TR
n (°F) load (KW)
LEVEL - 111.9 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
Faculty & Support Admin -02
1 Support Staff Cabin 123 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 286 0.70
2 Pantry / Dining Room 238 10 77.00 0.19 12 74 719 1.72
3 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
4 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
5 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 282 0.69
Faculty Block -08
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
1 Classroom-11 1688 20 78.80 1.00 78 686 4240 11.45
2 LV Room 91 10 78.80 3.80 1 13 778 1.58
Faculty Block -09
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
Faculty & Support Admin -04
1 Support Staff Cabin 123 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 327 0.78
2 Pantry / Dining Room 238 10 77.00 0.19 12 74 675 1.64
For Owner P a g e | 178 For Contractor
3 Meeting Room 238 10 78.80 0.19 12 74 672 1.72
4 Meeting Room 124 10 78.80 0.10 8 47 364 0.97
Faculty Block -10
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 274 0.68
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 272 0.67
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 282 0.69
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
1 Classroom 892 10 78.80 0.71 25 241 1614 4.23
1 Classroom-09 892 10 78.80 0.71 25 241 1608 4.22
Faculty & Support Admin -05
1 Support Staff Cabin 123 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 329 0.79
2 Pantry / Dining Room 238 10 77.00 0.19 12 74 719 1.72
3 Meeting Room 238 10 78.80 0.19 12 74 672 1.72
4 Meeting Room 124 10 78.80 0.10 8 47 385 1.02
1 Classroom-07 892 10 78.80 0.71 41 361 1723 5.03
2 Classroom-08 1698 20 78.80 5.30 78 687 4939 12.82
3 LV Room 91 10 78.80 3.80 1 13 778 1.58
4 Student Idea Lounge -01 874 10 78.80 0.70 30 277 1852 4.88
For Owner P a g e | 179 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidifier
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM d CFM
n (°F) load (KW)
LEVEL - 115.2 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
Faculty & Support Admin -03
1 Support Staff Cabin 123 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 349 0.82
2 Pantry / Dining Room 238 10 77.00 0.19 12 74 719 1.72
3 Meeting Room 238 10 78.80 0.19 12 74 672 1.72
4 Meeting Room 124 10 78.80 0.10 8 47 329 0.90
Faculty Block -11
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
Faculty Block -12
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 309 0.75
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
Faculty & Support Admin -06
1 Support Staff Cabin 123 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 327 0.78
2 Pantry / Dining Room 238 10 77.00 0.19 12 74 675 1.64
3 Meeting Room 238 10 78.80 0.19 12 74 672 1.72
4 Meeting Room 124 10 79 0.10 8 47 329 0.90
Faculty Block -13
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 274 0.68
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 292 0.71
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 272 0.67
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 282 0.69
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.80 0.09 4 27 303 0.73
For Owner P a g e | 180 For Contractor
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.80 0.10 4 27 319 0.77
Admission Office - 01
1 Waiting & Passage 501 10 78.80 0.40 6 60 711 1.66
2 Staff Cabin 134 10 78.80 0.11 4 28 286 0.70
3 Cabin-1 169 10 78.80 0.14 6 40 375 0.94
4 Cabin-2 197 10 78.80 0.16 6 42 375 0.95
5 Cabin-3 197 10 78.80 0.16 6 42 384 0.96
6 Cabin-4 169 10 78.80 0.14 6 40 385 0.96
Committee Meeting Room For
7 370 10 78.80 0.30 14 92 714 1.88
Students
1 Classroom-12 892 10 78.80 0.71 25 241 1732 4.46
Admission Office - 02
1 Waiting & Passage 502 10 78.80 0.40 6 60 791 1.81
2 Staff Cabin 134 10 78.80 0.11 4 28 315 0.76
3 Staff Area 347 10 78.80 0.28 10 71 719 1.77
4 Cabin-1 168 10 78.80 0.13 4 30 347 0.83
5 Cabin-2 168 10 78.80 0.13 4 30 373 0.88
Committee Meeting Room For
6 370 10 78.80 0.30 14 92 695 1.84
Students
Accounts Office
1 Accounts Office 542 10 78.80 0.43 12 93 967 2.34
2 Cabin-1 109 10 78.80 0.09 3 22 263 0.62
3 Cabin-2 108 10 78.80 0.09 3 21 249 0.60
4 Cabin-3 120 10 78.80 0.10 3 22 264 0.63
Admission Office - 03
1 Accounts Archives 508 10 78.80 0.41 6 60 952 2.13
2 Admission Archives 366 10 78.80 0.29 6 52 840 1.89
Administration Office - 02
1 Staff Area 638 10 78.80 0.51 16 118 750 2.05
2 Cabin-1 128 10 78.80 0.10 3 23 243 0.59
3 Cabin-2 128 10 78.80 0.10 3 23 231 0.56
COA Office
1 Personal Assistant Cum 370 10 78.80 0.30 5 47 669 1.52
2 COA Office 309 10 78.80 0.25 4 39 554 1.26
For Owner P a g e | 181 For Contractor
3 Meeting Room 220 10 78.80 0.18 8 53 474 1.20
Administration Office - 01
1 Administration Office - 01 1074 10 78.80 0.86 20 164 1548 3.81
2 Cabin-1 183 10 78.80 0.15 4 31 376 0.89
3 Cabin-2 156 10 78.80 0.12 4 29 350 0.83
4 Cabin-3 183 10 78.80 0.15 4 31 366 0.87
5 Cabin-4 156 10 78.80 0.12 4 29 339 0.81
For Owner P a g e | 182 For Contractor
SR Area Height Inside Heat Fresh Air Dehumidifier
Conditio NO AREA DESCRIPTION (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) n Dissipation Occupancy CFM d CFM TR
n (°F) load (KW)
LEVEL - 118.5 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
Computer Centre
1 Reception & Waiting 851 10 78.8 0.68 8 91 1131 2.60
2 Admin Staff 161 10 78.8 0.13 4 30 315 0.76
3 Comp. Cent. Director's Office 231 10 78.8 0.18 4 34 461 1.06
4 Conference Room 195 10 78.8 0.16 6 42 408 1.01
5 Computer Centre 29 Seats 1221 10 78.8 0.98 29 437 2033 5.65
6 Server / UPS room 111 10 78.8 2.50 1 12 635 1.30
7 Assistant Technician 186 10 78.8 0.15 2 21 310 0.70
8 Peripherals Store 181 10 78.8 0.14 1 16 294 0.64
9 Computer Centre 64 Seats 2070 10 78.8 14.00 66 908 5604 14.54
10 Library (Triple HT Area) 543 32 78.8 0.43 6 95 601 1.53
11 Library (Double HT Area) 673 21 78.8 0.54 8 121 1479 3.36
12 Library (Single HT Area) 1442 10 78.8 1.15 30 323 2602 6.47
13 Faculty Lounge 3137 10 78.8 2.51 55 651 4863 12.21
1 Classroom-13 1688 21 78.8 1.00 51 484 3809 9.62
2 LV Room 91 10 78.8 3.80 1 13 776 1.58
3 Classroom-14 892 10 78.8 0.71 41 312 1776 5.00
Placement Office -2
1 Waiting Area & Passage 467 10 78.8 0.37 5 53 688 1.58
2 Interview Cabin - 1 170 10 78.8 0.14 6 40 352 0.90
3 Interview Cabin - 2 168 10 78.8 0.13 6 40 350 0.89
For Owner P a g e | 183 For Contractor
4 Interview Cabin - 3 168 10 78.8 0.13 6 40 378 0.95
5 Group Discussion Room 516 10 78.8 0.41 20 131 1022 2.69
6 Staff Cabin 169 10 78.8 0.14 8 50 477 1.20
Dean's Office -2
1 Personal Assistant Cum 350 10 78.8 0.28 6 51 671 1.55
2 Dean's Cabin-1 & Meeting 526 10 78.8 0.42 12 92 1013 2.43
Placement Office -1
1 Waiting Area & Passage 467 10 78.8 0.37 5 53 688 1.58
2 Interview Cabin - 1 170 10 78.8 0.14 6 40 352 0.90
3 Interview Cabin - 2 168 10 78.8 0.13 6 40 350 0.89
4 In Charge Cabin - 1 168 10 78.8 0.13 4 30 355 0.84
5 In Charge Cabin - 2 168 10 78.8 0.13 4 30 373 0.88
6 Group Discussion Room 340 10 78.8 0.27 18 110 750 2.06
7 Staff Cabin 169 10 78.8 0.14 8 50 477 1.20
Dean's Office -1
1 Personal Assistant Cum 366 10 78.8 0.29 6 52 767 1.75
2 Dean's Cabin-1 306 10 78.8 0.24 4 38 600 1.35
3 Meeting Room 204 10 78.8 0.16 8 52 484 1.22
Director's Office
1 Director's Office 747 14 78.8 0.60 10 95 1471 3.31
2 Board Room 935 14 78.8 0.75 28 196 1875 4.67
For Owner P a g e | 184 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidifier AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR
NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM d CFM
n (°F) load (KW)
LEVEL - 121.8 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
Faculty Block -14
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 271 0.67
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.8 0.09 4 27 240 0.61
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 313 0.75
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 331 0.79
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.8 0.09 4 27 258 0.64
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 289 0.71
Faculty Support Admin -07
1 Support Staff Cabin 123 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 349 0.82
2 Pantry / Dining Room 238 10 77.0 0.19 12 74 719 1.72
3 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 331 0.79
4 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.8 0.09 4 27 258 0.64
5 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 289 0.71
1 Classroom-15 1688 20 78.8 1.00 78 686 3749 10.49
2 LV Room 91 10 78.8 3.80 1 13 764 1.55
1 Reception & Waiting Library 968 10 78.8 0.77 6 88 1446 3.18
2 Seminar/Conference Room 844 10 78.8 0.68 23 166 1519 3.80
3 Group Discussion -6 seats 196 10 78.8 0.16 6 42 371 0.94
4 Group Discussion -6 seats 228 10 78.8 0.18 6 44 429 1.06
5 Group Discussion -18 seats 417 10 78.8 0.33 18 115 848 2.27
6 Server Room 159 10 78.8 2.50 1 15 674 1.38
7 Accession, Binding, Repair 417 10 78.8 0.33 2 35 814 1.73
For Owner P a g e | 185 For Contractor
8 Publication Room 417 10 78.8 0.33 2 35 757 1.61
9 Admin Staff 181 10 78.8 0.14 6 41 328 0.85
10 Librarian's Office 231 10 78.8 0.18 4 34 517 1.17
11 Deputy Librarian's Office 171 10 78.8 0.14 4 30 458 1.05
1 Library (Double H.T) 517 20 78.8 0.41 6 92 575 1.48
2 Library (Single H.T) 925 10 78.8 0.74 15 186 1418 3.53
3 Library Seating Area 2068 10 78.8 1.65 70 598 3632 9.89
4 Reading Lounge 1485 10 78.8 1.19 25 303 3534 8.17
5 Library 78 Seating Area 4569 10 78.8 3.66 80 948 6861 17.34
Publication & Printing
1 Entrance Foyer 511 10 78.8 0.41 2 71 876 1.95
2 Cabin-1 247 10 78.8 0.20 4 50 524 1.23
3 Cabin-2 247 10 78.8 0.20 4 50 515 1.21
Administration Support
1 Student Idea Lounge - 2 892 10 78.8 0.71 30 279 1939 5.05
Engineering office
1 Waiting & Passage 441 10 78.8 0.35 6 83 766 1.83
2 Staff Area 536 10 78.8 0.43 14 134 955 2.47
3 InCharge Cabin-1 169 10 78.8 0.14 4 40 376 0.91
4 Incharge Cabin-2 169 10 78.8 0.14 4 40 330 0.82
5 Incharge Cabin-3 169 10 78.8 0.14 4 40 330 0.82
6 Discussion Room 176 10 78.8 0.14 6 51 417 1.05
For Owner P a g e | 186 For Contractor
SR Area Height Inside Heat Fresh Air Dehumidifie
NO AREA DESCRIPTION (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) Conditio Dessipation Occupancy CFM d CFM TR
n (°F) load (KW)
LEVEL - 125.1 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
Faculty Block -15
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 271 0.67
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.8 0.09 4 27 240 0.61
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 313 0.75
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 331 0.79
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.8 0.09 4 27 258 0.64
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 289 0.71
1 Classroom-16 892 10 78.8 0.71 25 232 1579 4.13
1 Library 78 Seating Area 4347 20 78.8 3.48 80 922 6878 17.30
2 Library (Single H.T) 1603 10 78.8 1.28 15 267 2170 5.23
3 Library Seating Area 2071 20 78.8 1.66 74 619 3554 9.85
4 Reading Lounge 1442 20 78.8 1.15 40 373 4721 10.93
5 Library 78 Seating Area 4374 20 78.8 3.50 80 925 7087 17.72
Sub Total 15443 12.35 338 3500 27689 69.34
For Owner P a g e | 187 For Contractor
LEVEL - 128.4 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
Faculty Block -16
1 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 287 0.70
2 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.8 0.09 4 27 254 0.64
3 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 329 0.79
4 Faculty Cabin-4 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 348 0.82
5 R.A Cabin-5 109 10 78.8 0.09 4 27 273 0.67
6 Faculty Cabin-6 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 305 0.74
Faculty Support Admin -08
1 Support Staff Cabin 123 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 367 0.86
2 Pantry / Dining Room 236 10 77.0 0.19 12 74 750 1.78
3 Faculty Cabin-1 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 348 0.82
4 R.A Cabin-2 109 10 78.8 0.09 4 27 273 0.67
5 Faculty Cabin-3 124 10 78.8 0.10 4 27 305 0.74
1 Classroom -17 1688 20 78.8 1.00 78 686 2861 9.14
2 LV Room 91 10 78.8 3.80 1 13 776 1.58
3 Library (Single H.T) 35 seats 2660 10 78.8 2.13 35 494 2016 6.26
Sub Total 5869 8.07 166 1539 9491 26.20
For Owner P a g e | 188 For Contractor
HEAT LOAD SUMMARY SHEET – ACDEMIC BLOCK (PHASE II)
Inside Heat
S. R Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidified
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM CFM
(°F) load (KW )
LEVEL - 112.50 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
1 Faculty Cabin-21 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 403 0.99
2 RA Cabin-11 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
3 Faculty Cabin-22 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 403 0.99
4 Faculty Cabin-23 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 417 1.01
5 RA Cabin-12 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 308 0.66
6 Faculty Cabin-24 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 417 1.01
7 Faculty Cabin-25 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 415 1.01
8 RA Cabin-13 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
9 Faculty Cabin-26 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 455 1.08
10 Faculty Cabin-27 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 415 1.01
11 RA Cabin-14 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
12 Faculty Cabin-28 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 444 1.06
13 Faculty Cabin-29 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 418 1.01
14 RA Cabin-15 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
15 Faculty Cabin-30 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 496 1.16
16 Faculty Cabin-31 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 418 1.01
17 RA Cabin-16 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
18 Faculty Cabin-32 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 496 1.16
19 Classroom-03(80 STD) 1826 17.00 78.8 2.00 81 717 4318 11.78
20 Extra Room-04 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 5 34 343 0.84
21 Admin-04 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 300 0.64
22 Meeting-04 242 9.00 78.8 0.19 10 65 676 1.65
Sub Total 4579 4.20 182 1387 12558 31.12
LEVEL - 115.50
For Owner P a g e | 189 For Contractor
23 Faculty Cabin-09 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 403 0.99
24 RA Cabin-05 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
25 Faculty Cabin-10 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 403 0.99
26 Faculty Cabin-11 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 417 1.01
27 RA Cabin-06 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 308 0.66
28 Faculty Cabin-12 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 417 1.01
29 Faculty Cabin-13 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 415 1.01
30 RA Cabin-07 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
31 Faculty Cabin-14 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 455 1.08
32 Faculty Cabin-15 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 415 1.01
33 RA Cabin-08 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
34 Faculty Cabin-16 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 444 1.06
35 Faculty Cabin-17 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 415 1.01
36 RA Cabin-09 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
37 Faculty Cabin-18 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 455 1.08
38 Faculty Cabin-19 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 415 1.01
39 RA Cabin-10 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
40 Faculty Cabin-20 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 444 1.06
41 Faculty Cabin-21 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 418 1.01
42 RA Cabin-11 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
43 Faculty Cabin-22 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 496 1.16
44 Faculty Cabin-23 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 418 1.01
45 RA Cabin-12 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
46 Faculty Cabin-24 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 496 1.16
47 Extra Room-02 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 5 34 343 0.84
48 Admin-02 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 300 0.64
49 Meeting-02 242 9.00 78.8 0.19 10 65 676 1.65
For Owner P a g e | 190 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidified
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM CFM
(°F) load (KW )
LEVEL - 118.50 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
50 Faculty Cabin-05 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 403 0.99
51 RA Cabin-03 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
52 Faculty Cabin-06 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 403 0.99
53 Faculty Cabin-07 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 417 1.01
54 RA Cabin-04 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 308 0.66
55 Faculty Cabin-08 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 417 1.01
56 Classroom-02 (80 STD) 1830 17.00 78.8 2.00 81 717 3693 10.63
57 Classroom-03 (80 STD) 1830 17.00 78.8 2.00 81 717 3668 10.59
58 Faculty Cabin-9 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 379 0.94
59 RA Cabin-5 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
60 Faculty Cabin-10 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 496 1.16
61 Faculty Cabin-11 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 416 1.01
62 RA Cabin-6 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 334 0.70
63 Faculty Cabin-12 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 456 1.08
64 Classroom-04(80 STD) 1826 17.00 78.8 2.00 81 717 4705 12.50
65 Extra Room 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 5 34 343 0.84
66 Admin 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 300 0.64
67 Meeting 242 9.00 78.8 0.19 10 65 676 1.65
68 Faculty Cabin-13 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 418 1.01
69 RA Cabin-07 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
70 Faculty Cabin-14 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 496 1.16
71 Faculty Cabin-15 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 418 1.01
72 RA Cabin-08 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
73 Faculty Cabin-16 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 496 1.16
Sub Total 8239 8.20 344 2822 20375 53.18
LEVEL - 121.50 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
74 Faculty Cabin-9 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 403 0.99
75 RA Cabin-5 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
76 Faculty Cabin-10 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 403 0.99
For Owner P a g e | 191 For Contractor
77 Faculty Cabin-11 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 417 1.01
78 RA Cabin-6 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 308 0.66
79 Faculty Cabin-12 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 417 1.01
80 Syndicate 815 9.00 78.8 0.25 21 154 1776 4.18
81 Faculty Cabin-13 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 379 0.94
82 RA Cabin-7 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 283 0.61
83 Faculty Cabin-14 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 496 1.16
84 Faculty Cabin-15 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 416 1.01
85 RA Cabin-8 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 334 0.70
86 Faculty Cabin-16 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 456 1.08
87 Classroom-02 (80 STD) 1830 17.00 78.8 2.00 81 717 4509 12.14
Sub Total 4161 3.46 158 1242 10880 27.08
LEVEL - 124.50 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
88 Faculty Cabin-1 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 344 0.88
89 RA Cabin-1 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 240 0.53
90 Faculty Cabin-2 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 338 0.87
91 Faculty Cabin-3 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 400 0.98
92 RA Cabin-2 95 9.00 78.8 0.08 2 16 313 0.67
93 Faculty Cabin-4 142 9.00 78.8 0.11 6 39 344 0.88
94 Classroom (80 STD) 1830 17.00 78.8 2.00 81 717 4826 12.72
Sub Total 2588 2.61 109 903 6806 17.52
LEVEL - 127.50 ACADEMIC FLOOR PLAN
95 Classroom (80 STD) 1830 17.00 78.8 2.00 81 717 3703 10.65
Sub Total 1830 2.00 81 717 3703 10.65
For Owner P a g e | 192 For Contractor
LEVEL WISE HEAT LOAD SUMMARY SHEET – ACADEMIC BLOCK
Heat
SR Area Fresh Air Dehumidified Level Dissipation Occupancy TR
NO (Sq. Ft.) CFM CFM
load ( KW )
- I PHASE
1 LEVEL - 102 4376 12.72 301 2518 8090 30.96
2 LEVEL - 105.3 3585 2.87 136 895 9235 22.60
3 LEVEL - 108.6 14175 52.73 525 4363 41647 97.62
4 LEVEL - 111.9 11424 20.18 451 3638 29032 73.93
5 LEVEL - 115.2 13204 10.56 367 2690 27154 66.40
6 LEVEL - 118.5 20415 34.46 489 4874 40588 100.84
7 LEVEL - 121.8 20561 22.20 483 4655 39371 97.67
8 LEVEL - 125.1 15443 12.35 338 3500 27689 69.34
9 LEVEL - 128.4 5869 8.07 166 1539 9491 26.20
Total for Phase - I 109052 176.16 3256 28671 232298 585.56
PHASE - II
1 LEVEL - 112.5 4579 4.20 182 1387 12558 31.12
2 LEVEL - 115.5 3511 2.81 129 856 10534 24.72
3 LEVEL - 118.5 8239 8.20 344 2822 20375 53.18
4 LEVEL - 121.5 4161 3.46 158 1242 10880 27.08
5 LEVEL - 124.5 2588 2.61 109 903 6806 17.52
6 LEVEL - 127.5 1830 2.00 81 717 3703 10.65
Total for Phase - II 24908 23.28 1003 7927 64856 164.27
Grand Total Phase - I & II 133960 199.44 4259 36598 297154 749.83
For Owner P a g e | 193 For Contractor
HEAT LOAD SUMMARY SHEET – DINING BLOCK
Inside Heat SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidifier AREA DESCRIPTION Condition (°F Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM ed CFM / °C) load (KW)
1 Material Office 136 10.23 78.8 / 26 0.20 2 18 381 0.83
2 Meat Preparation 310 10.23 77 / 25 4.77 4 39 1289 2.52
3 Vegetable Preparation 347 10.23 77 / 25 3.82 6 51 1180 2.39
Sub Total 793 8.79 12 108 2849 5.74 LEVEL - 121.5
1 Dining Hall-1 579 27 77 / 25 1.00 60 554 1925 6.53
2 Dining Hall-2 2942 26 77 / 25 2.00 177 1857 5424 20.06
Student Space Dining Hall
3 2647 10 77 / 25 1.00 88 1136 3232 11.74
(Single H.T)
4 Food Service Area 264 12 77 / 25 10.08 15 160 2311 4.97
5 Kitchen 1871 13 77 / 25 0.00 20 3000 3322 18.77
Sub Total 8303 14.08 360 6708 16215 62.07
LEVEL - 125.1
1 Lounge 1537 9 78.8 / 26 3.00 195 1067 5128 16.50
Sub Total 1537 3.00 195 1067 5128 16.50
Total Phase I 10633 25.87 567 7883 24193 84.31
Total Phase II 10633 25.87 567 7883 24193 84.31
Grand Total 21266 51.74 1134 15765 48385 168.63
For Owner P a g e | 194 For Contractor
PHASE I
LEVEL - 118.2 HEAT LOAD SUMMARY SHEET - STUDENT HOSTEL BLOCK (PHASE I & II)
S Inside Heat
AREAR DESCRIPTION Area Height Condition Dissipation Occupancy Fresh Dehumidified TR
N
O (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) Air CFM CFM
(°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 1
LEVEL - 107
1Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
2Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 277 0.58
3Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
4Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
Sub Total 444 0.36 4 47 1208 2.53
LEVEL - 110
1Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
2Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
3Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
4Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
5Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
6Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 277 0.58
7Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
8Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
Sub Total 888 0.71 8 93 2464 5.16
LEVEL - 113
1Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
2Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
3Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 276 0.58
4Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 314 0.66
5Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
6Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
7Student Room-7 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 276 0.58
8Student Room-8 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
9Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
1
0Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
Sub Total 1108 0.89 10 116 3054 6.39
LEVEL - 116
1Student Room-1 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 336 0.70
2Student Room-2 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
3Student Room-3 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 276 0.58
4Student Room-4 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 314 0.66
5Student Room-5 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 303 0.63
6Student Room-6 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 352 0.73
7Student Room-7 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 318 0.66
8Student Room-8 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 340 0.71
9Student Room-9 120 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 329 0.69
1
0Student Room-10 120 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 329 0.69
1
1Student Room-11 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 304 0.64
1
2Student Room-12 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 360 0.75
1
3Student Room-13 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
1
4Student Room-14 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 359 0.75
1
5Student Room-15 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
1
6Student Room-16 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 344 0.72
Sub Total 1852 1.48 16 191 5188 10.83
LEVEL - 119
1Student Room-1 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 363 0.75
2Student Room-2 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
For Owner P a g e | 195 For Contractor
3Student Room-3 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 304 0.64
4Student Room-4 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 341 0.71
Sub Total 488 0.39 4 49 1326 2.77
Total 4780 3.82 42 497 13240 27.68
For Owner P a g e | 196 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidifier
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM d CFM
n (°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 2
LEVEL - 98
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 342 0.71
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
Sub Total 672 0.54 6 70 1750 3.67
LEVEL - 101
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 341 0.71
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 324 0.68
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 281 0.59
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
9 Student Room-9 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
10 Student Room-10 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 342 0.71
11 Student Room-11 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
12 Student Room-12 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
Sub Total 1344 1.08 12 141 3581 7.51
LEVEL - 104
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 341 0.71
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 324 0.68
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 281 0.59
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
For Owner P a g e | 197 For Contractor
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
9 Student Room-9 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 281 0.59
10 Student Room-10 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 247 0.53
11 Student Room-11 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
12 Student Room-12 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 342 0.71
13 Student Room-13 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
14 Student Room-14 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
Sub Total 1568 1.25 14 164 4109 8.63
LEVEL - 107
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 341 0.71
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 324 0.68
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 281 0.59
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 260 0.55
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
9 Student Room-9 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 277 0.58
10 Student Room-10 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 310 0.65
11 Student Room-11 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
12 Student Room-12 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
13 Student Room-13 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 308 0.64
14 Student Room-14 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 357 0.74
15 Student Room-15 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 310 0.65
16 Student Room-16 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 310 0.65
Sub Total 1792 1.43 16 188 4851 10.16
LEVEL - 110
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 356 0.74
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 310 0.65
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 339 0.71
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 308 0.64
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 346 0.72
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 310 0.65
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 332 0.69
Sub Total 896 0.72 8 94 2595 5.41
Total 6272 5.02 56 656 16886 35.38
For Owner P a g e | 198 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidifier
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM d CFM
n (°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 3
LEVEL - 113
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 336 0.70
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 287 0.60
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
9 Student Room-9 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 303 0.64
10 Student Room-10 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 353 0.73
11 Student Room-11 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
12 Student Room-12 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
Sub Total 1344 1.08 12 141 3650 7.65
LEVEL - 116
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 336 0.70
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 287 0.60
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
9 Student Room-9 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 303 0.64
10 Student Room-10 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 353 0.73
11 Student Room-11 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
12 Student Room-12 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
Sub Total 1344 1.08 12 141 3650 7.65
LEVEL - 119
For Owner P a g e | 199 For Contractor
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 336 0.70
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 287 0.60
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 262 0.55
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
9 Student Room-9 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 287 0.60
10 Student Room-10 112 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
11 Student Room-11 119 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 326 0.68
12 Student Room-12 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 383 0.79
13 Student Room-13 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 325 0.68
14 Student Room-14 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 359 0.75
Sub Total 1608 1.29 14 166 4362 9.13
LEVEL - 122
1 Student Room-1 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 367 0.76
2 Student Room-2 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 325 0.68
3 Student Room-3 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 399 0.82
4 Student Room-4 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
5 Student Room-5 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 325 0.68
6 Student Room-6 121 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 290 0.61
7 Student Room-7 121 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 290 0.61
8 Student Room-8 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 325 0.68
9 Student Room-9 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 313 0.66
10 Student Room-10 123 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 339 0.71
Sub Total 1226 0.98 10 124 3292 6.87
Total 5522 4.42 48 571 14955 31.29
For Owner P a g e | 200 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Dehumidified
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) Air CFM CFM
(°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 4
LEVEL - 104
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 325 0.68
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 335 0.70
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 293 0.61
Sub Total 1110 0.89 10 117 2955 6.20
LEVEL - 107
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 325 0.68
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 335 0.70
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 299 0.63
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
Sub Total 1332 1.07 12 140 3585 7.52
LEVEL - 110
1 Student Room-1 124 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 359 0.75
2 Student Room-2 124 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 320 0.67
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 351 0.73
For Owner P a g e | 201 For Contractor
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 325 0.68
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 335 0.70
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 299 0.63
13 Student Room-13 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
14 Student Room-14 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
15 Student Room-15 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
16 Student Room-16 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 309 0.65
Sub Total 1824 1.46 16 189 4917 10.30
LEVEL - 113
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 310 0.65
2 Student Room-2 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 356 0.74
3 Student Room-3 120 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 285 0.60
5 Student Room-5 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 285 0.60
6 Student Room-6 120 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
7 Student Room-7 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 362 0.75
8 Student Room-8 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 325 0.68
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 354 0.73
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 309 0.65
Sub Total 1416 1.13 12 145 3790 7.93
LEVEL - 116
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
2 Student Room-2 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 360 0.75
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 310 0.65
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 336 0.70
Sub Total 488 0.39 4 49 1323 2.76
Total 6170 4.94 54 640 16571 34.70
For Owner P a g e | 202 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidified AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR
NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM CFM
(°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 5
LEVEL - 107
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
Sub Total 1110 0.89 10 117 3135 6.55
LEVEL - 110
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 351 0.73
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
13 Student Room-13 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
14 Student Room-14 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
15 Student Room-15 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
16 Student Room-16 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
For Owner P a g e | 203 For Contractor
Sub Total 1776 1.42 16 187 5010 10.47
LEVEL - 113
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 351 0.73
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
13 Student Room-13 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 332 0.69
14 Student Room-14 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 354 0.74
15 Student Room-15 118 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 311 0.65
16 Student Room-16 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 365 0.76
Sub Total 1816 1.45 16 189 5112 10.68
LEVEL - 116
1 Student Room-1 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 326 0.68
2 Student Room-2 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 288 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 324 0.68
5 Student Room-5 118 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
6 Student Room-6 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 377 0.78
7 Student Room-7 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
8 Student Room-8 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 365 0.76
9 Student Room-9 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 354 0.74
10 Student Room-10 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
11 Student Room-11 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 364 0.75
12 Student Room-12 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
Sub Total 1425 1.14 12 146 3966 8.28
LEVEL - 119
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 354 0.74
For Owner P a g e | 204 For Contractor
2 Student Room-2 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 340 0.71
Sub Total 488 0.39 4 49 1327 2.77
Total 6615 5.29 58 687 18550 38.74
For Owner P a g e | 205 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidifier
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR
NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM d CFM
n (°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 6
LEVEL - 116
1 Gym 111 9 78.80 0.09 3 36 258 0.65
2 Gym 111 9 78.80 0.09 3 36 258 0.65
3 Café 111 9 78.80 0.09 4 37 252 0.66
4 Café 111 9 78.80 0.09 4 37 252 0.66
Sub Total 444 0.36 14 145 1021 2.62
LEVEL - 119
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 306 0.64
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 351 0.73
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
Sub Total 1110 0.89 10 117 3020 6.33
LEVEL - 122
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 277 0.58
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 244 0.52
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 244 0.52
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 277 0.58
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
For Owner P a g e | 206 For Contractor
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
13 Student Room-13 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
14 Student Room-14 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
15 Student Room-15 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
16 Student Room-16 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
17 Student Room-17 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
18 Student Room-18 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 351 0.73
19 Student Room-19 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
20 Student Room-20 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
Sub Total 2220 1.78 20 233 5887 12.35
LEVEL - 125
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 315 0.66
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 277 0.58
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 370 0.77
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
13 Student Room-13 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
14 Student Room-14 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 351 0.73
15 Student Room-15 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 277 0.58
16 Student Room-16 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 244 0.52
17 Student Room-17 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 244 0.52
18 Student Room-18 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 277 0.58
19 Student Room-19 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
20 Student Room-20 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
21 Student Room-21 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
22 Student Room-22 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
23 Student Room-23 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
24 Student Room-24 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
For Owner P a g e | 207 For Contractor
25 Student Room-25 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
26 Student Room-26 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
27 Student Room-27 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
28 Student Room-28 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
29 Student Room-29 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
30 Student Room-30 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 361 0.75
31 Student Room-31 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 300 0.63
32 Student Room-32 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 349 0.73
Sub Total 3596 2.88 32 376 9529 19.98
For Owner P a g e | 208 For Contractor
Inside Heat
Conditio SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidifier AREA DESCRIPTION n Dissipation Occupancy TR
NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM d CFM
n (°F) load (KW)
LEVEL - 128
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 315 0.66
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 277 0.58
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
13 Student Room-13 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 304 0.64
14 Student Room-14 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 350 0.73
15 Student Room-15 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 276 0.58
16 Student Room-16 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 243 0.52
17 Student Room-17 118 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 266 0.56
18 Student Room-18 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 304 0.64
19 Student Room-19 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
20 Student Room-20 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 364 0.75
21 Student Room-21 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 332 0.69
22 Student Room-22 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 354 0.74
23 Student Room-23 120 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 314 0.66
24 Student Room-24 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 283 0.60
25 Student Room-25 120 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 280 0.59
For Owner P a g e | 209 For Contractor
26 Student Room-26 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
27 Student Room-27 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
28 Student Room-28 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 340 0.71
Sub Total 3228 2.58 28 334 8508 17.83
LEVEL - 131
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 342 0.71
2 Student Room-2 118 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 299 0.63
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 364 0.75
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 272 0.57
6 Student Room-6 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 338 0.70
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 267 0.56
9 Student Room-9 118 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 316 0.66
10 Student Room-10 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
11 Student Room-11 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
12 Student Room-12 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 340 0.71
13 Student Room-13 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 332 0.69
14 Student Room-14 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 377 0.78
15 Student Room-15 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 304 0.64
16 Student Room-16 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 353 0.73
Sub Total 1922 1.54 16 195 5144 10.75
LEVEL - 134
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 365 0.76
2 Student Room-2 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 332 0.69
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 387 0.80
Sub Total 488 0.39 4 49 1400 2.91
Total 13008 10.41 124 1449 34508 72.77
For Owner P a g e | 210 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Dehumidified AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR
NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) Air CFM CFM
(°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 7
LEVEL - 119
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
Sub Total 888 0.71 8 93 2483 5.19
LEVEL - 122
1 Student Room-1 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 326 0.68
2 Student Room-2 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 288 0.61
3 Student Room-3 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
4 Student Room-4 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
5 Student Room-5 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 288 0.61
6 Student Room-6 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 255 0.54
7 Student Room-7 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 255 0.54
8 Student Room-8 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 288 0.61
9 Student Room-9 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
10 Student Room-10 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 312 0.65
11 Student Room-11 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 304 0.64
12 Student Room-12 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 328 0.68
13 Student Room-13 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 288 0.61
14 Student Room-14 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 338 0.70
Sub Total 1540 1.23 14 162 4189 8.78
For Owner P a g e | 211 For Contractor
LEVEL - 125
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 313 0.65
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 338 0.70
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
13 Student Room-13 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 304 0.64
14 Student Room-14 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 310 0.65
15 Student Room-15 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
16 Student Room-16 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
17 Student Room-17 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
18 Student Room-18 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
19 Student Room-19 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
20 Student Room-20 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 319 0.67
21 Student Room-21 118 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
22 Student Room-22 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 356 0.74
23 Student Room-23 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
24 Student Room-24 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 365 0.76
Sub Total 2700 2.16 24 282 7253 15.20
For Owner P a g e | 212 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Dehumidified
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dessipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) Air CFM CFM
(°F) load (KW)
LEVEL - 128
1 Student Room-1 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 326 0.68
2 Student Room-2 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 288 0.61
3 Student Room-3 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
4 Student Room-4 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 312 0.65
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 255 0.54
9 Student Room-9 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 255 0.54
10 Student Room-10 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 288 0.61
11 Student Room-11 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 337 0.70
12 Student Room-12 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
13 Student Room-13 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 304 0.64
14 Student Room-14 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 310 0.65
15 Student Room-15 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
16 Student Room-16 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
17 Student Room-17 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 271 0.57
18 Student Room-18 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 304 0.64
19 Student Room-19 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
20 Student Room-20 110 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 334 0.69
Sub Total 2207 1.77 20 232 5938 12.45
LEVEL - 131
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 354 0.74
For Owner P a g e | 213 For Contractor
2 Student Room-2 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 340 0.71
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 256 0.54
9 Student Room-9 118 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 278 0.59
10 Student Room-10 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
11 Student Room-11 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 364 0.76
12 Student Room-12 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
13 Student Room-13 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 332 0.69
14 Student Room-14 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 338 0.70
15 Student Room-15 120 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 314 0.66
16 Student Room-16 124 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 368 0.76
Sub Total 1904 1.52 16 194 5134 10.73
LEVEL - 134
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 314 0.66
2 Student Room-2 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 356 0.74
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.80 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
Sub Total 488 0.39 4 49 1302 2.72
Total 9727 7.78 86 1014 26299 55.07
For Owner P a g e | 214 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Dehumidified
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) Air CFM CFM
(°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 8
LEVEL - 125
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
Sub Total 888 0.71 8 93 2511 5.25
LEVEL - 128
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 272 0.57
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 327 0.68
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 289 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 339 0.70
Sub Total 888 0.71 8 93 2478 5.18
For Owner P a g e | 215 For Contractor
LEVEL - 131
1 Student Room-1 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 326 0.68
2 Student Room-2 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 288 0.61
3 Student Room-3 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 304 0.64
4 Student Room-4 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 326 0.68
5 Student Room-5 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 332 0.69
6 Student Room-6 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 356 0.74
7 Student Room-7 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
8 Student Room-8 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 365 0.76
Sub Total 928 0.74 8 96 2613 5.45
LEVEL - 134
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 354 0.74
2 Student Room-2 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 316 0.66
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 332 0.69
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 354 0.74
Sub Total 488 0.39 4 49 1355 2.82
Total 3192 2.55 28 332 8957 18.71
For Owner P a g e | 216 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidified
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM CFM
(°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 9
LEVEL - 125
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 299 0.63
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 325 0.68
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 299 0.63
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 335 0.70
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
11 Student Room-11 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 328 0.68
12 Student Room-12 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 282 0.59
13 Student Room-13 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
14 Student Room-14 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 325 0.68
Sub Total 1551 1.24 14 163 4206 8.81
LEVEL - 128
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 299 0.63
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 325 0.68
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 299 0.63
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 335 0.70
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 258 0.55
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
For Owner P a g e | 217 For Contractor
11 Student Room-11 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 328 0.68
12 Student Room-12 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 282 0.59
13 Student Room-13 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 298 0.62
14 Student Room-14 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 325 0.68
15 Student Room-15 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
16 Student Room-16 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 325 0.68
Sub Total 1773 1.42 16 186 4830 10.12
LEVEL - 131
1 Student Room-1 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 332 0.69
2 Student Room-2 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
3 Student Room-3 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 298 0.62
4 Student Room-4 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 324 0.68
5 Student Room-5 118 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 321 0.67
6 Student Room-6 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 360 0.75
7 Student Room-7 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
8 Student Room-8 120 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 283 0.60
9 Student Room-9 120 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 283 0.60
10 Student Room-10 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
11 Student Room-11 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 356 0.74
12 Student Room-12 118 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 305 0.64
13 Student Room-13 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 298 0.62
14 Student Room-14 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 324 0.68
15 Student Room-15 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
16 Student Room-16 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 324 0.68
Sub Total 1844 1.48 16 191 5022 10.50
LEVEL - 134
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 360 0.75
2 Student Room-2 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 325 0.68
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 351 0.73
5 Student Room-5 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 325 0.68
6 Student Room-6 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 351 0.73
7 Student Room-7 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
For Owner P a g e | 218 For Contractor
8 Student Room-8 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 352 0.73
Sub Total 976 0.78 8 99 2701 5.63
Total 6144 4.92 54 639 16758 35.06
For Owner P a g e | 219 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidified
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR
NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM CFM
(°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 10
LEVEL - 125
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 309 0.65
Sub Total 666 0.53 6 70 1828 3.83
LEVEL - 128
1 Student Room-1 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
2 Student Room-2 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
3 Student Room-3 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
4 Student Room-4 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
5 Student Room-5 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
6 Student Room-6 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 329 0.69
7 Student Room-7 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
8 Student Room-8 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 250 0.53
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 250 0.53
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 311 0.65
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 294 0.62
13 Student Room-13 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 291 0.61
14 Student Room-14 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
15 Student Room-15 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
16 Student Room-16 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 309 0.65
Sub Total 1776 1.42 16 187 4747 9.95
LEVEL - 131
For Owner P a g e | 220 For Contractor
1 Student Room-1 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 332 0.69
2 Student Room-2 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 282 0.59
3 Student Room-3 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
4 Student Room-4 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 332 0.69
5 Student Room-5 118 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 313 0.66
6 Student Room-6 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 355 0.74
7 Student Room-7 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 310 0.65
8 Student Room-8 118 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 272 0.57
9 Student Room-9 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 250 0.53
10 Student Room-10 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
11 Student Room-11 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 311 0.65
12 Student Room-12 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 294 0.62
13 Student Room-13 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
14 Student Room-14 111 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
15 Student Room-15 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 282 0.59
16 Student Room-16 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 308 0.64
Sub Total 1805 1.44 16 188 4838 10.14
LEVEL - 134
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 359 0.75
2 Student Room-2 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 310 0.65
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 360 0.75
5 Student Room-5 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 359 0.75
6 Student Room-6 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 310 0.65
7 Student Room-7 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 336 0.70
8 Student Room-8 118 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 283 0.60
9 Student Room-9 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 290 0.61
10 Student Room-10 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 332 0.69
11 Student Room-11 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 282 0.59
12 Student Room-12 110 9 78.8 0.09 1 12 308 0.64
Sub Total 1412 1.13 12 145 3846 8.04
LEVEL - 137
1 Student Room-1 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 310 0.65
2 Student Room-2 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 336 0.70
For Owner P a g e | 221 For Contractor
3 Student Room-3 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 318 0.67
4 Student Room-4 122 9 78.8 0.10 1 12 360 0.75
Sub Total 488 0.39 4 49 1323 2.76
Total 6147 4.92 54 639 16581 34.72
For Owner P a g e | 222 For Contractor
Inside Heat
SR Area Height Fresh Air Dehumidifier
AREA DESCRIPTION Condition Dissipation Occupancy TR NO (Sq. Ft.) (Ft.) CFM d CFM
n (°F) load (KW)
CLUSTER - 11
LEVEL - 125
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 331 0.69
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 342 0.71
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 260 0.55
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 260 0.55
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
9 Student Room-9 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 311 0.65
10 Student Room-10 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
11 Student Room-11 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
12 Student Room-12 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 343 0.71
Sub Total 1344 1.08 12 141 3647 7.64
LEVEL - 128
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 331 0.69
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 342 0.71
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 311 0.65
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 260 0.55
9 Student Room-9 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 260 0.55
10 Student Room-10 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
11 Student Room-11 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
12 Student Room-12 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 317 0.66
13 Student Room-13 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 311 0.65
14 Student Room-14 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
For Owner P a g e | 223 For Contractor
15 Student Room-15 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
16 Student Room-16 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 343 0.71
Sub Total 1792 1.43 16 188 4903 10.26
LEVEL - 131
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 331 0.69
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 342 0.71
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 311 0.65
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 260 0.55
9 Student Room-9 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 260 0.55
10 Student Room-10 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
11 Student Room-11 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 295 0.62
12 Student Room-12 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 317 0.66
13 Student Room-13 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 311 0.65
14 Student Room-14 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 333 0.69
15 Student Room-15 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 293 0.62
16 Student Room-16 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 343 0.71
Sub Total 1792 1.43 16 188 4903 10.26
LEVEL - 134
1 Student Room-1 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 346 0.72
2 Student Room-2 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 308 0.64
3 Student Room-3 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 356 0.74
4 Student Room-4 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 310 0.65
5 Student Room-5 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 325 0.68
6 Student Room-6 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 347 0.72
7 Student Room-7 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 308 0.64
8 Student Room-8 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 275 0.58
9 Student Room-9 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 275 0.58
10 Student Room-10 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 308 0.64
11 Student Room-11 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 310 0.65
12 Student Room-12 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 332 0.69
13 Student Room-13 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 325 0.68
14 Student Room-14 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 348 0.72
For Owner P a g e | 224 For Contractor
15 Student Room-15 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 308 0.64
16 Student Room-16 112 9 78.80 0.09 1 12 357 0.74
Sub Total 1792 1.43 16 188 5138 10.72
Grand Total 6720 5.38 60 703 18592 38.89
For Owner P a g e | 225 For Contractor
LEVEL WISE HEAT LOAD SUMMARY SHEET – STUDENTS HOSTEL BLOCK
Inside Heat
SR Area Fresh Air
Dehumidifie Cluster Condition Dissipation Occupancy r TR NO (Sq. Ft.) CFM
(°F / °C) load (KW) ed CFM
PHASE I
1 CLUSTER - 1 4780 78.8 / 26 3.82 42 497 13240 27.68
2 CLUSTER - 2 6272 78.8 / 26 5.02 56 656 16886 35.38
3 CLUSTER - 3 5522 78.8 / 26 4.42 48 571 14955 31.29
4 CLUSTER - 4 6170 78.8 / 26 4.94 54 640 16571 34.70
5 CLUSTER - 5 6615 78.8 / 26 5.29 58 687 18550 38.74
6 CLUSTER - 6 13008 78.8 / 26 10.41 124 1449 34508 72.77
7 CLUSTER - 7 9727 78.8 / 26 7.78 86 1014 26299 55.07
8 CLUSTER - 8 3192 78.8 / 26 2.55 28 332 8957 18.71
9 CLUSTER - 9 6144 78.8 / 26 4.92 54 639 16758 35.06
10 CLUSTER - 10 6147 78.8 / 26 4.92 54 639 16581 34.72
11 CLUSTER - 11 6720 78.8 / 26 5.38 60 703 18592 38.89
Total for Phase I 74297 59.44 664 7826 201898 423.02
Total for Phase II 67577 54.06 604 7123 183306 384.13
Grand Total for Student Hostel 141874 113.50 1268 14949 385203 807.15
For Owner P a g e | 226 For Contractor
DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
.3 Selection of Major Equipment’s
A. Academic Block, Dining & Hostel Block:
a Chiller:
200 TR Water Cooled Rotary Screw : 2 Nos. working + 1 standby
Chillers
b Primary Chilled Water Pumps : 2 Nos. working + 1 standby
Back Pulled out Centrifugal Pumps
c Secondary CHW Variable system Pumping
Back Pulled out Centrifugal Pumps : 2 Nos. working + 1 standby
d Condenser Water Pumps : 2 Nos. working + 1 standby
Back Pulled out Centrifugal Pumps
1.4 System Design
It is proposed to provide central chilled water system for air-conditioning various areas of the building. 200 TR x 2 Nos. working + 1 No. Stand by + space provision of 1 No. for Future expansion Water Cooled Screw Chilling Machines will be installed in the plant room located at Basement level of 97.90 Mtr. Lvl. to cater year around cooling load requirements for Academic Block & Student’s Hostel Block in either or situation.
The Chilling machines shall have condenser water and chilled water pumps along with the LT panels installed in the AC Plant room. Variable speed chilled water pumping system shall be provided to pump the required quantity of chilled water and conserve power. The variable Pumping system will be provided on secondary side with required Pump Logic Controller Unit Preprogrammed to operate the pumps based
For Owner P a g e | 227 For Contractor
on chilled water flow requirement. Instead of Cooling Tower, the pond water shall be used as condenser water to the Chillers of Academic / Hostel & Dining Block.
For Academic Block, each level of the building shall be provided with suitable number of double skinfloor mounted air handling units for Classrooms, Admin areas with ceiling suspended type fan coil units. Faculty cabins shall be provided with ceiling suspended type fan coil units only. Library, Computer Rooms shall be provided with floor mounted / ceiling suspended Air Handling Units along with multi flow chilled water-based Cassette units.
For Dining Block, we have provided floor mounted air handling units for dining area. Kitchen & BOHareas shall be treated with Air cooling system with exhaust with Scrubbing system.
For Student’s Hostel Block, we have provided wall mounted fan coil units for each hostel room.
In total Heat load requirements & chilled water piping size of main header, we have considered future provision for Academic & Student’s Hostel Block.
The working strategy of academic block & Student’s Hostel block shall be either or situation as both blocks shall be catered with single plant room at a time.
During daytime of summer, air Conditioning plant shall be worked for Academic block &nighttime for Student’s Hostel block only.
The Chilling machines shall have dedicated chilled water pumps and condenser water pumps along with the LT panels installed in the AC Plant room. A dedicated Variable speed chilled water pumping system shall be provided to pump the required quantity of chilled water and conserve power. The variable Pumping system will be provided on secondary sides of the system with required Pump Logic
For Owner P a g e | 228 For Contractor
Controller unit Preprogrammed to operate the pumps based on chilled water flow requirement. The Cooling Towers are proposed at slightly higher level near Plant Room.
We have considered space provision for a single pump of Primary, Secondary & Condenser which will be in standby mode whenever future provision will be incorporated.
The chilled water from A.C. plant room to the air handling units shall be supplied through pre-insulated MS pipes through underground trench / shaft / above ceiling.
The conditioned air will be uniformly distributed through insulated GI sheet metal ductwork and powder coated aluminum grilles / diffusers. Return air path to the AHU room is through the space above false ceiling.
All classrooms of Academic are proposed with displacement type air conditioning system.
The HVAC Plant Room is proposed with mechanically ventilated at 10 Air Changes per Hour.
Adequate natural ventilation shall be incorporate in Architectural design of toilets.
Elimination of noise is the major consideration. Sound Attenuators & acoustic lining of sheet metal ducts has been considered in the system design. The vibration / noise isolating accessories will be provided to eliminate transmission of vibration and noise from air conditioning equipment through building structure.
2.0 WATER COOLED SCREW CHILLING MACHINES
The water chilling units shall be complete in all respects and shall generally comply with the specifications as given in the following paragraphs
2.1 General
Each water chilling unit shall comprise:
a) Rotary screw compressor. b) Condenser with accessories and supports. c) Flooded for Academic with accessories and supports.
d) Steel frame for mounting above components.
For Owner P a g e | 229 For Contractor
e) Microprocessor based control panel with automatic controls and display module having compatibility for interface with BAS. f) Accessories as specified.
g) Interconnecting refrigerant piping. h) Full charge of R-134a refrigerant and oil. i) Starter for motor.
j) Painting of unit.
k) The design, manufacture and performance of Refrigerant Compressor shall Comply with currently applicable statutes, regulations and safety codes. The equipment shall also conform to the latest applicable IS / ARI / ASHRAE / ISHRAE Standards. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve Contractor of his responsibility. In particular, the equipment shall conform to
the latest editions of the following standards:
2.1.1 IS – 660 Safety code Mechanical Refrigeration.
2.1.2 ARI Standard 550-92 Rotary Screw Liquid Chilling Packages.
2.1.3 ASME Sec VIII - Div.1 Unfired Pressure Vessels.
2.1.4 ASHRAE Standard 15 Safety code for Mechanical Refrigeration
For Owner P a g e | 230 For Contractor
DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF IIM UDAIPUR
2.1.5 ANSI-B-9.1 Safety code for Mechanical Refrigeration.
2.1.6 ARI-520 Standard for +ve Displacement Refrigeration,
Compressor and Condensing Units.
2.1.7 IS - 5111 Code of Practice and Measurement for
Rating of Refrigerant Compressors.
2.1.8 ASHRAE-23-67 Standard-Methods of testing for Rating Positive
Displacement Refrigerant Compressors.
2.1.9 UL508 Industrial Control Panels.
2.2 Compressors
Each unit shall have rotary screw semi hermetic compressors. The rotary screw shall be manufactured from forged steel, with profile which is asymmetrical. The profiles of screw shall permit safe operation up to the required speed as per the manufacturer’s standard. The compressor shall be horizontal in design. Compressor make shall be same as Chiller OEM only.
The compressor housing shall be of high-grade cast iron, machined with precision, to provide a very close tolerance between the rotors and the housing. The rotors shall be mounted on anti-friction bearing designed to reduce friction and power input. There shall be multiple cylindrical / tapered roller bearings to handle the radial and axial loads with minimum bearing life of 1,50,000 hrs.
There shall be built in oil reservoir to ensure supply of lubricants to all bearings and a check valve to prevent back spin during shut down. An oil heater shall be provided in the casing. The lubrication system shall be as per manufacturer’s standard.
The units shall be complete with capacity step less control mechanism. An oil separator shall be included to remove oil from the refrigerant. The driving motor shall be squirrel cage type hermetic type as required, protected against damage by means of built in protection devices. The motor shall be suction refrigerant gas cooled type.
For Owner P a g e | 231 For Contractor
2.3 Condenser
Each unit shall have one shell and tube, water cooled, multi pass condensers (not more than 2) fitted with safety valve, purge valve, and liquid line valve. The shell shall be of welded steel construction, fitted with steel tube sheets on either side. Construction of vessels shall be accordance to ASME.
The tubes shall be supported in the shell by adequate number of supports (at a distance not more than one meter or as per manufacturers design) to avoid noise and vibrations and the ends properly expanded in the tube sheets to prevent leakage of refrigerant. These shall be designed for the duty specified in the schedule of equipment. The tubes shall be of enhanced finned type.
The water head shall be of cast iron, easy to remove with suitable baffles for multi pass water flow, in and out connection, gasket to prevent water leakage. Condenser shell shall be able to hold 1.25 times the refrigerant charge in the system to which the condenser is to be connected.
The condenser shall be tested with nitrogen or CO2 gas against leaks at a pressure of 14 Kg / Sq. Cm. on the shell side for a period of 24 hours at site and similarly hydraulic pressure of 10 Kg / Sq. Cm. on the water side shall be applied for a period of 24 hours when there shall be no drop in pressure indicating any leak.
The condenser shall be complete in all respects and include supports for mounting, refrigerant and
For Owner P a g e | 232 For Contractor
water valves (isolating valve at inlet and balancing valve at outlet) at in and out connection, de-scaling connection, stem thermometer and pressure gauges at water inlet and outlet etc., as required.
2.4 Chiller
Chiller shall be flooded type. The shell shall be welded steel fitted with steel sheets on either side. Tubes should be supported in the shell by adequate, stiff supporting sheets and tube sheets to eliminate vibration and noise. The tube ends shall be properly expanded in the tube sheets to prevent leakage of refrigerant. Tubes shall be removable without affecting the strength and durability of the support and tube sheet or causing any leakage in the adjacent tubes. Tubes shall be adequately supported at a distance not exceeding one meter or as per manufacturer’s standard. Construction of vessels shall be accordance to ASME.
The refrigerant heads shall be made of cast iron and the faces ground to a close tolerance to prevent leakage of refrigerant between passes and between the circuits in case of a multi circuit cooler.
Chiller shall be designed for a pressure of 14 Kg / Sq. Cm. on water side and tested with CO2 gas against leaks at a pressure of 10 Kg / Sq. Cm both on tube side and shell side. Pressure shall be maintained for 24 hours and pressure drop shall be observed.
The cooler shall be complete in all respect and also include: i) Refrigerant Control valve, filter drier. ii) Relief valve, charging connection with valve and drain valve. iii) Water inlet and out connection with dial type thermometer and dial pressure gauge. iv) Supports for mounting. v) Minimum one Sight Glass shall be provided. vi) Steel sockets between each baffle complete with removable plug to drain entrapped water from the chiller shell.
2.5 Refrigerant Piping
The above-mentioned components shall all be interconnected by suitably sized and properly designed heavy class steel pipe and fittings complete with accessories and controls such as valves, liquid line sight glass, strainer, expansion valve etc.
2.6 Motors and Starters
The compressor motor shall be screen protected and of minimum rating as given under ‘Schedule of Equipment’ and conform to specifications given under ‘Motors, Starters and Switchgears’. The starter
For Owner P a g e | 233 For Contractor
shall be factory fitted unit mounted VFD / Close transition star-delta type. Please refer BOQ for specific requirement.
2.7 Control Console
The unit shall be complete with a Microprocessor Based Control Console mounted directly on the unit and pre-wired with all operating and safety controls and BACNET / Mod-bus Communication card. It shall have LCD Graphical display. Control console shall at least have following display:
a) Leaving chilled water temperature. b) Evaporator pressure. c) Condenser pressure. d) System voltage. e) %Compressor amp drawn each compressor. f) Compressor elapsed run time, each compressor. g) Number of compressors start. h) Water temperature reset value.
2.8 Accessories
Each water chilling unit shall be complete with the following items: a) Antifreeze thermostat.
For Owner P a g e | 234 For Contractor
b) Cooling thermostat. c) Liquid line / Expansion Valve sight glass. d) Liquid line strainer. e) Water flow switches at the outlet of condenser and cooler. f) H.P., L.P. oil pressure cutouts. g) Flow switch for chiller.
The condenser water and chilled water pump electric circuits shall be interlocked with the chilling unit starters, so that the unit cannot start, unless at least one of the pumps of each circuit is operating.
2.9 Miscellaneous
Each water chilling unit shall include:
Suitable steel frame to mount the components.
Suitable vibration isolation pads of high efficiency in preventing transmission of vibrations, to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
Control panel for housing the safety controls, gauges, thermostats, switches and other related items. The control panel shall be properly gasketed to prevent infiltration of dust / water. The panel shall be provided with microprocessor controller, factory installed. It should have display screen for indicating the parameters and fault conditions. Full factory charged refrigerant, required to obtain and maintain the design conditions and the required quantity of suitable grade lubrication oil. Each unit shall include, but not limited to, all the items listed in the foregoing paragraphs or in the "Schedule of Equipment" and drawings for this project. In addition, all such items, as may be required shall be provided whether specifically mentioned or not, if considered or found necessary fulfill the intent and meaning, for the purpose of maintaining design conditions, under all extreme weather conditions. The whole unit shall be duly painted satisfactorily in an approved color, with two coats of synthetic enamel paint.
2.10 Installation and Testing
■ The complete water-chilling unit shall be mounted on a RCC foundation.
■ On installation, the refrigerant circuits and the connected equipment and parts shall be thoroughly tested against leaks. The system pressure shall be reduced by a vacuum pump to within an absolute pressure of 70 cm of water column and maintained at this level for four (4) hours. Thereafter the vacuum pumps shall be stopped, and vacuum maintained for twenty-four (24) hours with a pressure rise not exceeding 3.5 cm of water absolute.
For Owner P a g e | 235 For Contractor
■ At the same time all controls and switch gear shall be tested for proper functioning and set at design values.
■ On completion of the installation and the above tests, the water chilling unit shall be tested for performance. The capacity in tons shall be calculated from measurements of temperature difference and flow rates of water in the condenser and cooler at site conditions. The power consumption shall be checked from current measurements of the motor. All calculated and checked results shall match the specified data.
■ All instruments and personnel for tests shall be provided by the Contractor.
■ All safety controls, low and high refrigerant pressure controls, starter overload trips shall be suitably set and a record of all the setting shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-Charge.
For Owner P a g e | 236 For Contractor
2.11 Limitations
■ The water velocity in the condenser tube shall not exceed 2.4 M / Sec. (8 FPS).
■ IKW/TR shall as per BOQ only.
■ Computerized selection sheet from the chiller manufacturer shall be furnished along with the technical bid for verification of machine capacity and power Consumption at load line (design load with constant condenser temperature) form 100 % to 25% load along the technical bid.
3.0 CHILLER PLANT MANAGER
3.1 General
The chiller plant manager (CPM) shall be a programmable automation controller-based control & automation solution for high side refrigeration equipment.
The CPM shall be stand-alone or network-able, pre-programmed automation panel for fixed number of chiller plant equipment. It shall be a factory tested system suitable to control the high side refrigeration system which shall include the chillers, on-off butterfly valve-actuator, primary pumps, secondary pumps, condensate water pumps & cooling towers along with provision of future expansion.
The CPM shall deploy control strategies to select the correct no. of chiller & BOP (Balance of plant) based on heat load requirement. The heat load shall be determined through the common return chilled water temperature. It shall take into account the capacity of individual chiller, outside air conditions to optimize the plant consumption. It shall also perform systematic start & stop of chiller plant, duty- cycling (duty<->standby) of each equipment, failure detection & quick changeover of equipment, communication with third party BMS, alarm relay to operator, data storage for analysis on board controller.
The CPM shall soft integrate with chiller unit/s on Modbus-RTU protocol & also the secondary pump VFD through Modbus RTU protocol. Further, the CPM shall make itself available for integration with the third party, higher order supervisory building management software through protocols like BACnet / Ethernet, BACnet / IP & Modbus RTU.
For Owner P a g e | 237 For Contractor
3.2 Construction
Programmable Controller Unit
It shall be a RISC 32-bit microprocessor based programmable controller with on-board Web Server (Optional) with distributed hardware analog/digital input and output module. The controller shall have on-board digital LCD graphics display for playing dynamic plant graphics & a rotary input knob for temporary user access required for initial system setup and configuration, acknowledging alarms, changing time-schedules, changing / overriding sequence, etc. The controller shall also have on-board memory to hold the trend data of all the input & outputs for up to five years or 2 Giga samples. It shall also have facility to add-on more memory like an external SD memory card to augment the memory capacity. The controller shall have at least two RS-485 ports with minimum of Modbus RTU, Grundfos / Wi Lo protocol for direct integration with chiller microprocessor panel & VFD for secondary pumping system. The controller shall be programmed in easy to use structured text type programming language.
Panel Enclosure
It shall be 14AWG MS single door enclosure of suitable size complete with a pre-programmed modular type controller fitted on the front door, inter-wiring, DPMCB, 24 VAC control transformers, etc.
For Owner P a g e | 238 For Contractor
The general arrangement (GA) shall be well designed & follow all relevant standards on low voltage directive. It shall clearly divide the input and output from each other to avoid accidental wiring of mains voltage on the input terminals and also the effect of hum on input terminals. The binary output shall drive an interposing relay which shall in turn drive the corresponding equipment.
3.3 Firmware Function
The following generic functions shall be implemented as a standard.
Ambient Lockout
The chiller plant is disabled when the outside air temperature drops below the ambient lockout set point (operator adjustable). It can run again when the outside air temperature rises above the ambient lockout set point plus the ambient lockout dead band (operator adjustable).
The ambient temperature will only enable or disable the CPM, the system-scheduling function shall activate the equipment as required. Ambient lockout shall have priority over the system enable input (refer system scheduling). In other words, ambient lockout can prevent the plant from operating but both ambient lockout and the system enable input must allow the chiller plant to run.
System Scheduling
If the ambient temperature does not have the chiller plant locked out, the system enable input shall determine the enabled status. If this reference is on, the chiller plant is enabled; if it is off, the plant is disabled.
The system enable input shall be controllable by the following methods:
• A fixed configuration value (in the CPM firmware accessible to plant operator with appropriate security password) so the plant is always enabled or always disabled. • Time of day schedule. • An external value either hardwired or communicated from the third-party building management system.
If the system is enabled, the following scenario applies CPM shall first enable the chilled water pumps, condensate pumps & cooling tower
For Owner P a g e | 239 For Contractor
Proof of Flow
If flow status has been defined for this pump, the program waits for flow to be confirmed before beginning the chiller start sequence. If flow has not been confirmed within the control feedback delay time(operator adjustable), an alarm is generated and no further steps are taken.
If flow status has not been defined for this pump, the program waits one minute before beginning the chiller start sequence. The system pump is enabled whenever the chiller plant is enabled to run. The CPM shall have at least one chiller enabled. The chiller unit controller shall cycle on / Off without being marked as failed by CPM in the event of low load conditions.
Temperature Control
The CPM shall automatically provide temperature control of the chilled water supply loop. This is done by coordinating the control of multiple chillers (of any type including Centrifugal, Heliodor, Scroll, Reciprocating and Absorption machines) and pumps in the system for scheduling, sequencing, rotating, alarming, and shutdown.
Chiller set point calculations - the chiller plant control application shall calculate the set point sent to each chiller using the following data:
• System supply water temperature set point
For Owner P a g e | 240 For Contractor
• System type (constant or variable flow) • System return water temperature • Capacity of the chillers enabled • Total capacity of the chiller plant • The calculated set point sent to each chiller cannot be less than the operator-defined minimum chilled water set point for that chiller. • For variable flow systems, each chiller is sent the system supply water temperature set point. • For constant flow systems, the set point for each chiller is calculated using a factory tested and validated algorithm endorsed by the chiller equipment manufacturer.
Add / Subtract Chillers
The application software shall be password protected and allow the operator access to adjustable time delays on add/subtract requests to prevent excessive chiller cycling. The criteria for adding and subtracting chillers shall be controlled as follows:
• Add Control shall be based on the system chilled water set point and the system chilled water supply temperature. • The Normal mode add logic in the chiller plant control application shall compare the system supply temp to the system supply temp set point (operator adjustable) plus add dead band (operator adjustable). If the system supply temp exceeds the set point plus dead band, an add request is generated. If an add request exists continuously for the duration of the add delay time (operator adjustable) a chiller is added. • The Soft Start mode add logic in the chiller plant control application shall monitor the system return water temperature. The algorithm shall keep track of how much the return water temperature changes every minute. If the change is not greater than the set point (operator adjustable), the add timer begins. The rate of change must be less than this limit for each minute of the add delay timer (operator adjustable) before adding is done. If this temperature is not decreasing at the prescribed rate, an additional add request shall be generated. • If both an add request and a subtract request are present, the add request shall take precedence. Add shall always have priority over subtract. • Subtract Control shall be based on either the system chilled water delta T or chilled water flow, as selected by the operator.
Subtract logic-temperature
The temperature based subtract logic shall look at the actual system chilled water temperature difference. Whenever the system chilled water temperature difference is less than subtract chilled water temperature difference (calculated value), a subtract request is generated. If the subtract request exists continuously for the duration of the subtract delay time (operator adjustable), a chiller is subtracted. The Subtract chilled water temperature difference is a measure of the remaining chiller system capacity available if the chiller to be subtracted is disabled. The value of subtract chilled water temperature difference shall be calculated using a factory tested and validated algorithm incorporating the following data:
For Owner P a g e | 241 For Contractor
• Chiller plant design chilled water temperature difference • Chiller capacity (tons) to be subtracted • Chiller capacity (tons) that are enabled • Chiller capacity (tons) in entire plant • System flow type (constant or variable)
Subtract temperature dead band shall be calculated using separate algorithms for variable flow
systems, and constant flow systems.
Subtract logic-flow
For Owner P a g e | 242 For Contractor
In a decoupled loop, the subtract decision shall be made based on the flow in the bypass pipe. If the flow in the excess direction exceeds the flow capacity of the chiller to be subtracted (plus an operator adjustable dead band), a subtract request is generated. The subtract flow threshold (GPM) shall be a calculated value using the following data:
• Chiller flow capacity (GPM) to be subtracted • Excess flow dead band (%)
If the subtract request exists continuously for the duration of the subtract delay time (operator adjustable), and there is no add request present, a chiller is subtracted.
Forced add or subtract
The application shall allow operator intervention or a communicated value to add or subtract a chiller overriding the control algorithm current status. Add requests shall have priority over subtract requests.
Chiller Rotation
Manual or automatic rotation of the chiller sequence shall be allowed. Rotation time interval shall be operator adjustable, and be of the following methods:
• Time and date • Operator intervention • External communicated input
The application firmware shall also provide a setting (operator selectable) to allow either of the following:
• Forced rotation shall cause the chillers in the sequence to be immediately enabled /disabled to comply with the new sequence. • Normal rotation takes advantage of the load variations in the system to adjust the sequence of chiller enabling and disabling.
Chiller failure detection, recovery & reset
• Failure detection
Upon sensing a chiller failure, the chiller plant control application, shall lockout that chiller and pump (if pumps are dedicated to specific chillers, and not part of duty standby arrangement) and immediately initiate the start of the next chiller in the rotation sequence. The chiller plant control program will retry
For Owner P a g e | 243 For Contractor
chillers (an operator adjustable number of tries) if all chillers have been marked as failed. When a chiller is marked as having failed, the following shall occur:
• The failed chiller shall be taken out of the sequence. • The next chiller in the sequence shall be enabled (if the chiller fails while running or trying to start). • The failed chiller shall be disabled. (If the chiller’s status remains on, the application shall not turn the failed chiller's chilled water pump off.) • The Failure Exists indicator is On.
If the chiller fails during its shutdown sequence, the chiller plant control application shall go through the normal subtract sequence before disabling the next sequential chiller. A chiller can be marked as failed for any of the following conditions:
• If chilled water flow cannot be confirmed during the start sequence. • If the chiller’s status cannot be confirmed as being on during the start sequence. • If chilled water flow is lost at any time after startup. • If the chiller’s status cannot be confirmed as being Off during the shutdown sequence.
For Owner P a g e | 244 For Contractor
• If operator designated failure input #1 indicates a failure at any time. • If an operator designated failure input #2 indicates a failure at any time.
Note: Failure inputs #1 and #2 shall be able to be used for whatever the operator chooses. One input shall typically be used for manual reset chiller diagnostics.
Failure Reset
When an individual chiller’s failure is reset at the chiller unit controller, the chiller plant control application shall re-insert that chiller into the sequence of chillers. When a system failure reset is performed, all chillers that were marked as failed shall be re-inserted into the sequence. An operator configured setting shall determine whether the chiller plant control application enforces the sequence immediately or if normal plant changes (adds and subtracts) synchronize the plant with the new sequence. Failure resets can be performed several ways:
• All failures can be reset from a button on a status screen. • Individual chiller failures can be reset from a button on a status screen. • All failures can be reset via a binary point being referenced by the application.
The operator sets a configurable value to enable a reset of all failures if all chillers in the sequence have been marked as having failed by the chiller plant control application.
Power Failure Recovery
There shall be two power failure recovery modes (operator adjustable):
• A rapid power fail recovery capability, which returns the chiller plant to its last state (before the CPM controller lost power) as quickly as possible, after the controller powers up. Add delay timers and start intervals are to be ignored during this mode. • A normal power fail recovery capability, which returns the chiller plant to the initialization-state, after the CPM controller powers up. This is as described in the start sequence.
3.4 Features
System Security
The CPM shall allow programmable security to be designated for each plant operator with a choice of the following functions:
• View chiller plant status
For Owner P a g e | 245 For Contractor
• Change chiller plant status • View chiller plant set points • Change chiller plant set points
System Status Display
The chiller plant control on-board graphics shall provide operating status for the system. The display shall include all points indicated in the points list and any others required to achieve the sequence of operation.
Event Processing
All chiller plant control and status events shall be recorded on board memory/SD card memory and if integrated with third party building management system, at the BMS operator’s selection shall upload in the BMS management software event log to facilitate troubleshooting.
For Owner P a g e | 246 For Contractor
n Show
Sr. Equipment / System / Hardware Points
nd
du l e rm ftatio
On Qty Description Remarks
No. Area
D
AI AO DI O Graphic
T r e r T
S c h e h c S a l A S ontegrS
I
Outside Air Temp / RH Outside Air Temp / 1.0 1 2 √ OA Sensor Sensor √ √ RH Sensor
(2Working + 1 Stand By) + 1 in 2.0 Water Cooled Chiller 2+1+1 future
Chilled Water Supply Header Immersion Temp 2.1 1 √ Temp √ √ Sensor
Chilled Water Return Header Immersion Temp 2.2 Temp 1 √ √ √ Sensor
Chiller CHW Supply Immersion Temp 4 √ 2.3 Temperature √ √ Sensor
via BMS workstation OR Chiller Plant Manager to Chilled Water Supply Temp Set point
2.4 Reset 4 √ √ Chiller
microprocessor unit.
Chiller Start / Stop Relay to accept PF contact at 2.5 Command 4 √ √ Chiller Panel
PFC from liquid flow Switch status from Chiller CHW Flow Through Chiller Status(ON
/OFF microprocessor unit. OR separate
2.6 4 √ √ PFC from liquid
status)
flow Switch
Relay to accept PF contact at Chiller Panel / Via HLI
2.7 Chiller Enable 4 √ √
to Chiller Manager
Chiller local/remote PF Contact at Chiller 2.8 status 4 √ √ Manager
Chilled Supply Water Isolation Valve 2.9 Open 4 √ √
For Owner P a g e | 247 For Contractor
2way isolation valve actuator
with feedback
/ Close Status
Chilled Supply Water Isolation Valve Open 2 way motorized
2.10 4 √ √ valve
/ Close CMD
Condenser Water Return Immersion Temp 2.11 Temp 1 √ √ √ Sensor
Condenser Water Supply Immersion Temp 2.12 1 √ Temp √ √ Sensor
Condenser Water Isolation Valve Supply / 2way isolation valve actuator
2.13 4 √ √ with feedback
return Status
Condenser Water Isolation Valve Supply / 2 way motorized
2.14 4 √ √ valve
return CMD
(2Working + 1 Stand By) + 1 in 3.0 Primary Pumps 2+1+1 future
Liq. DP Switch Across 3.1 Pump status (ON/OFF) 4 √ √ Pump
Relay to accept PF contact at Pump Motor Starter Pump Start/Stop
3.2 Command 4 √ √
Panel
PF Contact at Pump 3.3 Pump trip status 4 √ √ Starter Panel
Pump Local/Remote switch PF Contact at Pump 3.4 status 4 √ √ Starter Panel
(2Working + 1 Stand 4.0 Condenser Pumps 2+1 By)
Pumps ON / OFF PF Contact at Pump 4.1 command 3 √ √ Starter Panel
Liq. DP Switch Across 4.2 Pumps ON / OFF Status 3 √ √ Pump
Pumps Auto / Manual PF Contact at Pump 4.3 status 3 √ √ Starter Panel
For Owner P a g e | 248 For Contractor
PF Contact at Pump 4.4 Pumps trip status 3 √ √ Starter Panel
gateway interface with RS 485 interface with
5.0 Water cooled chillers 2+1+1 Modbus RTU
protocal
gateway interface with RS 485 6.0 Secondary Pump Logic 1 interface with
Modbus RTU
Controller protocal
2 Sub Total 10 4 37 3
Spare 10% 1 1 4 3
2 Total 11 5 41 6
4.0 COOLING TOWER
General
The various items of water circulating system shall be complete in all respect and comply with the specification given below.
Cooling Tower (FRP Construction)
The cooling towers shall be of FRP, vertical induced draft Energy Efficient type Design complete with FRP body, fan, motor and starter assembly, fill media, distribution pipes, concrete-steel foundations, etc.
General Construction
The body shall be made of FRP (fiber glass reinforced plastic) sections of equal segments, all bolted together. The surface on both inside and outside shall be smooth, for minimum air resistance. The fan deck shall form an integral part of the body. The structural strength of the body shall be sufficient to withstand wind velocities up to 180 Km / Hr, vibration and earthquakes.
For Owner P a g e | 249 For Contractor
The water basin shall also be of FRP. The basin shall be complete with connections for drain, overflow, make up water, quick fill and float valve, bleed off connection and hot dipped galvanized suction strainer.
The construction of tower basin shall be such as to eliminate the drawing of air into the pump when operating with minimum water level in the basin.
The support structures for the tower shall be of mild steel duly hot dipped galvanized.
The filling shall be of PVC. These shall be of such construction as to provide low air resistance, large water surface for high heat transfer efficiency.
The water diffusion deck shall be of rigid PVC fill in honeycomb design, arranged in a circular pattern in case of replacement.
Water Distribution System
Water distribution may be either through self-rotating or fixed type sprinkler or through balancing sub- balancing and spread through (unpressurized system) ensuring uniform water loading and distribution over the fill. The sprinkler shall operate from the residual velocity head at the header. Due care shall be taken with regard to corrosive effects and maintainability in the design of the water distribution system.
Fan Assembly
The fan shall be of axial flow type with cast Aluminum multiple blades of aero foil design and adjustable pitch. The fan assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The fan outlet velocity shall not be more than 10 M / Sec. and the tip speed shall be below 4500 M / Min.
The fan motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled squirrel cage type conforming to IP - 55 for outdoor operation.
The fan guard shall be hot dipped galvanized.
The total sound intensity with all fans in operation shall not exceed 95 db at a distance of 15 meters from the nearest face of tower.
For Owner P a g e | 250 For Contractor
All towers, whose height exceeds 2.5 m, shall be provided with a ladder, made out hot dipped galvanized MS tubes.
Accessories
Each cooling tower to include:
a) Valve at makeup, quick fill, make up float valve and drain valve.
b) A hot water bleeds connection to the drain line through a stop valve.
Note: Items a & b above have been quantified separately in the schedule of quantities. As such these items should not be included in the cost of cooling tower.
Testing
Tower performance curves shall be furnished. Acceptance test to demonstrate the performance of the installed cooling tower shall be conducted in accordance with the current ASME power test code for the atmospheric water cooling equipment and test result shall show tower capacity (computed from the performance curves) within + 5% of the specified capacity at the designed WB.
5 HYDRONIC PUMPS
General specifications:
Pumps shall be end suction back pull out Horizontal base mounted, single stage, Single / Double suction casing with foot mounted volute to allow removal and service of the entire rotating assembly without disturbing the pump connections & piping, electrical motor connections.
Sound level:
The maximum permissible sound pressure level of the pump shall not exceed 85 dbA measured at1m from pump surface for the recommended range of operation.
Capacity:
Actual pump capacity along with the power consumption at full and part load conditions shall be as shown in the form of performance curve in technical submittal. Pumps shall be as per IS: 1520-11080, IS: 10010, IS: 325 and shall be of the following construction:
a) Casing
For Owner P a g e | 251 For Contractor
Cast iron / Cast steel
b) Impeller Bronze or Gun Metal
c) Shaft High Tensile Steel
d) Shaft sleeve Bronze or Gun Metal
e) Bearings Heavy Duty Ball / Roller bearings
f) Base Plate Cast iron / Fabricated MS
g) Flanges BIS 1538 / 11080
h) Packing Mechanical Seal
i) Starter See Section “Motor & Switchgears”
For Owner P a g e | 252 For Contractor
Drive ratings shown are only tentative and Tenderer shall select their drives at least 10% in excess of the maximum BHP of the pump plus transmission losses, if any. Drives shall be supplied with starters unless otherwise stated.
Installation
Pumps shall be installed as per manufacturer's recommendations. Pump set shall be mounted on concrete block which in turn is mounted on machinery isolation cork or any other equivalent vibration isolation fitting. More than one pump set shall not be installed on a single base or cement concrete blocks.
Concrete foundation will be made by the Contractor as per approved drawings and specifications and the isolation pad foundation bolts etc. shall also be supplied by the Contractor. Contractor shall ensure that the foundation bolts are correctly embedded.
Pump sets shall preferably be factory aligned whenever necessary; site alignment shall be done by competent persons. Before the foundation bolts are grouted and the coupling bolted, the bed plate levels and alignment results shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge.
Insulation
Pumps used for chilled water service shall be so insulated that the dismantling of pumps is not affected. Insulation shall be provided in a manner so as to minimize the damage to the insulation in case of maintenance of pumps or other components. The insulation of pumps shall be of same type and thickness as specified for connected pipes.
Testing
Tenderer shall submit the performance curves of the pumps. They shall also be responsible for the selection of capacity and total head requirements of each pump to match his piping and equipment layout.
On completion of the entire installation, pumps shall be tested, wherever possible, for their discharge head flow and BHP. Where it is not possible, at least the discharge head and BHP (as measured on the input side) shall be field tested. Test results shall correspond to the performance curves.
Contractor shall arrange the required testing instruments and arrange for their connection as required.
Painting
After complete installation and testing, pumps accessories and fittings shall be given two coats of approved finishing paint.
For Owner P a g e | 253 For Contractor
6 VARIABLE SPEED PUMPING SYSTEM FOR SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMPS
Control Panel for Variable Speed Secondary Chilled Water System:
Variable Speed control panel will have the following as minimum: (See details below)
1. Pump Logic Controller (DPLC).
2. VFD – One VFD per pump
3. Differential Pressure Transmitters.
4. Controls enclosure as per below specification.
5. Necessary software duly downloaded.
6. Detailed specifications of Panel
For Owner P a g e | 254 For Contractor
7. components:
6.1 Dedicated Pump Logic Controller
6.1.1 Approval
DPLC has been approved by major international bodies like U/L and will be marked as CE as minimum.
6.1.2 Number of Pumps
DPLC will be able to control minimum 3 pumps.
6.1.3 Analog Input Processing
DPLC will continuously scan the incoming signal from DPT`s all the time and keep on processing the output. Output will be the most deviated one compared to the set point, which will be fed by the user, in DPLC.
6.1.4 Two Additional Analog Inputs
DPLC has provision for two additional analog inputs for:
a. Taking input signal from Flow sensor (if provided by BMS contractor). This will help the system to protect the pumps against End of Curve condition.
b. Taking the input from any external sensor (e.g. return temperature sensor, supply temperature sensor, ambient temperature sensor etc). This input can be used to influence the system externally. DPLC should have provision to influence the main signal up to 8 steps
6.1.5 Set Point
DPLC can be set for separate “set points” as per real time clock. DPLC should have a min of 7 alternate set points to be activated by external digital inputs.
If a lower differential pressure is acceptable during certain periods, for instance after normal working hours or weekends, the set point can be lowered to minimize power consumption. DPLC should have night set back facility to enable the system to run at lower
For Owner P a g e | 255 For Contractor
set point during night time. DPLC should use digital inputs to switch between set points automatically at any point of time.
6.1.6 Automatic cascade control of pump
DPLC will start other pumps, which are available for operation, whenever system is not able to meet the demand for chilled water. Once demand is met then all the pumps will cut out with changeover, except for one pump. At least one pump will run at minimum 25% speed if DP value is satisfied.
6.1.7 Automatic Sequence Change
DPLC will have automatic changeover facility based on:
a. Fault – When any pump / motor / VFD / starter fail.
b. Operation – While running / cascading.
c. Time – As per the time set in the DPLC (daily or weekly).
To ensure equal number of hours run by each pump and to control the number of starts (to avoid hunting) on each pump, the system will alternate the sequence of the pumps used each time the system starts.
Additionally, should the demand not allow the pump set to completely shut down over a 24 hour period; the DPLC will stop the pumps that are running and start the pump / pumps
For Owner P a g e | 256 For Contractor
with the lowest number of operating hours.
6.1.8 Auto Testing
DPLC will start the pumps, which have not been cut-in because of lower load, for 2
seconds each day, to ensure that all the rotating elements do not bind. DPLC should have
an option to set the same on 24 hrs / 48 hrs / weekly basis.
6.1.9 Friction Loss Compensation
It is possible to allow for the friction loss component of the system, calculated at full flow
and set as a percentage of the set point. A linear approximation of system resistance
curve is therefore allowed for, and differential pressure must automatically increase as
system flow and subsequent frictional losses increase. As such power consumption will
get reduced because of this.
6.1.10 Displays
Through the monitor keypad, all variable parameters are adjustable, current status of settings and measured values to be displayed on the minimum 320 pixels X 240 pixels VGA display with backlight Individual menus are available for monitoring individual pumps, settings, alarms and ON / OFF functions.
PUMP STATUS
Running Hours of each pump
Actual pump status (running, not available, standby, fault)
ZONE STATUS
This menu is the main operating menu where all the setting and operating parameters can be viewed e.g.
■ Current operating set point
■ Measured values in the system ■ Operating capacity in terms of total output ■ Mode of operation for the zone
For Owner P a g e | 257 For Contractor
■ Clock programs (relating to set point differential pressure value)
■ Standby pumps (if any) ■ Pump change over time ■ Friction loss compensation ■ System response times
SETTING MENU
In this menu all parameters for the operation of the pump set can be adjusted as required.
■ Set points (up to 7)
■ On / Off function (used to prevent unnecessary cycling at low demands)
■ Displayed differential pressure units (Meter, Bar, PSI, MBar, KPa) ■ Real time clock programming for any time of the day, week, or weekend) ■ Friction loss compensation
6.1.11 ALARM
The alarm menu to display all faults / warnings that occur during operation, logging the time and date of when the fault occurred and when it was corrected, or whether it is still an actual fault, and up to 24 faults to be maintained as history in the controller.
Examples of faults
■ Mains failure ■ VFD fault
For Owner P a g e | 258 For Contractor
■ Analogue input (differential pressure transducer) fault
■ High discharge pressure fault
■ Low discharge pressure fault ■ Motor thermal overload fault
6.1.12 Communication features:
-Communication protocol MODBUS / BACnet will be provided to display the system values in BMS such as an option:
a. VFD speed.
b. DP value(s). c. Current drawn by each pump. d. Power consumed by each pump.
BMS contractor will bring his RS – 485 (MODBUS / BACNET) link directly to this DPLC communication port. We will provide only port and register addresses of the various data, which can be given. A potential free contact for remote start/stop shall be provided.
6.2 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
VFD shall be Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) type, microprocessor controlled design labeled CE. The enclosure shall be ventilated for installation as a wall mounted or freestanding depending on Amp rating. Drive shall have customer modifiable adjustments of 2 to 600 seconds accel &decel time, Minimum & Maximum frequency, V/f ratio and Carrier frequency. Speed reference signal shall be customer selectable for 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 5 VDC and 0 - 10 VDC. The VFD shall be suitable for elevations up to 1005 Mts. above sea level without de-rating. Maximum operating ambient temperature shall be to 45 C. shall be suitable for environment condition up to 95% non-condensing.
■ Built-in DC link filters to avoid power factor correcting devices like capacitors, line reactors etc.
■ Energy saving mode with boost function (Sleep / Wake Mode), Quick set up menu.
6.3 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS:
Differential pressure transmitters shall be field mounted and shall transmit an isolated 4 – 20 mA DC signal indicative of process variable to the pump logic controller via standard three wire 24 DC system with Emission / Immunity confirming to EN 61000 – 6 – 2 / 3.
For Owner P a g e | 259 For Contractor
Unit shall have stainless steel wetted parts with two 7/16” process connections. It shall be protected against radio frequency interference and shall have water tight, IP 55 electrical enclosure. Sensor should be capable of withstanding a burst pressure of 25 Bar. Accuracy shall be within 2.5% BFSL (Best Fit Straight Line).
6.4 CONTROL ENCLOSURE
An IP41 (IP 55 if panel is required for outdoor installation) powder coated steel enclosure shall house all the electrical components.
The enclosure will be supplied loose for remote mounting. It shall be adequately ventilated for use in conditions up to a maximum ambient temperature of 45 °C.
6.5 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
a) The system shall consist of a pump logic controller, one duty dump / AFD set, one Standby pump with duty - standby with manual and automatic alteration and pump staging (whenever applicable).
For Owner P a g e | 260 For Contractor
b) The pumping system shall start upon the closure of customer’s contact when the logic controller Mode of Operation selector switch is in the REMOTE position.
c) When the pump logic controller selector is in the LOCAL position and start command is given via operator interface the pumping system shall operate automatically.
d) Sensors / transmitters shall be provided as indicated on the plans.
e) Each sensor / transmitter shall send a 4-20 mA signal to the pump logic controller, indicative of process variable condition.
f) The pump logic controller shall compare each signal to the independent Engineer / user determined set points.
g) When all set points are satisfied by the process variable, the pump speed shall remain constant at the optimum energy consumption level.
h) The pump logic controller shall continuously scan and compare each process variable to its individual set point and control to the least satisfied zone.
i) Of the set points cannot be satisfied by the designed lead pump, the pump logic controller shall initiate a timed sequence of operation to stage a lag pump (whenever applicable).
j) The lag pump shall accelerate resulting in the lead pump(s) decelerating until they equalize in speed.
k) In the event of an AFD fault, the pump logic controller automatically initiates a time sequence of events to start the retardant pump / AFD set in the variable speed mode. The retardant variable speed system shall be started through a pump logic controller.
l) Upon AFD fault(s) the pump controller shall display an alarm condition through a plain English massage.
m) AFD fault indication shall be continuously displayed on the operator interface of the pump until the fault has been corrected and the controller has been manually reset.
n) In the event of the failure of a zone sensor/transmitter, its process variable signal shall be removed from the scan/ compare programme .Alternate zone sensor / transmitters if available shall remain in the scan /compare programme for control.
o) Upon sensor failure a plain English warning massage shall be displayed on the operator interface of the pump logic controller.
For Owner P a g e | 261 For Contractor
p) The zone number corresponding to the failed sensor / transmitter shall be displayed on the operator interface of the pump logic controller.
q) In the event of failure to receive all zone process variable signals, a user selectable number of AFD’s shall maintain a user adjustable speed, reset shall be automatic upon correction of the zone failure.
6.6 TECHNICAL INFORMATION WITH TENDERS
Tenders shall include the following and shall be specific to this project.
a) System summary sheet.
b) Sequence of operation.
For Owner P a g e | 262 For Contractor
c) Shop drawings indicating dimensions, required clearances and location and size of each field connection.
d) Power and control wiring diagrams.
e) System profile analysis including variable speed pump curves and system curve. The analysis shall also include pump, motor and Adjustable Frequency Drive (AFD) efficiencies, job specific load profile, staging points, horse power and kilowatt/hour consumption.
f) Pump data sheets.
6.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a) The pumping package shall be assembled by the pump manufacturer. An assembler of pumping systems not actively engaged in the design and construction of centrifugal pumps shall not be considered a pump manufacturer. The manufacturer shall assume “Unit Responsibility” for the complete pumping package. Unit responsibility shall be defined as responsibility for interface and successful operation of all system components supplied by the pumping system manufacturer.
b) All functions of the variable speed pump control system shall be tested at the factory prior to delivery. This test shall be conducted with motors connected to AFD output and it shall test all inputs, outputs and programmed execution specific to this application.
c) Tenderer shall comply with all sections of this specification relating to packaged pumping systems. Any deviations from these specifications shall be clearly defined in writing at time of bid. If no exceptions are taken at time of bid, the supplier shall be bound by these specifications.
6.8 PAINTING
All variable pumping system, pumps, motors and bases shall be supplied with approved finish. Shop coat of paint that have become marred during shipment or erection shall be cleaned off with mineral spirits, wire brushed and spot primed over the affected areas then coated with enamel paint to match the adjoining areas.
Note: The Secondary Pumps will be Part of DPLC system to be quoted as one set as specified in BOQ.
7 EXPANSION TANKS
For Owner P a g e | 263 For Contractor
7.1 General
An adequately sized (as mentioned in schedule of equipment) Closed Pressurized expansion tank to take care of the expansion of water due to the temperature variations in the system shall be provided in the chilled water circuit. It should be bladder type & insulated with 80 / 50 mm thick expanded polystyrene as specified & complete with receiving fittings. The bladder material shall be of nylon coated with butyl rubber.
The tank shall be pre-charged horizontal type complete with replaceable heavy duty butyl rubber diaphragm. Tank shall have system, drain and charging valve (standard tire type) connection to facilitate on site charging of the tank to meet system requirements. The tank shall be constructed in accordance with section VIII of ASME boiler & pressure vessel code and stamped 10 Kg/cm2 working pressure. Tank required for chilled water system shall be suitable for system volume. Maximum and minimum temperature of 45˚ C and 5˚C respectively, fill pressure of 0.8 Kg/cm2 and
For Owner P a g e | 264 For Contractor
maximum tank pressure of 8 Kg/cm2.
8 AIR & DIRT SEPERATOR:
The combined Air & Dirt Separator unit allows it not just to remove free and dissolved air but also dirt particles of up to 10 microns without any change to the designed Pressure drop. The special design of the tube is at the heart of the unique combined action of the separator. Dirt particles of all sizes should sink to the bottom of the unit and collect in the dirt chamber, whilst the air bubbles rise and collect in the air chamber. The dirt can be flushed out while the system is in full operation through the drain valve. The air should release via the automatic air vent. The medium used to de-aerate and remove dirt shall be manufactured of Steel Tube & copper wire & Tin.
The large collector at the bottom should ensure that flushing is only required now and then. The automatic air vent should be guaranteed not to leak and cannot be closed.
There should be a special constructed air chamber to protect the valve mechanism from dirt, sufficient volume to take care of pressure fluctuations. Air Separation via centrifugal force is not acceptable large capacity collection chamber should reduce the need for frequent draining. A drain valve is installed at the bottom of the tube for flushing out the dirt. All connections, fittings and heads shall be of carbon steel.
The unique tube element should cause a local change of the flow in the steel housing, from turbulent to laminar. Because of this, micro bubbles of air are removed from the fluid and dirt particles will sink down. The micro bubbles are collected in the air chamber and released to the environment by means of an automatic air vent. The dirt particles are collected at the bottom of the separator and can be released manually during operation. A good flow-through of the piping should be guaranteed.
Testing
All water piping shall be tested to hydrostatic tests pressure of at least two times the maximum operating pressure, but not less than 7 Kg / cm2 for a period of not less than 24 hours.
All leaks and defects in joints revealed during the testing shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the Consultant/Employer. Piping repaired subsequent to the above pressure shall be retested in the same summer. Piping may be tested in sections and such sections shall be securely capped.
Cleaning Piping
After piping system has been tested and proved tight, the Contractor shall clean piping system of dirt, scale, oil, grease, waste & other foreign substance, which may have accumulated during process of installation. Strainer, screens shall be removed, cleaned and replaced after cleaning process and cleaned after flushing process.
For Owner P a g e | 265 For Contractor
Painting
After all piping has been installed, tested and run for at least two weeks it shall be coated with primer coat and synthetic enamel paints of approved shades as per the color code. The direction of fluid in the pipes shall be visibly marked with paint.
9 AIR MOVING
EQIPMENTS General
The work under this part shall consist of furnishing all labor, material equipment and appliances as specified and required to install Floor Mounted type or Ceiling Suspended type Air Handling Units or Multi flow Chilled water based Cassette type Fan Coil Units and other allied work to make air conditioning system ready for operation as per drawings.
Except or otherwise specified air handling unit or fan coil units and related item shall be in accordance
with these specifications.
For Owner P a g e | 266 For Contractor
with these specifications.
9.1 FLOOR MOUNTED TYPE AIR HANDLING UNITS.
Housing/Casing
The Air handling unit shall be of sectionalized, draw through type double skin construction, consisting of fan section, coil section, filter section, insulated drain pan, etc. as specified.
Double skinned air handling unit shall be in modular construction. Frame work shall be fabricated out of extruded Aluminum sections. Panel shall be removable and made out of GI sheets in sandwiched construction. Outside sheet of panel shall be minimum 0.6 mm thick pre-plasticized GI sheet while inside GI sheet thickness shall be 0.6 mm minimum in natural finish. Polyurethane foam insulation of
3 minimum 40 Kg / M density shall be injected / sandwiched between these panels. Panel thickness shall be 25mm. Suitable doors with die cast Aluminum handles and hinges and latches shall be provided for access to various panels for maintenance. The entire housing shall be mounted on Aluminum channel frame work.
Cooling Coils
The cooling coils shall be as per ARI standard & Coils shall be of the fin and tube type having Aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes. All tubes shall be minimum 10 mm Outer Dia., 27 Gauge and in staggered pattern. The fins shall be minimum 0.14 mm thick Aluminum at a pitch of 5 fins / Cm. All the tube connections to headers and return bends shall be brazed with silver brazing alloy. Capacity of the coil shall be as required under the schedule of equipment. Coils should be suitable for a working pressure of 10 Kg / Cm2.
Fan
Fan wheels and scrolls shall be fabricated from best quality sheet steel. The fan wheels shall be of the Plug type enclosed in housing and mounted on a solid shaft.
Fan scrolls shall be fitted with die formed side sheet streamlined inlet and to ensure smooth airflow into the fan.
Motor and Drive
Fan motors shall be 3 phase, Sq. Cage, and T.E.F.C. induction type, together with starters. The motors shall be capable of high initial starting torque requirement of fans & suitable for VFD application.
For Owner P a g e | 267 For Contractor
Safety features
The fan access door shall be equipped with micro-switch interlock with fan motor enabling switching OFF the fan motor automatically in the event of door opening. Wire guard for fan section access door shall be provided.
Accessories
Each air handling unit shall be complete with:
a) One dial type thermometer each at coil inlet and outlets with tubing and shut off valve.
b) One pressure gauge each at inlet and outlet of the coil, with tubing and gauge cocks.
c) Flexible connection between fan outlet and unit casing. Stainless steel chicken wire screen mesh shall be provided at the duct connection.
d) Vibration isolator of high efficiency.
e) Air purge valve on top of coil headers and drain cocks at the bottom.
f) Suitable concrete / steel foundation.
For Owner P a g e | 268 For Contractor
g) Motor and drive package.
h) Test pocket with thermometer for checking the air inlet and outlet temperature.
Note: Item a, b, c & f above have been quantified separately in the schedule of quantities. As such these items should not be included in the cost of air handling unit.
Powder coated extruded Aluminum fresh air louvers with frame, damper, and fresh air filters (if required), etc. to be measured separately as per BOQ shall be provided in the clear opening in masonry wall. Wherever fresh air ducting is involved, it shall be carried out as specified in Section "SHEET METAL WORK" and insulated with 23mm thick flexible Closed Cell Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber with fire performance class `O' category along with antibacterial property as specified in section "INSULATION".
Filters at Air Handling Unit and Fresh air intakes
The filter shall be constructed out of 50mm deep non-woven polypropylene media stitched between 40 sieve HDPE mesh and Aluminum mesh on the other side. All three stitched together and housed in 14 gauge anodized Aluminum frame. All the edges of the filter element shall be protected from polyester beading and perfectly sealed within the frame with ductile epoxy resin to avoid bypassing of unfiltered air. Filter element shall have minimum 38 folds per meter of filter face area. Filter shall be in foamless construction with rubber gasket fixed on the flange. All hardware used shall either be chrome plated or brass. The maximum pressure drop shall not exceed 2.5mm to 3.5mm WG when clean. Filter shall be complete with mounting arrangement, nut bolts etc. & whatever is required to complete the installation. The efficiency of filter shall be 90% down to 10 micron.
Testing
The air handling unit shall be tested to measure air quantity and coil performance by measuring temperature difference, water flow rate and pressure drop through the coil and then calculating the capacity by using the above measurements.
Limitations
The air velocity across the filter shall not exceed 2.5 M / Sec. (500 FPM). The air velocity across the coil shall not exceed 2.5 M / Sec. (500 FPM).
The air velocity at the fan outlet shall not exceed 9.14 M / Sec. (1800 FPM).
9.2 DOUBLE SKIN CEILING SUSPENDED DUCTABLE UNIT/s
For Owner P a g e | 269 For Contractor
Duct able Units shall consist of fan section, coil section, Pre-filter section and will have the construction as described below –
Units will be in double skin construction with all the features similar to double skin construction units.
Units will be fabricated out of Aluminum Extruded section.
Unit Casing
The framework of the casing will be in extruded Aluminum construction having 15 to 18 micron thick anodized finished. Double skin panels will be fabricated out of best GI 0.6 mm (24G) Powder coated sheet on outer side and plain G. I. 0.6 mm (24G) Sheet on inner side. Injected Puff of density not less than 40 Kg. / Cu. Mtr. will sandwiched between inner and outer sheet. The panels will be fixed on Al. Extruded section in such a manner that fixing screw head does not project on outer face on the panel. The screw hole on panel shall be blocked with Nylon sleeve with cap. The insulation shall be 25 mm thick. The screw cavity on will be blocked with nylon sleeve with cap. Drain tray will be fabricated out of SS sheet thickness not less than 1.2mm (18 G). The tray will have sufficient depth and proper size drain connection. The tray will be insulated from with closed cell elastomeric insulation rubber foam sheet having not less than 20mm.
For Owner P a g e | 270 For Contractor
Filter section will have rigid construction filter fabricated out of GI sheet to house required filters. The filters will be in flange construction having GI casing. Suitable panel of section will be provided with hole for entry with required arrangement to cover sharp edge G. I. sheet. If required, a proper box cover will be provided on cable entry. A provision for earthing will be on mainframe near the cable entry hole.
Inspection doors at required location will be with elegant design hinges made out die Aluminum alloy. Two or more number of hinges door will be provided depending upon the size the door to provide required rigidity to the panel. One or more number of door handles be provided with can type tightening.
The handle and can will be made out of filled having galvanized iron spindle. The door for blower section will be at such a location that the motor and package and fan bearing can be assessed for maintenance. An additional guard made out GI wire mesh of required strength will be at inner side of blower section door. A limit switch / door switch electrical terminal will be provided to the door inter locking with fan. An inspection glass fitting having the element on both side of the panel with common gasket sleeve between two elements will provided on blower section inspection door to inspection of drive package in running without opening the inspection door. The doors of the sections accommodating will be of sufficient size to take care of removal.
All nut bolts, sheet metal screws, fasteners will Zinc / Nickel - plated having resistance against.
Cooling Coils
The cooling coils shall be as per ARI standard & fabricated out of tube having OD not less than 10 mm and fins spaced @ 12 fins / inch. Aluminum& copper tubes will have foam bond provided hydraulic expansion method at the high pressure yield point. The capacity of the coils shall as required under the schedule of equipment. Velocity of air across coil face shall not exceed 155 MPM. The Coils & Fittings shall be suitable for 10kg / cm² Pressure.
Fan scrolls shall be fitted with die formed side streamlined inlet and to ensure smooth into the fan.
Filters
Pre-filters shall be HDPE washable types minimum 50mm thick and shall have the efficiency of 90% down to 10 micron particle size. The pre-filter section will be on suction side of the filters.
Fan motors
Three Phase: Fan motors shall be sq. cage, and T.E.F.C. induction type of efficiency 1 together withstarters. The motors shall be capable of high initial starting torque requirement of fans.
For Owner P a g e | 271 For Contractor
Testing
The air handling unit shall be tested to measure air quantity and coil performance by measuring temperature difference, water flow rate and pressure drop through the coil and then calculating the capacity by using the above measurements.
Limitations
The air velocity across the filter shall not exceed 2.5 M / Sec. (500 FPM). The air velocity across the coil shall not exceed 2.5 M / Sec. (500 FPM).
The air velocity at the fan outlet shall not exceed 9.14 M / Sec. (1800 FPM).
9.3 WATER BASED CEILING SUSPENDED / FLOOR MOUNTED / WALL MOUNTED TYPE VERTICAL FANCOIL UNITS
General
Fan coil units shall comply with quality standard IS0 9001 / 9002 and be 'type' tested. The Contractor
For Owner P a g e | 272 For Contractor
shall submit the make and type of each fan together with the 'type' test certificate for the Architect / Consultant's approval.
Fans, filters, cooling coils, motors, thermal and acoustic insulation shall comply with the appropriate sections of this General Specification and the following requirements:-
Fans shall be of the Double Inlet Double Width (DIDW) forward curved centrifugal or tangential flow types and shall be of aluminum.
Air filters shall be of HDPE type with an efficiency of not less than 50% when tested in accordance with BS EN779.
Motors shall be quiet running and have sleeve or hall bearings factory lubricated for life. Motor windings and electrical components shall be impregnated or protected to avoid trouble from condensation. The fan motor shall be of the single phase permanent split capacitor type provided with three speed tapped windings.
All fan coil units capacity and air flow rate shall be selected based on the performance of the units at medium fan speed.
In selecting the fan coil units, allowance shall he made fur the actual resistance imposed on the air flow of the units due to ducts and grilles. The added resistance is to be applied to all fan coil units whether shown to have ducts connected or not and shall be taken as not less than 50 Pa external to the unit.
The thermal, volumetric and acoustic performance of fan coil units shall meet the requirements indicated and testing and rating shall be in accordance with BS 4856.
Casings
Casings shall be of G.I. sheet metal with thickness not less than 1.0 mm suitably stiffened to minimize drumming and vibration and shall be protected against corrosion and finished inside and outside with stove primer. All corners shall be rounded off without sharp edges. Casings shall be lined with material to act as both thermal and acoustic insulation which shall comply with the relevant specifications. Casings shall include space for pipe work connections and valves, and there shall be ready access to the fan and motor filter, damper, drain pan, pipe work connections and valves, for maintenance purposes.
The motor and fan shall be mounted on a detachable mounting chassis that can be removed from the fan coil enclosure as one assembly (with extended cables) to facilitate fan and motor cleaning. It shall then also be possible to remove the fan impeller scroll casing in order to properly clean the fan blades. Fan and motor assemblies shall be complete with neoprene rubber anti-vibration mountings.
For Owner P a g e | 273 For Contractor
Coil
Cooling coils shall be minimum three-row and shall include an air vent cock and drain valve, the chilled / hot water-cooling coil shall be ARI certified and constructed from seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum fins.
Each Coil shall be provided with all king of motorized and isolation valves, flexible pipe connectors complete with union joints to facilitate removal of the entire unit shall be provided. The connector shall be stainless steel braided polymer tubing limited to 300 mm long and suitable for the system pressure,
Working pressure of coils shall suit specific requirements.
All units shall include an easily removable filter capable of treating the total air volume. Filters shall, unless otherwise specified be washable. It shall be supported in stiff aluminum / stainless steel with draw able frame.
Drain pans shall be made of one piece stamped stainless sheet steel with no weld and protected against
For Owner P a g e | 274 For Contractor
corrosion, or made of reinforced glass fibre materials insulated with a minimum of 13 mm thick flexible closed cell elastomeric insulation. Drain pans shall be large and deep enough to collect all condensate from the coil, return bends and pipe work connections. The pan shall be removable and have a slight fall to the drain connection. For units whose loads include a high proportion of latent cooling the fall to the drain point and the size of the drain connection shall be adequate to deal with the condensed moisture. The coil & all fittings selected should ensure that the assembly can sustain working / static pressure of 10 kg/cm².
Arrangement of Units
The arrangement of units (e.g. wall, floor or ceiling mounted), the position of inlet and outlet grilled if any, the need for G.I. sheet metal casing etc. shall be as indicated.
Controls, Dampers and Grilles
Fan coil units shall have a combined room temperature sensor complete with 3-specd controller and heating / cooling mode selector as specified. Where indicated they shall have connections for both fresh and re-circulated air and shall include a damper which shall be adjustable to give up to 25% of the fan capacity drawing from the fresh air source. Outlet grilles shall be capable of adjusting the direction of airflow without adversely affecting pressure drop. On floor mounted units, supply grilles shall be on the top of the unit.
Noise Level
The noise level criterion is NC 28 at 1 meter distance from Unit.
The noise data provided shall include an octave band analysis & NC level of the sound power level of each unit when operating its full or the stated design speed.
The entire FCU will be powder coated and will be provided with filter box. The FCU will also be provided with auxiliary drain pan (sand witched insulated). The drain connection will be made from both the drain points of main drain tray and the auxiliary drain pan.
9.4 WATER BASED CASSETTE TYPE FAN COIL UNITS
Cassette Unit
The cooling coils shall be made of Copper Tubing having extended aluminium fins. The tubes shall be mechanically expanded for positive bonding between tubes and fins. The cooling coils circuit shall be fed with chilled water from the header through valve and the flow is modulating by modulating control valve with respect to load. The blower shall be statically and dynamically balanced and designed for silent operation at required airflow rates against required static pressure. The filters shall be washable
For Owner P a g e | 275 For Contractor
synthetic media type arranged for convenient cleaning and replacement. In built Drain pump should be provided along with indoor unit for proper drainage of condensed water. The drain pan shall be fabricated out of heavy sheet steel, insulated with 1/4” expanded polyethylene sheet. The casing shall be of heavy gauge G.I., duly powder coated for weather protection.
Controls and Interlocking
Electrically / electronically operated controls shall be provided with all components, auxiliary relays, capacitors including wiring for controls and interlocking.
Drain Piping
Condensate from the evaporator unit shall be drained through properly installed drain piping designed to prevent any accumulation of condensate in the drain pan. Drain piping shall be made of 1.1/4" dia. / 2" dia. rigid PVC pipe of with water tight threaded connections, leading from the room unit to a suitable drain point. Complete drain piping shall be made leak proof and water tight by means of precise installation and the use of leak proof sealant / adhesives. Insulation of drain piping should be carries out with Nitrile rubber.
For Owner P a g e | 276 For Contractor
9.5 VENTILATION FANS:
The design, materials, construction, manufacture, inspection, testing and field performance of the fans shall comply with all currently applicable international / national codes / safety regulations. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the VENDOR of his responsibility. In particular the equipment shall conform to latest editions of all applicable codes and standards listed below.
AMCA-201 -Fans and systems –Application guide AMCA-
203 -Field performance measurement of fan systems
AMCA-210-Laboratory Methods of testing Fans for Aerodynamic performance rating.
AMCA-2404 -Drive arrangements for centrifugal fans
ASME Section-V -Code for Non Destructive examination
ASME Section-IX -Welding and brazing procedure and welder's qualification
BS: 848, Part-1 -Fans for general purposes -Methods of testing performance
BS: 4675, Part-1/ ISO-2372 -Mechanical vibrations in rotating and reciprocating machinery VDI-2056 -Criteria for assessing mechanical vibrations of machines
IS:816-Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel IS:823 -Code of practice for manual metal arc welding of mild steel
IS: 1353(Grade C) -Black Hexagonal bolts, nuts and lock nuts and black hexagonal screws
IS: 210 -Specification for grey iron castings
IS: 2062 -Structural steel (standard quality) for general structural purposes
IS: 2074 -Specifications for Red Oxide Zinc chrome, Priming Ready mixed paint air drying
For Owner P a g e | 277 For Contractor
IS: 325 -Three phase induction motor
IS: 4894 -Specifications for centrifugal fans
ISO: 1940 -Balance quality of rotating rigid bodies (static & dynamic of rotary parts)
IS: 4029 -Guide for testing three phase induction motor
IS-3588 -Specification for Electric Axial flow fans
IS-2312 -Propeller Type A.C. Ventilation Fans
BS-848 -Methods of performance test for Fans
IS-1367 -Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners.
IS-737-Wrought aluminum and aluminum alloy sheet and strip (for general engineering purposes)
For Owner P a g e | 278 For Contractor
9.6 Double Skin Cabinet Type Unit (For Exhaust & Fresh Air)
Construction
Floor mounted exhaust unit will consist of blower section with return air cut out and ventilation units will consist of filter section and fan section with SA cut-out. Units will have the construction as described below-
Casing
Units will be in double skin construction & it will be fabricated out of Aluminum Extruded section and GI panels.
Extruded aluminum profiles will be duly anodized as per industrial standards (15 to 18Micron anodizing). Double skin panels will be fabricated out of best GI 0.6 mm (24G) Powder coated sheet on outer side and plain G. I. 0.6 mm (24G) Sheet on inner side. The panels will be secured properly on the frame structure providing proper gasket between panel and frame.
Filter section (for ventilation units) will have rigid construction filter frame fabricated out of GI sheet to house required size filters. The filters will be in flange type construction having GI casing. Threaded inserts / nuts duly nickel-plated will be pre-fixed on filter frame for securing the filters.
Blower section will consists of fan base frame made out of extruded sections of proper size to facilitate the mounting of fan and motor. Vibration isolators will be provided to eliminate direct contact of fan base frame and casing. Also flexible connection will be provided at the fan outlet. Suitable panel of blower section will be provided with hole for cable entry with required fitting. If required, a proper size box cover will be provided on cable entry location. A provision for earthing will be provided on mainframe near the cable entry hole.
Inspection doors at required location will be provided with elegant design hinges made out die cast Aluminum alloy or glass filled nylon. Two or more number of hinges per door will be provided depending upon the size of the door to provide required rigidity to the door panel. One or more number of door handles will be provided with cam type tightening arrangement. The handle and cam will be made out of glass filled nylon having galvanized iron spindle.
The inspection door for blower section will be provided at such a location that the motor and drive package and fan bearing can be assessed for easily maintenance. An additional guard made out of GI wire mesh of required strength will be provided at inner side of blower section inspection door. A limit switch / door switch with covered electrical terminal will be provided to facilitate the door inter locking with fan operation.
For Owner P a g e | 279 For Contractor
The entire unit will be mounted on a common skid fabricated out of Hot Deep Galvanized MS channel of required size. The skid will be secured with frame structure through threaded fasteners. The skid will be duly painted with the best quality rust preventive primer followed by two coats of enamel paint.
All nut bolts, sheet metal screws, fasteners will be Zinc / Nickel-plated having resistance against rusting.
Fan
Fan wheels and scrolls shall be fabricated from best quality GI sheets. The fan wheels shall be of the forward / backward curved type enclosed in housing and mounted on a solid shaft. The fan shaft will be coated with suitable rust preventives after the final assembly. Backward curved impellers (wherever required) will be in galvanized iron or epoxy painted construction. Fan scrolls shall be fitted with die formed streamlined inlet to ensure smooth airflow into the fan.
Filters
Flanged type filters shall be HDPE washable types with required thickness and filtration level as per requirement. The efficiency of 90% down to 10 micron particle size.
For Owner P a g e | 280 For Contractor
Fan motors
Fan motors shall be 3 phases, sq. cage, and TEFC IP 55 Class F insulation induction type. The motors shall be capable of high initial starting torque requirement of fans.
All the double skin cabinet type unit / ventilation fans shall be AMCA (Air Movement and Control Associates Incorporation of USA) certified for air & noise performance.
9.7 Inline type Fans
The INLINE ventilation fans shall be designed for space saving / low noise generation. Inline fans shall preferably be single skin with swing out motors; these fans shall be complete with casing and impeller. Direction of discharge and rotation position shall be as per the job requirement and shall be marked on the fan assembly.
Brief specifications for the fans are as under.
The proposed fan shall be complete with casing, motor and impeller. Direction of discharge and rotation position shall be in line with the layout shown.
Housing
Housing shall be of GSS powder coated design. The duct connections at the inlet and discharge side of the fan shall be in accordance with the manufacturer standards to avoid transmission of vibrations if any to the ducting.
Impeller
Fan shall have Aluminum impeller with backward curved blades suitable for lowest sound power level. Impeller shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Necessary acoustic insulation required to bring down the noise to the value specified in the SOQ shall be carried out if required; the product shall be supplied with factory insulated design in this case.
Bearings
Bearings shall be completely maintenance free and can be used in any mounting position at maximum indicated temperature.
For Owner P a g e | 281 For Contractor
Fan motor
Fans shall have external rotor motor or IEC standard motor supplied with built-in thermal contacts. At the critical high temperature point the thermal contact shall open and break the power supply of the Fan. Fan motor shall be insulation class F and protection class IP - 54.
Drive
Drive of the fans shall be direct driven.
9.8 AIR WASHER UNIT:
CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
TYPE
The Units shall be draw through type (Suspended, Horizontal floor mounted, roof mounted, Vertical etc) as specified. Unit assemblies shall be all bolted construction with intermediate stiffening corrosion resistant and strengthened as necessary to prevent distortion and drumming in operation. All individual components and sections shall be assembled using standard fastening techniques and provide a smooth air passage. Locking devices shall be used with all fastenings which are subject to vibration.
Methods of strengthening and fastening shall ensure that the air handling assemblies are no less rigid in operation than the distribution ductwork to which they connect The unit shall comprise of various sections such as Pre-filters, fan, mixing box etc.
For Owner P a g e | 282 For Contractor
CASING
Double Skin Construction- Roof / Floor Mounted Unit.
Double Skin wall panels shall be 50 mm thick made of GSS, pressure injected with polyurethane foam insulation of density 40 kg/cum. Mtr. and K factor not exceeding 0.02 W / M °C. Double skin wall panels shall be fixed to 2.5 mm thick aluminum alloy twin box section structural framework with stainless steel screws. Outer sheet of the panels shall be made of 0.6 mm thick GSS pre-plasticized or powder coated. Inner sheet shall be 0.6mm thick plain GSS. A suitable canopy shall be provided for all outdoor Units.
Double Skin Construction
Double Skin wall panels shall be 25 mm thick made of GSS, pressure injected with polyurethane foam insulation of density 40 kg/cum. Mtr. and K factor not exceeding 0.02 W / M °C. Double skin wall panels shall be fixed to 2.5 mm thick aluminum alloy twin box section structural framework with stainless steel screws. Outer sheet of the panels shall be made of 0.6 mm thick GSS pre- plasticized or powder coated. Inner sheet shall be 0.6mm thick plain GSS.
The entire framework shall be mounted on a 100mm (minimum) aluminum alloy channel base. The panels shall be sealed to the framework by heavy-duty "O" ring neoprene gaskets held captive in the framed extrusion. All panels shall be detachable or hinged. Hinges shall be made of die cast aluminum with stainless steel pivots. Handles shall be made of hard nylon and be operational from both inside and outside of the unit. Units supplied with various sections shall be suitable for on-site assembly match drilled, with bolts, nuts and continuous neoprene rubber gaskets. All fixing and gaskets shall be concealed.
Floor and roof panels shall be double skin type and shall be of same construction as the wall panels.
Units shall have hinged quick-opening insulated access door on fan and filter sections. Access doors shall be double skin type and shall be of same construction as the wall panels. The access doors shall be secured with a minimum number of quick release fastenings consistent with effective air sealing. The access panels shall be sized for the full height of the unit or section but need not exceed 1800 mm.
Four (4) lifting lugs treated with an etch primer shall be bolted to each base section for lifting or placing the Unit in place.
All connecting fasteners & related hardware and its accessories shall be in stainless steel.
For Owner P a g e | 283 For Contractor
Sloping condensate drain pan shall be fabricated from stainless steel 316 sheets and stainless steel nipple for drain connection. It shall be isolated from bottom floor panel through 25mm thick heavy duty Treated for Fire (TF) quality expanded polystyrene or polyurethane foam. Drain pan shall extend beyond the coil.
Casing shall be of air-tight construction and sufficiently rigid to exclude vibrations, throughout the working capacity range of the Unit.
Access doors at fan section, coil section and filter section shall have glass inspection windows / viewports. Marine lights shall also be provided at these sections.
Unit shall have Single point power connection. All internal power wiring required shall be factory wired or field wired. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for providing the necessary starters, along with all accessories, interlocks, necessary control wiring etc, as required. Emergency stop push button of mushroom type shall be provided. Padlock shall be included in starter / disconnect switch.
Standalone DDC Controllers shall be provided by the Unit manufacturer or the Mechanical Contractor,
For Owner P a g e | 284 For Contractor
to run Unit independently and to send a signal to project wide DDC system for central monitoring.
Fan
The fan section of the Unit shall be of rigid constructions, with the fan scroll and bearings mounted on a frame rigidly secured to a formed channel base. All fans shall be constructed to a fully developed design and shall be capable of withstanding the pressures and stressed developed during continuous operation at the selected duty. Fans shall be of the double - width, double - inlet centrifugal type with forward or backward curved airfoil blades. Fans shall have forward inclined blades (static pressures up to 70 mm Wg) and backward inclined blades (static pressure above 70 mm Wg). Fans driven by variable frequency drive shall be backward inclined irrespective of static pressure value. Fans shall be type tested in accordance with the requirements of BS 848 and shall be selected to give flow rates as specified in the equipment schedule. Fans shall be selected for minimum efficiency of 75% Fan casing shall be made of galvanized steel sheet. Bearings shall be self-aligning, pillow-block type selected for an average life of 200,000 hours at design operating conditions, and shall be provided with grease line extending to the outside of the Unit casing.
The fan wheels shall be keyed to the shaft and the complete wheel and shaft assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Fan and shaft assembly shall be selected to operate at a speed of at least 25% below the first critical speed. Fan shall be designed for continuous operation at the maximum rated speed and capacity. Outlet velocity shall not exceed ASHRAE recommendations. Fan shall be driven by an internally unit-mounted motor connected to fan by poly V-belt drive. Access panel for easy belt change shall be provided for internally mounted motors. Belts shall be adjustable to provide not less than 20% speed variation. Motors shall be provided with adjustable bases for belt tensioning. The entire Unit fan - motor assembly shall be housed inside the UNIT casing and mounted on an epoxy coated common steel base channel section with vibration isolation mounting. If the Fan capacity exceeds 6,000 CFM, it should be provided with spring isolators.
Fan motor shall be of totally enclosed fan-cooled, (IP55) squirrel cage, induction type and shall be suitable for 415V / 3 Ph / 50 Hz, and a maximum speed of 1450 rpm. Motor insulation shall be class F with temperature rise limited to Class B. Motor shall be sized to provide the additional power requirements when the fan is operated to provide an additional 20% of the rated capacity. Motor shall be energy efficient having minimum 94% efficiency.
Supply fan performance shall be rated in accordance with AHRI standard 430.
Computer fan selection print outs shall be submitted along with the offer.
Drain Pan
An insulated watertight condensate drain pan shall be provided in each Unit. Sloping condensate drain pan shall be fabricated from stainless steel 316 sheets and stainless-steel nipple for drain connection. It shall be isolated from bottom floor panel through 25mm thick heavy duty Treated for Fire (TF) quality expanded polystyrene or polyurethane foam. Drain pan shall extend beyond the coil.
For Owner P a g e | 285 For Contractor
Drain connection shall be provided on both sides of the casing. The drain pan shall be sloped ¼ inch per Ft towards a drain connection and constructed to allow complete pan drainage.
Heavy duty flexible double layer canvas connection shall be provided at the outlet of unit fan. Additional double layer canvas connection shall be provided between the GSS ducting and Unit. This canvas connection shall contain a provision (zip) for measuring the DBT and WBT of the cooled and dehumidified air.
The Unit shall be provided with the following accessories, bulk head lamp, inspection windows, limit switch, extended grease lines and belt and motor guard.
Suitably sized Condensate receiver with suitably sized Drain Pumps (1D+1S) shall also be provided.
For Owner P a g e | 286 For Contractor
Filter Section
Pre-Filter
Each unit shall be provided with a factory assembled filter section containing 48mm thick washable synthetic type air filters having GSS frame. The media shall be supported with High Density polyethylene (HDPE) mesh on one side and aluminum on the other side. Filter banks shall be easily accessible and designed for easy withdrawal and replacement of filter cells. Filter bank framework shall be fully sealed and constructed from GSS. The efficiency of the filters shall be 90% down to 10 microns.
The Contractor shall include in their scope, replacement of all used pre filters, after commissioning of the system.
Filters – Codes and Standards.
ASHRAE 52.1 : Gravimetric and Dust spot procedures for testing Air cleaning devices.
IS 7613 : Methods of testing panel type Air Filters of HVAC.
FED STD-209 : Clean room and work station requirements.
Mixing Box (Wherever Applicable)
Mixing box shall be complete with motorized fresh and return air dampers. Mixing box shall be provided whenever indicated on drawings and schedule. The box shall be of the same construction as specified for the other unit sections. The mixing box section shall have opposed blade interconnected fresh air and return air dampers. Damper blades shall be brake formed for stiffness and shall be taper locked and keyed to 13 mm steel rods rotating on nylon bushings and mounted in rigid galvanized steel damper frames. Dampers shall be sectionalized to limit blade length to not more than 1400 mm in order to prevent excessive blade warping and ensure right blade closure.
Humidification Section:
This section shall be mounted behind suction side of fan and motor section in the main casing, consisting of cooling media, water distribution system, water tank, pump etc.
Cooling media
The cooling media shall be of buildup cellulose paper pads of totally imported origin. The media shall be made of special cellulose paper impregnated with insoluble anti-rot salts, rigidifying saturate and wetting agents with built in eliminators. Pads shall be self-supported with exclusive cross-fluted configuration. Air velocity across the pads shall not exceed 2.5 m/s and shall provide minimum 90% saturation efficiency at minimum 200-mm thickness of pads.
For Owner P a g e | 287 For Contractor
Water distribution system - The water shall be distributed on the top of pads with GI piping class B from pumps to air washer, necessary valves, strainers, fitting etc.
Water tank
The water reserving tank shall be made of 3 mm thick M.S. Sheet with fiber glass Lining Internally.
Tank shall be provided with brass suction screen, quick make-up water fill, float valve, over flow and drain connection etc.
Provide secondary stainless steel (SS 316) drain pan to prevent water leakage. Connect secondary drain pan to the receiver and pump mentioned below. Secondary drain pan shall be 25% higher in size than the primary pan.
Suitably sized Drain Pumps (1W+1S) shall also be provided.
Access doors at fan section, humidification section and filter section shall have glass inspection windows/viewports. Marine lights shall also be provided at these sections.
For Owner P a g e | 288 For Contractor
Pump
Each unit shall be provided with pump set (1 Working + 1 Standby) of required capacity with motor. Pump shall be complete with casing, impeller, stuffing box made of cast iron. Pump shaft shall be of steel with bronze sleeve extending through the stuffing box for water sealing. The pump and motor shall be coupled with flexible coupling. Pump shall be one number working and standby.
Starter
Unit shall have Single point power connection. All internal power wiring required shall be factory wired or field wired. The Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for providing the necessary starters, along with all accessories, interlocks, necessary control wiring etc., as required. Emergency stop push button of mushroom type shall be provided. Padlock shall be included in starter/disconnect switch.
Dampers
Dampers shall be opposed blade type. Blades shall be made of double skin airfoil extruded aluminum sections with integral gasket and assembled within a rigid extruded aluminum or nylon, turning in Teflon bushes. In case of automatic dampers, sealed ball bearings shall be provided, in place of Teflon bushes. Manual dampers shall be provided with a Bakelite knob for locking the damper blades in position. Linkages shall be extended for motorized operation if specified in data sheet A. Damper frames shall be sectionalized to minimize blade warping. Air leakage through dampers when in the closed position shall not exceed 1.5% of the maximum design air volume flow rate at the maximum design air total pressure.
Unit Total (Internal & External) Pressure Calculation
Contractor shall submit calculations for the internal and external pressure of each Unit system based on the equipment to be selected and ducting system to be installed including pressure drops in coil, filter (dirty condition), ducts and fittings, Dampers, diffusers etc. Contractor shall obtain approval from consultant on the SP Calculations before ordering Unit motor. Required motor HP based on actual Calculated SP and 10% Service factor shall be provided without extra cost.
Noise Level
The noise level criterion is NC 60 at 1-meter distance from Unit.
Painting
Paint shade shall be as per manufacturer's standard, unless otherwise advised during construction period.
For Owner P a g e | 289 For Contractor
Penetrations
All penetrations to Units shall be sealed properly for zero leakage.
9.9 AIR CLEANING UNITS FOR KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST – SCRUBBERS:
Unit to be constructed in modular construction by using minimum 16G zinc coated steel.
All the welds and the finished area of welds are treated with corrosion & rust inhibiting coating to assure long life cabinet to be finished & completed with a durable industrial grade semi glass, backed on enamel not less than 3 mm Thk. All doors are gasket to prevent air & water leakage.
Sections
Pre-Filter: - Metal mesh or perforated plate type pre filter to capture of oversize objects and agglomerated mists.
Electrostatic Air Cleaner Module: -
Electrostatic Air cleaners’ section capable to remove extremely small particulate the working of electrostatic air cleaner should be as under.
For Owner P a g e | 290 For Contractor
“As air enters filter, the particles pass through a high intensity electrical field that imparts an electrical change to the particles. The charged particles should range in size from 0.01 micron to 10 micron”
The charged particles pass through a series of alternately charged collector plates. The particles should repelled by plate with the same polarity and attracted to plates with opposite polarity.
Ionizing-Collecting Cells:
Ionizing-Collecting cell(s) shall be of one-piece construction 13.38” (340mm) deep in direction of airflow. All support framing, end plates and ionizer ground electrodes shall be 0.090 inch (2.2mm) thick aluminum. Both repelling and collector plates shall be 0.032 inch (0.8mm) thick aluminum alloy material rigidly retained in place with tubular spacers and tie rods. Each plate shall be corrugated, perpendicular to airflow direction. Spacing between plates shall be no less than 0.318 inch (8mm). Each cell shall weigh at least 14 kg with at least 8 ionizing wires.
Ionizer
Ionizing electrodes / wires shall be of tungsten material, rigidly supported both vertically and laterally. Ionizing electrode to ground electrode spacing shall be 1.0" (25mm). High voltage support insulators shall be of Teflon material, glazed to enhance dielectric strength and retard tracking.
Power Supply
Power supplies shall be 100% solid state, operate on 240 VAC, 50 HZ, 1 Phase input and provide a dual high voltage output of 12 to 13 KVDC for the ionizer and 6.0 to 6.5 KVDC for the collector in normal operation conditions. Current output at the high tension shall be 12mA. A maximum power output for the solid state power supply shall be 120 watts to maintain the specified collection efficiency. Integrally mounted Electrical interlocks shall be provided to prevent access to the high voltage components without first interrupting the primary input power. The power supply shall operate over a temperature range of - 32 degrees F to 140 degrees F, be overloaded self-protecting and accommodate an LED lights indicating the performance status of the ionizing/collecting cell. High voltage output components in the power supply shall be sealed with epoxy for moisture resistance.
The power pack shall incorporate a short circuit arc protection with automatic power restoration system to prevent overload.
Performance Indicator Lights
There shall be 2 LED lights (Green & Red) installed on the access door of the unit to indicate the status of the air cleaning system. Control Panel should be as part of Main MCC panel meant for Kitchen ventilation system.
For Owner P a g e | 291 For Contractor
Blower Section
Blower section should be equipped with heavy duty energy efficient plug type fans along with VFD driven fan motor. The fan motor should be direct mounted type with extended shaft. The motor should be out of Air stream by creating compartment in between Plug Type fan & motor. The compartment where motor is installed should be provided with louvers for Ventilation.
10 DUCT WORK AND OUTLET
General
The work under this part shall consist of providing all labor, materials, equipment and appliances as specified and required to install all sheet metal and other allied work to make the air conditioning system ready for operation as per drawings.
Except or otherwise specified all duct work and related items shall be in accordance with these specifications.
Duct work shall mean all ducts, casings, dampers, access doors, joints, stiffeners and hangers.
For Owner P a g e | 292 For Contractor
Duct Materials
The ducts shall be fabricated from galvanized steel sheets conforming to IS: 277 (latest edition) with grade of coating not less than 20 or aluminum sheets conforming to IS: 737 latest editions (wherever aluminum ducts are specified). The material for the factory fabricated duct works shall be as per the approved manufacturer.
All duct work, sheet metal thickness and fabrication unless otherwise directed shall strictly meet requirements, as described in IS: 855 -latest edition.
The thickness of all four sides shall be determined by the thickness required for the longest side of the duct.
The gauges, joints and bracings for sheet metal duct work shall further conform to the provisions as shown on drawing.
Ducts flange joints shall be as per SMACNA standards.
Ducts larger than 450mm shall be cross broken.
Changes in section of duct work shall be affected by tapering the ducts with as long a taper is possible. All bracings shall be taken off at not more than 45° angle from the axis of the main duct unless otherwise approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
The ducts are to be fastened through clinching, rivets, bolts or sheet metal screw. The sealant shall be non- hardening, water and fire resistant. Duct hanger rods shall be minimum 6mm galvanized having threading on one end/both ends/full lengths as per the requirement.
The spiral ducts shall be suitable for low and medium pressure. These should be constructed and erected to form rigid installation, free from sway.
The ducts end cap shall be dish end type. Two straight length of the duct shall be joined using slip joint couplings.
All ducts shall be supported from the ceiling/slab by means of MS/GI rods of 8mm diameter with MS angle size 35mm x 35mm x 3mm at the bottom for sizes up to 2250mm. Above size 2250mm support be provided with 2mm diameter MS rod and MS angle size 50mm x 50mm at the bottom.
For Owner P a g e | 293 For Contractor
Factory fabricated rigid ducts shall be as per SMACNA. Ducts shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet steel as per IS 277, lock forming quality with zinc coating of minimum 120 gm/sq m on each side. Sheets shall be free from blisters, pits and imperfect coating.
Installation
During the construction, the contractor shall temporarily close duct openings with sheet metal covers to prevent debris from entering ducts and to maintain openings straight and square, as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Great care shall be taken to ensure that the duct work does not extend outside and beyond height limits as noted on the drawings.
All duct work shall be of high quality approved galvanized sheet steel guaranteed not to crack or peel on bending or fabrication of ducts. All joints shall be tight and shall be made in the direction of air flow.
The ducts shall be reinforced where necessary, and must be so secured in place as to avoid vibration of the duct and its support.
All air turns of 45o or more shall include curved metal blades or vanes arranged so as to permit the air to make the abrupt turns without an appreciable turbulence. Turning vanes shall be securely fastened to
For Owner P a g e | 294 For Contractor
prevent noise or vibration. All ducts shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with modern design practice. The sheet metal gauges and fabrication proceedings as given in IS specifications shall be adhered to and shall be considered as an integral part of these specifications.
The duct work shall be varied in shape and position to fit actual conditions at site. All changes shall be in accordance with accepted air conditioning duct design and subject to Engineer-in- charge's approval. Contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-charge of any difficulty in carrying out his work before fabrication.
Sponge rubber or approved gaskets shall be installed between duct flanges as well as between all connections of sheet metal ducts to walls, floor columns, heater casings and filter casings. Sheet metal connections shall be made to walls and floors by means of galvanized steel angles anchored to the building structure with anchor bolts and with the sheet bolted to the angles. Sheet metal connections shall be as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The duct shall be supported from the structure by means of metallic fasteners of `HILTI' or approved make with pneumatic gun and procedure approved by Engineer in the R.C.C. work. In no case the duct will be rested upon the false ceiling/boxing or on supports grouted in the wall.
Flanges and supports are to be of black mild steel and are to be primer coated on all surfaces before erection and painted with aluminum paint thereafter. Accessories such as damper blades and access panels are to be of materials of appropriate thickness and finish similar to the adjacent ducting, as specified.
Joints, seams, sleeves, splitters, branch takeoffs and supports are to be as per duct details as specified or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
Joints requiring bolting or riveting may be fixed by hexagonal nuts and bolts, stove bolts or buck bolts, rivets or closed center top rivets or spot welding. Self-tapping screws must not be used. All fixtures must have a permanently non-corrosive finish such as cadmium plating or galvanizing as appropriate. Spot welds and bronze welds are to be coated on all surfaces with zinc rich paint, as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
Flexible joints are to be fitted to the suction and delivery of all fans. The material is to be normally double heavy canvas or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. On all circular spigots the flexible materials is to be screwed or clip band with adjustable screw or toggle fitting. For rectangular ducts the material is to be flanged and bolted with a backing flat or bolted to mating flange with backing flat.
Flexible joints are to be not less than 105 mm and not more than 25 mm between faces. Both ends of the ducts at such joints shall be provided with chicken wire mesh screen. The duct work should be carried out in a manner and at such time as not to hinder or delay the work of other agencies especially boxing or false ceiling contractor.
Dampers
For Owner P a g e | 295 For Contractor
Volume Control Damper
Volume dampers must be provided at the junction of each branch duct with main duct and split of main duct. Dampers shall be two gauges heavier than gauge of the large duct, and shall be rigid in construction to the passage of air.
Volume dampers shall be of an approved type, lever operated and complete with locking devices which will permit the dampers to be adjusted and locked in any positions.
The dampers shall be of splitter, butterfly type. Damper blade shall not be less than 1.25 mm (18 gauge) reinforced with 25mm angles 3mm thick along any unsupported side longer than 250mm. Angles shall neither interfere with the operation of dampers, nor cause any turbulence. The damper shall be so
For Owner P a g e | 296 For Contractor
fabricated as to avoid any leakage of air through the bearing space around damper leave rod.
Automatic and manual opposed blade dampers shall be complete with frames and bronze bearings as per drawings. Dampers and frames shall be constructed of 1.8mm steel and blades shall not be over 225mm wide. Dampers for fresh air inlet shall additionally have extruded aluminum rain protection louvers with wire mesh screen fixed on the air inlet side of louver.
Wherever required for system balancing, provide a volume balancing opposed blade damper with quadrant and fly-nut lock.
After completion of the duct work, dampers are to be adjusted and set to deliver the required amounts of air as specified on the drawings.
Fire Damper
The fire dampers shall be provided wherever shown on the drawings. The damper blades and outer frame shall be constructed out of 1.8 mm galvanized sheet steel. Damper blades shall be pivoted using chrome plated spindles with bronze bushes. Damper housing shall be provided with seals all around to avoid smoke leakage. Damper shall normally be held open by a stainless steel spring loaded fusible link, duly stamped by preferably UL (Underwriter Lab) or any approved testing authority. In case of motorized damper it shall be operated by motorized damper actuator on getting a signal from fire alarm panel or any other smoke/ heat sensing device. Remote control panel shall be provided with the fire damper and shall provide the facility to operate and test the damper operation at regular interval.
The fire dampers shall have at least 100 minutes fire resistance rating.
Access Panel
A hinged and gasketed access panel shall be provided on duct work before each coil and at each control device that may be located inside the duct work.
Miscellaneous
All ducts above 450mm to be cross broken to provide rigidity to the ducts.
All duct work joints to be square or approaching square with all sharp edges removed.
For Owner P a g e | 297 For Contractor
Sponge rubber gaskets are to be provided behind the flange of all grills. Longitudinal and circumferential joints of toilet extract air duct shall be further sealed with flexible permanent mastic to avoid unwanted infiltration of outside air into the duct work and thus affecting the system exhaust adversely.
Each shoot from the duct, leading to a grille, shall be provided with an air defector to divert the air into the grille through the shoot.
Inspection doors measuring at least 450mm x 450mm are to be provided in each system at an appropriate location as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
Diverting vanes must be provided at the bends exceeding 500mm and at branches connected into the main duct without a neck.
Proper hangers and supports should be provided to hold the duct rigidly to keep them straight to avoid vibrations. Additional supports to be provided where required for rigidity or as directed by Engineer-in- Charge.
The duct should be routed directly with a minimum of directional change.
The duct work shall be provided with additional supports/ hangers, wherever required or as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge, at no extra cost.
All duct supports, flanges, hangers and damper boxes etc. shall be given 2 coats of red oxide paint with
For Owner P a g e | 298 For Contractor
final finish of black coat, at no extra cost.
All angle iron flanges are to be welded by electric arc welding and holes to be drilled.
The duct should be supported by approved type supports at a distance not exceeding 2.4m.
Sheet metal connection pieces, partitions and plenums required shall be constructed of 1.25mm (18 gauges), sheet thoroughly stiffened with 25mm x 25mm angle iron braces and fitted with access door.
Duct sections in general shall be provided with 18 gauge galvanized weld mesh with about 8mm center for rat protection in the supply air ducts at AHU/fan outlets, return air openings in AHU room and above return air slits in conditioned spaces or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge at no extra cost.
Grilles
The supply and return air grilles shall be fabricated from extruded aluminum sections. The supply and return air grilles shall have double adjustable louvers. The supply air grille shall additionally have an opposed blade extruded aluminum damper. The grilles shall be with outer frames.
The opposed blade dampers in black anodized finish shall be suitable for operation from the grille face.
Grilles longer than 450mm shall have intermediate supports for the horizontal louvers. The grilles shall generally be the design of Tuttle and Balley grilles and registers. Grilles shall be powder coated as per the shade approved by Engineer.
Linear grilles shall be fabricated from extruded aluminum section have horizontal fixed sections of minimum 3 mm uniformly thick at angle of 15 Deg.
Return air grilles in MS construction (if specified in BOQ) shall be provided with vertical and horizontal adjustable bars and volume control dampers operational from front of grille. The frame shall be of minimum 20G and louvers out of 24g sheet steel. The damper blade shall be of 20G sheet steel.
Diffusers
The ceiling type rectangular or square diffusers shall be fabricated from extruded aluminum section in removable core construction and provided with anti-smudge ring.
For Owner P a g e | 299 For Contractor
All supply diffusers shall be provided with extruded aluminum, opposed blade dampers, adjustable and lockable from bottom. Dampers shall be in black anodized finish.
Linear diffuser shall be multi slot type fabricated from extruded aluminum sections. Each slot shall have air direction controllers with sliding damper for supply air portion only.
Fresh air intake and Extract Louvers
All the louvers shall be rain protection type and shall be fabricated from extruded aluminum section. The minimum depth of louver assembly shall be 105mm. The louvers shall additionally be provided with heavy duty expanded metal (aluminum-alloy) bird screen.
Jet Nozzles
Are to be constructed from aluminum spinning’s supported on the flange assembly which can be mounted on the duct collar or suitable frame. Nozzle should be of routable type up to ± 40° for “Eye ball” jet direction.
Finish of nozzles should be epoxy polyester powder coated & shade should be as per Architect / interior designer’s choice.
Painting
All grilles, diffusers shall be powder coated in the shade approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. All ducts immediately behind the grilles/diffusers etc. are to be given two coats of black paint in matte finish.
For Owner P a g e | 300 For Contractor
Testing
After completion, all duct system shall be tested for air leakage.
The entire air distribution system shall be balanced to supply the air quantity as required in various areas and the record of balanced air quantity through each outlet shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Design parameter
a) Maximum Velocity in main duct : 450 meters/minute
b) Maximum Velocity at supply outlet : 150 meters/minute
c) Maximum friction in duct : 1.0 cm WG / 100 m run.
11 NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL
General
This section of the Specification intends to direct the Contractor to select the appropriate and sufficient noise and vibration control measures on the plant / equipment, the interconnected piping, ductwork and conduit so that when the installed plant / equipment are put into operation, the resulting noise and vibration levels at locations within the building and at the adjacent or nearby buildings shall not exceed the acceptable limits.
The Corrected Noise Level at potential Noise Sensitive Receiver in the adjacent or nearby building, if so identified in the Particular Specification and/or Drawings, shall not exceed the Acceptable Noise Level stipulated in the Technical Memorandum for the Assessment of Noise from Places other than Domestic Premises, Public Places or Construction Sites issued by the Environmental Protection Department when the plant/equipment installed by the Contractor are put into operation.
Equipment Bases
General
Floor mounted equipment shall be installed on 100 mm high concrete housekeeping pads provided by the Building Contractor covering the whole floor area requirements of the equipment bases plus a minimum of 150 mm further on each side or on inverted beams at the roof. Vibration isolators shall be mounted on this concrete pad or inverted beams.
Welded Structural Steel Bases
For Owner P a g e | 301 For Contractor
Bases shall be constructed of adequate T or channel steel members reinforced as required to prevent the bases from flexing at start-up and from misalignment of drive and driven units. All perimeter members shall be of steel sections with a minimum depth equal to 1/10th of the longest dimension of the base but need not exceed 350 mm provided that the deflection and misalignment are kept within acceptable limits as determined by the equipment manufacturer. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to provide a base clearance of 50 mm.
Concrete Inertia Bases
Concrete inertia bases shall be formed within a structural steel beam or channel frame reinforced as required to prevent flexing, misalignment of the drive and driven units or transferable of stresses into equipment. The base shall be completed with height saving brackets, concrete reinforcement and equipment bolting down provisions.
In general the thickness of concrete inertia bases shall be of a minimum of 1/12th of the longest dimension of the base but never be less than 150 mm. The base depth needs not exceed 300 mm unless specifically required.
As an indication of the standards required, minimum thickness of the inertia base shall generally comply
For Owner P a g e | 302 For Contractor
with the following table or be 1/12th of the longest dimension of the base, whichever is the larger:
Motor Size (KW) Minimum Thickness
3.7-11 150mm
15-37 200mm
45-55 250mm
75 -185 300mm
Base forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcement consisting of 13 mm bars or angles welded in place on 150 mm centers running both ways in a layer of 40 mm above the bottom, or additional steel as is required by the structural conditions.
Unless otherwise specified, concrete inertia bases shall weigh from 2 to 3 times the combined weight of the equipment / plant to be installed thereon.
Base forms shall be furnished with drilled steel members and with anchor-bolt sleeves welded below the holes where the anchor bolts fall in concrete locations.
Height saving brackets shall be provided in all mounting locations to maintain a base clearance of 50 mm.
Vibration Isolators
The following types of vibration isolation mountings or suspensions are not exhaustive but serve to cover the main types that shall be applied as appropriate unless otherwise stated in the Particular Specifications.
Free Standing Spring Mounts
These shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with a minimum of 6.0 mm neoprene acoustical friction pads between the base plate and the support.
All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment.
Spring diameters shall be no less than 80% of the compressed height of the spring at rated load with horizontal spring stiffness 1.1 times the rated vertical spring stiffness. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to 'solid' (fully compressed) equal to 50% of the rated deflection.
For Owner P a g e | 303 For Contractor
Springs shall be so designed that the ends of the springs remain parallel.
The springs selected for any given application shall be non-resonant with the equipment's or support structure's natural frequencies. This shall apply to all springs hereafter described.
Restrained Spring Mounts
Equipment with operating weight different from the installed weight such as chillers, boilers etc. and equipment exposed to the wind such as cooling towers and other roof mounted plants shall be mounted on spring mountings but a housing shall be used that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when some of the weight is removed, i.e. when the system is drained or lifted by abnormal wind pressure.
Double Deflection Neoprene Mounts
These mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 8.5 mm. All metal surfaces shall be neoprene covered to avoid corrosion and shall have friction pads on both the top and the bottom so that they need not be bolted to the floor. Bolt holes shall be provided for applications where bolting down is required.
Neoprene Pads
These mountings shall consist of 'waffle' form neoprene pads of 8.0 mm thickness. Where required these shall be adhesive cemented to 3 mm steel plate of similar area so as to form a sandwich.
The area of pad to be used and the number of layers shall be determined for each application in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
For Owner P a g e | 304 For Contractor
Sound Attenuators
The sounds attenuators have been designed to avoid noise interference between inter connected areas.
The casing shall be manufactured from galvanized sheet metal 1.00mm thick to BS 2989 grade with spot welded seams or lock for formed seams, with a mastic sealant the construction complies with DW 142 Class – B code. Attenuating splitters are constructed from a press formed frame of G.I sheet and incorporate high density & highly absorbent fiber glass insulation material with fiber glass tissue covering with 26 SWG perforated aluminum sheet.
The Acoustic lining complies with class – O building regulations & has a class tissue facing for erosion protection. The splitters have fared entry and exit noses to minimize pressure drop. The Splitters are radiuses at both ends to minimize air Pressure loss and regenerated noise.
12 PRE-INSULATED
PIPES Below
Ground General
a) All straight lengths, elbows, tees, reducers, anchors and other accessories shall be designed to prevent the ingress of water or moisture into the insulation and shall be factory fabricated, insulated, and jacketed.
b) All elbows, tees, reducers, anchors and other accessories shall be designed so field joints are made in straight sections of pipe only.
c) The piping system shall be designed, fabricated and installed in accordance with ASME B31.1.
d) Installation of the pre-insulated piping shall be in accordance with the pre-insulated pipe manufacturer’s instructions.
e) The manufacturer of pre-insulated pipe must have a minimum of 5 years’ experience.
f) The pipe system shall be analyzed by the Installing Contractor to determine the stress and movement in the pipe system as well as support loading if required. This will determine the need for stress relieving elements such as Expansion/contraction joints or loops.
Steel Service Pipe Specification
a) Pipe material shall be MS ERW, conforming to IS 1239 (Part 1): 2004 Class C (up to 150mm) & IS
For Owner P a g e | 305 For Contractor
3589:2001 MS ERW (Above 150mm) the pipe material shall be as per Table 1.0.
b) Pipe fitting material shall be standard weight according to ASTM A234 WPB, ASTM A105 or ASTM A53 Gr. B, ERW as applicable. Butt-weld fittings shall be in accordance with ASME B16.9. Socket weld fittings shall be in accordance with ASME B. 16.11.
c) Pipe sizes 63 mm and larger shall have butt-weld ends. Pipe sizes 50 mm and smaller shall have square cut ends for socket welding.
d) Elbows shall be long radius, 1.5D minimum centerline radius or bent to a 2D centerline radius in accordance with ASME B31.1.
e) Tees shall be forged tees or butt welded in accordance with MSS SP-97 or weld-o-lets can be used for reducing tees. Reducers shall be eccentric type.
For Owner P a g e | 306 For Contractor
P i p e W a l l
P i p e S i z e (M M ) T h i c k n e s s (M M ) S ta n d a r d
6 0 0 8 I S 3 5 8 9 : 2 0 0 1
4 0 0 8 I S 3 5 8 9 : 2 0 0 1
3 0 0 6 . 3 I S 3 5 8 9 : 2 0 0 1
2 5 0 6 . 3 I S 3 5 8 9 : 2 0 0 1
2 0 0 6 . 3 I S 3 5 8 9 : 2 0 0 1
1 5 0 5 . 4 I S 1 2 3 9 ( P a r t 1 ) 2 0 0 4
1 2 5 5 . 4 I S 1 2 3 9 ( P a r t 1 ) 2 0 0 4
1 0 0 5 . 4 I S 1 2 3 9 ( P a r t 1 ) 2 0 0 4
8 0 4 . 8 I S 1 2 3 9 ( P a r t 1 ) 2 0 0 4
6 5 4 . 5 I S 1 2 3 9 ( P a r t 1 ) 2 0 0 4
5 0 4 . 5 I S 1 2 3 9 ( P a r t 1 ) 2 0 0 4
4 0 4 I S 1 2 3 9 ( P a r t 1 ) 2 0 0 4
3 2 4 I S 1 2 3 9 ( P a r t 1 ) 2 0 0 4
2 5 4 I S 1 2 3 9 ( P a r t 1 ) 2 0 0 4
2 0 3 . 2 I S 1 2 3 9 ( P a r t 1 ) 2 0 0 4
Table 1 – Core Pipe Specifications
Service Pipe Fabrication
a) All elbows, tees, reducers, anchors and other accessories shall be designed so field joints are made in straight sections of pipe only.
b) All service pipe welding shall be in accordance with ASME B31.1
c) All weld procedures & welders shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX.
d) Weld procedures, procedure qualifications and welder qualifications shall be submitted to the consulting engineer for approval.
e) To ensure proper bonding the service pipe must be free from rust, mill scale, oil, grease, dust, moisture and other contaminants.
Insulation & Casing
For Owner P a g e | 307 For Contractor
Polyurethane Foam Application Specification a) For pipe sizes 125 mm and larger, the insulation shall be applied by spraying the foam directly onto the pipe and extruding the jacket directly on top of the foam. For pipe sizes up to and including 100 mm the insulation can be applied by injecting the polyurethane foam into the annulus between the service pipe and a pre-extruded HDPE casing.
b) For pipe sizes 125 mm and larger metal diffusion barrier shall be applied between the outer surface of the insulation and the jacketing material so as to eliminate the effect of reduced insulation properties to aging. Initial PU foam K value shall not exceed 0.023 W/m ºC and aged K value shall not exceed 0.025 W/m ºC.
Spray applied system a) The polyurethane insulation for pipe sizes 125 mm and larger shall be spray applied directly onto the service pipe in one continuous layer. Multiple spray layers to achieve the desired thickness shall not be allowed.
b) The insulation shall completely fill the annular space between the service pipe
and insulation jacket and shall be bonded to both the service pipe and insulation
jacket to form a completely bonded system. The polyurethane insulation shall be visually inspected for voids to application of the insulation jacket.
c) The manufacturer shall continuously measure the insulation thickness for compliance with this specifications utilizing measuring tape, ultrasonic or laser measurement devices.
For Owner P a g e | 308 For Contractor
d) The service pipe insulation shall be rigid, closed cell polyurethane insulation with
the minimum properties listed below. The polyurethane insulation properties shall be in
accordance with ASTM C1029, Type III – Specification for Spray-Applied Rigid
Cellular Polyurethane Thermal Insulation.
Property Value Test Method
Initial Thermal Conductivity (K Value) < 0.023 W/m OC ASTM C518
Aged K Value < 0.025 W/m OC ASTM C518
Density > 48 kg / m3 ASTM D1622
Compressive Strength > 300 kpa ASTM D1621
Closed Cell Content > 88 % ASTM D2856
Water absorption < 10 % EN 253
Table 2 – Polyurethane foam properties for foam produced by the spray process
e) The minimum insulation thickness shall be the following:
Pipe Size Minimum Insulation Thickness
< 400 mm 50 mm
> 450 mm 75 mm
Table 3 – Minimum Insulation thickness specifications
f) Open cell insulation or non-bonded insulation shall not be allowed.
g) CO2 foam shall not be allowed except for field joints.
For Owner P a g e | 309 For Contractor
h) The blowing agent used for the polyurethane foam must have zero ozone depletion rate and shall either be FA 245 B or 365/227. The use of HCFC 141B shall be limited to the countries wherein the use of this blowing agent is allowed.
i) Voids and bubbles shall not constitute more than 5% of the cross sectional area. No single void shall leave less than 1/3 of the nominal insulation thickness between the steel service pipe and the casing.
j) The manufacturer shall keep records, documenting the raw materials used, the prescribed mixing ration and the tests performed.
Pre-insulated Straight Lengths Specification a) The outer protective insulation jacket shall be seamless, high-density polyethylene (HDPE).
b) The HDPE jacket shall be extruded directly onto and bonded to the insulation for pipe size 125 mm and larger. For pipe sizes 100 mm and smaller, the HDPE jacket shall be seamless HDPE pipe.
c) The manufacturer shall continuously measure the jacket thickness for compliance with this specification.
d) All straight pipe lengths for pipe size 125mm and larger shall have a water tight end seal on each end. The end seal shall provide a water tight seal between the service pipe and insulation jacket. The end seal shall be capable of sealing against 60 Kpa water head pressure.
e) The pre-insulated pipe manufacturer shall submit third party test reports
For Owner P a g e | 310 For Contractor
demonstrating the end seal design is suitable for sealing 60 Kpa water head pressure.
f) Diffusion barrier must be placed between the jacket and foam for all pipes where foam is applied by spray to prevent ageing of foam. Diffusion barrier shall be a 3 layer co- extruded aluminum foil with PE on both sides of the barrier. Manufacturer must ensure bonding to the diffusion barrier for both foam and HDPE jacket.
Pre-insulated Fittings Specification
a) The outer protective insulation jacket shall be high density polyethylene (HDPE).
b) The insulation jacket for 90º elbows (standard elbows) up to 900 mm shall be molded, seamless HDPE or Extrusion welded HDPE Jacket.
c) The insulation jacket for tees and odd angle elbows shall be molded, seamless HDPE or extrusion welded.
d) Hot air welding, adhesive sealing, PVC materials or tape materials shall not be allowed.
Insulation Jacket Specification (for Fittings and Straights) - DELETED
Leak Detection - DELETED
Field Joints
a) Field joints shall be made in straight sections of pipe only. Field joints at elbows or tees or field insulated elbows or tees shall not be allowed.
b) The service pipe shall be hydrostatically pressure tested at a minimum of 150% of the design pressure in accordance with ASME B31.1. Hydro testing shall be performed prior to applying the insulation and jacket at the field joint.
c) Insulation shall then be poured in place into the field joint area in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
For Owner P a g e | 311 For Contractor
d) A heat shrinkable sleeve shall be installed over the field joint area in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction prior to insulating the field joint area.
e) All field joint insulation and HDPE casing materials for the filed joint shall be supplied by the pre-insulated pipe manufacturer.
f) All fitters shall be trained and certified by the pre-insulated pipe manufacturer.
Installation
a) The excavation of trenches for laying of the pipes shall be in Contractor’s scope.
b) The excavation shall be done as per approved drawings in line and level. The excavated earth shall be stacked within 50m distance radius and the same shall be used for back filling after laying of the pipe.
c) The protection of pipes with bricks before back-filling shall be in Contractor’s scope. It shall be done as per CPWD specifications.
d) The Contractor shall construct chambers with bricks of size as specified in the drgs for
For Owner P a g e | 312 For Contractor
valve chambers.
e) Installation of the pre-insulated piping system shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions.
f) The pre-insulated pipe manufacturer shall provide detailed written instructions for receiving, handling, storage, excavation, assembly, alterations, repairs, testing, inspection, field joint insulation and jacketing and backfilling.
Quality Assurance
a) The pre-insulated pipe manufacturer shall have a quality assurance program in Place to ensure compliance with this specification.
b) Non-destructive examination of all service pipe welds shall be performed in accordance with ASME B31.1.
c) All polyurethane insulation shall be visually inspected for voids prior to Application of the insulation jacket. If visual examination cannot be accomplished, the pre-insulated pipe manufacturer shall propose an alternative method to ensure there are no insulation voids.
d) The testing listed below (from EN 253) shall be performed to ensure the quality of the polyurethane insulation. Test reports shall be provided showing compliance.
Frequency
Sl.
Property Test Method Acceptance Criteria No. PQT Production
Qualification
Finish PU insulation
1 Visual Inspection Nil shall be free of voids 1 Pipe Each Pipe
& other visible defects
OD shall be measured on
PUF / HDPE /
Thickness of PUF, all pipes. HDPE jacket
2 Nil Combined : as per the 1 Pipe
HDPE & Combined thickness shall be measured
For Owner P a g e | 313 For Contractor
requirements
on 1 in 100 pipes
3 Compressive Strength ASTM D 1621 ≥300 KPa 1 Pipe Per Batch of Chemicals
4 Closed Cell Content ASTM D 6226 ≥88% 1 Pipe Per Batch of Chemicals
5 Thermal Conductivity ASTM C 518 ≤ 0.023 W/m-K 1 Pipe Per Batch of Chemicals
6 Water Absorption EN 253 ≤10 % 1 Pipes Per Batch of Chemicals
One test for
7 Axial Shear Strength Nil Carrier Pipe & Foam -
each
8 Impact Resistance EN 253 No Cracking 1 Pipe -
Table 6 – Test Summary for PQT & Production
Field Service
a) The pre-insulated pipe manufacturer shall provide a factory trained field service technician to support the proper installation of the pre-insulated piping system by the installer.
b) Field technical assistance shall be provided for critical periods of installation including;
• Installation training • Unloading • Field joint insulating and jacketing • Testing
c) The field service technician shall provide field reports for each day on the Job site.
For Owner P a g e | 314 For Contractor
13 INSULATION
Scope
The scope of this section comprises the supply and application of insulation conforming to these specifications.
13.1 Chilled Water Piping Insulation 6 °C. (Above Ground / Building area)
Material Specifications : (Main Material) : Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber
For Pipe Dia. Up to 40nb :The tubes shall be fully factory (machine) slit along each length withtwo strips of double sided self-adhesive tape pre-applied to each open slit surface with company bonded mechanical cloth (protection against mechanical impact and UV protection, insulation manufacturer bonded Treated Woven Glass Fibre Covering)
For pipe dia. above 40nb up to 100nb:The tubes shall be fully factory (machine) slit along eachlength with two strips of double sided self-adhesive tape pre-applied to each open slit surface & 2nd layer of class ‘O’ Nitrile with manufacturer bonded Treated Woven Glass Fibre Covering). Thus here the 1st layer is plain & 2nd is Bonded.
For pipe dia. above 100nb up to 600nb:Above 100nb Company Pre-Cut coming in two layers(ready to use) & final layer of readymade manufacturer’s supplied Treated Woven Glass Fibre Covering.
Material technical specifications:
• Insulation material shall be Closed Cell Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber • Thermal conductivity of elastomeric Nitrile rubber shall not exceed 0.035 W / (M.K) at an average temperature of 0C • The insulation shall have fire performance such that it passes Class 1 as per BS476 Part 7 for surface spread of flame as per BS 476 and also pass Fire Propagation requirement as per BS476 Part 6 to meet the Class ‘O’ Fire category as per 1991 Building Regulations (England & Wales) and the Building Standards (Scotland) Regulations 1990 • Material shall be FM (Factory Mutual), USA approved. • Moisture Diffusion Resistance Factor or ‘µ’ value shall be minimum 7,000.
Recommended Adhesive (for chilled water pipe lines)
It should be supplied by insulation manufacturer. It should be Modified chloroprene rubber adhesive in a blend of solvents, free from benzene. The adhesive shall be of low viscosity for ease of application and quick drying characteristics. The properly cured adhesive shall maintain water vapor resistance expected of insulation. It should have service temperature same as of insulation.
For Owner P a g e | 315 For Contractor
The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of - 40 to + 105 °C.
(Manufacturer bonded Treated Woven Glass Fiber)
Technical Details: Temperature Range: 0 °C to + 105 °C Overall (irrespective of the base product)
Color: Black / white
Treatment: Shall be treated Water Based Acrylic binder to give crisp and non-piling property to the
For Owner P a g e | 316 For Contractor
fabric, to help in easy installation, minimize fiber erosion, good aesthetics and resistance to abrasion.
Fiber spillage / Thread raveling should be minimum.
Density: 200 +/- 20 GSM
Tensile Strength: 275 +/- 25 Kg / 50 mm (minimum)
Thickness: 0.18 mm / 7 mill
PSA Tape:
Type: Solvent based Acrylic Adhesive
Peel Strength: 1000 gm / 25 mm (minimum) - (Adhesive to steel)
For Owner P a g e | 317 For Contractor
Release Class ‘O’ Nitrile rubber (self-sleeve) with company bonded
Liner: Required First nd mechanical cloth (protection against mechanical impact & UV 2
Polyester Thickness layer layer protection, insulation manufacturer bonded treated woven glass
Pipe NB (mm) fiber covering)
(mm)
25 32 32mm n/a self-sleeve company bonded cloth in one layer
32 32 32mm n/a self-sleeve company bonded cloth in one layer
40 32 32mm n/a self-sleeve company bonded cloth in one layer
50 38 32mm 6mm 1st layerself-sleeve& 2nd layer manufacturer bonded Treated
Woven Glass Fiber Covering st nd
1 layerself-sleeve& 2 layer manufacturer bonded Treated
65 38 32mm 6mm Woven Glass Fiber Covering
80 38 32mm 6mm 1st layerself-sleeve& 2nd layer manufacturer bonded Treated
Woven Glass Fiber Covering
st nd
1 layerself-sleeve& 2 layer manufacturer bonded Treated
100 38 32mm 6mm Woven Glass Fiber Covering
st nd
1 & 2 layer manufacturer pre-cut (ready to use) sheet & 3rd layer
125 38 19mm 19mm of readymade manufacturer’s supplied Treated Woven Glass Fiber
Covering (as a separate layer)
st nd
1 & 2 layer manufacturer pre-cut (ready to use) sheet & 3rd layer
150 38 19mm 19mm of readymade manufacturer’s supplied Treated Woven Glass Fiber
Covering (as a separate layer)
st nd
1 & 2 layer manufacturer pre-cut (ready to use) sheet & 3rd layer
200 44 19mm 25mm of readymade manufacturer’s supplied Treated Woven Glass Fiber
Covering (as a separate layer)
st nd
1 & 2 layer manufacturer pre-cut (ready to use) sheet & 3rd layer
250 44 19mm 25mm of readymade manufacturer’s supplied Treated Woven Glass Fiber
Covering (as a separate layer)
st nd
1 & 2 layer manufacturer pre-cut (ready to use) sheet & 3rd layer
300 44 19mm 25mm of readymade manufacturer’s supplied Treated Woven Glass Fiber
For Owner P a g e | 318 For Contractor
Covering (as a separate layer)
st nd
1 & 2 layer manufacturer pre-cut (ready to use) sheet & 3rd layer 350 44 19mm 25mm of readymade manufacturer’s supplied Treated Woven Glass Fiber
Covering (as a separate layer)
st nd
1 & 2 layer manufacturer pre-cut (ready to use) sheet & 3rd layer
400 44 19mm 25mm of readymade manufacturer’s supplied Treated Woven Glass Fiber
Covering (as a separate layer)
st nd
1 & 2 layer manufacturer pre-cut (ready to use) sheet & 3rd layer
600 44 19mm 25mm of readymade manufacturer’s supplied Treated Woven Glass Fiber
Covering (as a separate layer)
13.2 Duct Thermal Insulation: Material technical specifications:
Duct Insulation
For Duct thermal insulation - Nitrile rubber with antibacterial property - as follows: MATERIAL
• Insulation material shall be Closed Cell Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber.
• Thermal conductivity of elastomeric Nitrile rubber shall not exceed 0.033 W / (m.K) at mean temperature of 0 °C.
• Insulation material shall have anti-microbial product, which is EPA (Environmental Protection Agency), USA approved, as an integral part of insulation which cannot be washed off or worn off.
For Owner P a g e | 319 For Contractor
• It shall give enhanced level of protection against harmful Microbes such as bacteria, mold, mildew and fungi and shall confirm to following standards: Fungi Resistance - ASTM G21 and Bacterial resistance - ASTM G 22 / ASTM 2180.
• The insulation shall have fire performance such that it passes Class 1 as per BS476 Part 7 for surface spread of flame as per BS 476 and also pass Fire Propagation requirement as per BS476 Part 6 to meet the Class ‘O’.
• Material shall be FM (Factory Mutual), USA approved.
• Moisture Diffusion Resistance Factor or ‘µ’ value shall be minimum 10,000.
Adhesive for Duct Thermal Insulation:
The adhesive shall be formulated for the Duct insulation application and supplied by insulation (Nitrile) manufacturer. The adhesive shall be rubber based, solvent based contact adhesive, free from benzene. The adhesive shall have minimum tear strength resistance of > 20 N / 25 mm when tested as per AFERA - 4001. The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of 0 deg to +85 ° C.
Duct Thermal Insulation for Round Duct:
Insulation for Round or capsule duct should be carried out from inside of the duct applied with good quality adhesive. Contents of adhesive are described as above. Suggested thicknesses are as follows:
DUCT INSULATION THICKNESS
Insulation Thickness (mm) Material to be used
Supply Air Duct (Line 23 Class ‘0’ plus Nitrile
Temperature 14 °C) rubber (with microban)
Return Air Duct 12 Class ‘0’ plus Nitrile
(Line Temperature 26 °C) rubber (With microban)
Supply Air Duct in Return 8 Class ‘0’ plus Nitrile
Air Path (Line Temp. 14 °C) rubber (with microban)
13.2.1 Duct Thermal Insulation: (Within the building)
For Owner P a g e | 320 For Contractor
Thickness & Nitrile specifications shall remain same as above
DUCT INSULATION THICKNESS
Insulation Thickness (mm) Material to be used
Supply Air Duct (Line 23 Class ‘0’ plus Nitrile
13.2.2 Temperature 14 °C) rubber (with microban)
Return Air Duct 12 Class ‘0’ plus Nitrile
(Line Temperature 26 °C) rubber (With microban)
Supply Air Duct in Return 8 Class ‘0’ plus Nitrile
Air Path (Line Temp. 14 °C) rubber (with Microban)
Duct Thermal Insulation: (exposed to sun)
For Rectangular ducts (Exposed to Sun): Thickness & Nitrile specifications shall remain sameas above.
Further, a protective layer of mechanical cloth to be applied over and above the Nitrile rubber.
Specifications for cloth - Manufacturer bonded Treated Woven Glass Fiber
For Owner P a g e | 321 For Contractor
Technical Details: Temperature Range: 0°C to + 105°C Overall (irrespective of the base product)
Color: Black /white
Treatment: Shall be treated Water Based Acrylic binder to give crisp and non-piling property to thefabric, to help in easy installation, minimize fiber erosion, good aesthetics and resistance to abrasion. Fiber spillage / Thread raveling should be minimum.
Density: 200 +/- 20 GSM
Tensile Strength: 275 +/- 25 Kg / 50 mm (minimum)
Thickness: 0.18 mm / 7 mill
Pressure sensitive self-adhesive tape (PSA) Tape: 50 mm width (with glass cloth only).
Type: Solvent based Acrylic Adhesive
Peel Strength: 1000 gm / 25 mm (minimum) - (Adhesive to steel)
Release Liner: Polyester
13.3 Duct Acoustic Insulation:
Specifications: Ducts are included in Schedule of Quantities shall be provided with acoustic lining ofthermal insulation for a distance of minimum 5 meters (or 30% of the duct length whichever is more).
Scope: The scope of this section comprises the supply and application of insulation conforming tothese specifications.
Acoustic Insulation
For Owner P a g e | 322 For Contractor
• Material shall be engineered Nitrile Rubber open cell foam • The Random Incidence Sound Absorption Coefficient (RISAC); tested as per ISO 354, should be minimum as per following chart
Freq (Hz) 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 NRC
10 mm 0.03 0.04 0.14 0.04 0.88 1.00 0.35
15 mm 0.01 0.09 0.29 0.74 1.08 0.83 0.55
20 mm 0.04 0.13 0.4 0.9 1.04 0.90 0.60
25 mm 0.02 0.25 0.86 1.14 0.88 0.99 0.80
30 mm 0.07 0.32 0.99 1.16 0.93 1.08 0.85
50 mm 0.23 0.73 1.29 0.99 1.09 1.11 1.05
• The material should be fiber free • The density of the same shall be within 140-180 Kg/m • It should have antimicrobial product protection, and should pass Fungi Resistance as per ASTM G 21 and Bacterial Resistance as per ASTM E 2180.
• The material should have a thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.047 W/m.K @ 20 °C • The material should withstand maximum surface temperature of +850C and minimum surface temperature of -200C • The material should conform to Class 1 rating for surface spread of Flame in accordance to BS 476 Part 7 & UL 94 (HBF, HF 1 & HF 2) in accordance to UL 94, 1996. • The insulation should pass Air Erosion Resistance Test in accordance to ASTM Standard C 1071-05 (section 12.7).
For Owner P a g e | 323 For Contractor
Thickness of the material shall be as specified for the individual application. The insulation should be installed as per manufacturer’s recommendation.
Thickness for Duct Acoustic: 10 mm
Adhesive for Duct Acoustic Insulation:
Specifications: The adhesive shall be formulated for the Duct insulation application and supplied byinsulation (Nitrile) manufacturer. The adhesive shall be rubber based, solvent based contact adhesive, free from benzene. The adhesive shall have minimum tear strength resistance of > 20 N / 25 mm when tested as per AFERA - 4001. The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of 0 deg to +85 °C.
Installation Procedure
The inside surface for the ducts shall be covered with adhesive recommended by the manufacturer. Cut Foamed sheets into required sizes apply adhesive on the foam and stick it to the duct surface
13.4 Plant Room & AHU Room Acoustic Insulation:
Specifications:
Providing UL Classified ROCK WOOL Stone wool Thermal Rock Insulation with low chloride content, chemically inert, non- sulphurous, rot proof, and vermin proof & non- injurious to health. Density shall be 60 kg / m3 x 120 mm (2 layers of 60 mm) thickness Black Glass Tissue and NRC of 1.00. Noncombustible Class A1 as per EN 13501-1/UL 723 insulation materials with zero smoke indexes must be water repellent preformed slabs with EUCEB certification. Insulation material with water absorption not more than 0.23 Kg/M2 as per EN 1609 and moisture resistance less than 0.02%. Chloride content not more than 12 ppm as per ASTM C795.
Application: Providing & fixing (Thermal Rock) insulation slab mechanically with GI runner (alongwith GI Wires / Screws for holding the material) under the RCC slab & over the wall.
13.5 Drainpipe insulation.
For Owner P a g e | 324 For Contractor
(Class ‘0’ Nitrile - 13 mm thick sleeve without bonded cloth & neither self-sleeve Nitrile shall be used for draining piping) i.e. Only plain Nitrile rubber sleeve to be applied with the help of specified adhesive :
Material technical specifications:
• Insulation material shall be Closed Cell Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber • Thermal conductivity of elastomeric Nitrile rubber shall not exceed 0.035 W/(m.K) at an average temperature of 0 °C • The insulation shall have fire performance such that it passes Class 1 as per BS476 Part 7 for surface spread of flame as per BS 476 and also pass Fire Propagation requirement as per BS476 Part 6 to meet the Class ‘O’ Fire category as per 1991 Building Regulations (England & Wales) and the Building Standards (Scotland) Regulations 1990
• Material shall be FM (Factory Mutual), USA approved. • Moisture Diffusion Resistance Factor or ‘µ’ value shall be minimum 7,000.
Adhesive -It should be as per recommended by insulation manufacturer. It should be Modifiedchloroprene rubber adhesive in a blend of solvents, free from benzene. The adhesive shall be of low viscosity for ease of application and quick drying characteristics. The properly cured adhesive shall maintain water vapor resistance expected of insulation. It should have service temperature same as of insulation.
The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service
For Owner P a g e | 325 For Contractor
temperature of - 40 to + 105 degree C.
Specifications: 13 mm thick Nitrile sleeve for drain piping insulation. It shall be plain sleeve withoutbonded & without self-sleeve.
13.6 Shaft / under deck Insulation:
Specifications:
Providing UL Classified ROCK WOOL Stone wool Thermal Rock Insulation with low chloride content, chemically inert, non- sulphurous, rot proof, and vermin proof & non- injurious to health. Density shall be 60 kg/m3 x 60 mm thickness with company bonded reinforced aluminum foil U – value = 0.58 W/m2 K and NRC of 1.00. Noncombustible Class A1 as per EN 13501-1/UL 723 insulation materials with zero smoke indexes must be water repellent preformed slabs with EUCEB certification. Insulation material with water absorption not more than 0.23 Kg/M2 as per EN 1609 and moisture resistance less than 0.02%. Chloride content not more than 12 ppm as per ASTM C795.
Application: Providing & fixing (Thermal Rock) insulation slab mechanically with screw washersystem – cross wire system under the RCC slab.
13.7 False-ceiling acoustic insulation nearby trap door areas.
Specification for Acoustic Insulation
The scope of this section comprises the supply and application of insulation conforming to these specifications.
ACOUSTIC INSULATION
• Material shall be engineered Nitrile Rubber open cell foam • The Random Incidence Sound Absorption Coefficient (RISAC); tested as per ISO 354, should be minimum as per enclosed chart
Freq (Hz) 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 NRC
10 mm 0.03 0.04 0.14 0.04 0.88 1.00 0.35
15 mm 0.01 0.09 0.29 0.74 1.08 0.83 0.55
For Owner P a g e | 326 For Contractor
20 mm 0.04 0.13 0.4 0.9 1.04 0.90 0.60
25 mm 0.02 0.25 0.86 1.14 0.88 0.99 0.80
30 mm 0.07 0.32 0.99 1.16 0.93 1.08 0.85
50 mm 0.23 0.73 1.29 0.99 1.09 1.11 1.05
• The material should be fiber free • The density of the same shall be within 140-180 Kg/m3 • It should have antimicrobial product protection, and should pass Fungi Resistance as per ASTM G 21 and Bacterial Resistance as per ASTM E 2180.
• The material should have a thermal conductivity not exceeding 0.047 W/m.K @ 20 °C • The material should withstand maximum surface temperature of +850C and minimum surface temperature of -20 0C • The material should conform to Class 1 rating for surface spread of Flame in accordance to BS 476 Part 7 & UL 94 (HBF, HF 1 & HF 2) in accordance to UL 94, 1996. • The insulation should pass Air Erosion Resistance Test in accordance to ASTM Standard C 1071-05 (section 12.7). Thickness of the material shall be as specified for the individual application. The insulation should be installed as per manufacturer’s recommendation.
Adhesive for Trap door Insulation:
Specifications: The adhesive shall be formulated for the Duct insulation application and supplied by
For Owner P a g e | 327 For Contractor
insulation (Nitrile) manufacturer. The adhesive shall be rubber based, solvent based contact adhesive, free from benzene. The adhesive shall have minimum tear strength resistance of > 20 N / 25 mm when tested as per AFERA - 4001. The adhesive shall be quick drying characteristics for tropical conditions and shall have service temperature of 0 deg to +85 deg C.
Application procedure:
Glue the rubber on the trap door with mechanical supports as required. Stick also on the surround area of the unit & above the false ceiling. Just need to lay and stick. App. 150 Sq. Ft. area per unit (nearby the unit) to be acoustic.
Thickness: 10 mm
13.8 Pump Insulation
Chilled water pump shall be insulated to the same thickness as the pipe to which they are connected and application shall be same as above. Care shall be taken to apply insulation in a manner as to allow the dismantling of pumps without damaging the insulation.
Cold Water and Expansion Tank Insulation
Cold water tank, and chilled water expansion tank shall be insulated as per manufacturer’s standard.
Measurement of Insulation
Unless otherwise specified measurement for duct and pipe insulation for the project shall be on the basis of center line measurements described herewith
a. Pipe Insulation shall be measured in units of length along the center line of the installed pipe, strictly on the same basis as the piping measurements described earlier. The linear measurements shall be taken before the application of the insulation. It may be noted that for piping measurement, all valves, orifice plate sand strainers are not separately measurable by their number and size. It is to be clearly understood that for the insulation measurements, all these accessories including cladding, valves, orifice plates and strainers shall be considered strictly by linear measurements along the centre line of pipes and no special rate shall be applicable for insulation of any accessories, fixtures or fittings whatsoever.
b. Duct Insulation and Acoustic Lining shall be measured on the basis of surface area along the centre line of insulation thickness. Thus the surface area of externally thermally insulated or acoustically
For Owner P a g e | 328 For Contractor
lined be based on the perimeter comprising center line (of thickness of insulation) width and depth of the cross section of insulated or lined duct, multiplied by the center-line length including tapered pieces, bends, tees, branches, etc. as measured for bare ducting.
14 Valves
a) Gate, Globe, Check and Butterfly Valves
All gate valves up to and including 32mm diameter and globe and check valves up to and including 40mm diameter shall be of gun metal screwed type, conforming to class 1 of IS:778.
All butterfly valves of 40mm diameter and above shall be wafer type, have cast iron body having SG Iron Disc with black Nitrile rubber seal and shaft of SS 410 and conforming to class PN-16 of IS: 13095:1991.
All check valves above 50 mm diameter shall be dual plate type in cast iron construction and conforming to class PN-16
Auto air vent valves shall be provided at all higher points in the piping system for venting.
For Owner P a g e | 329 For Contractor
All auto air vent valves shall be in brass construction with synthetic float. It should be possible to clean the valve in the pressurized headers without the necessity of any isolating valve. b) 2 Way Modulating / Pressure Independent / Balancing and Flow Control Valve
The Self balancing flow control valves that are pressure independent, 2-way, modulating to accept Input signals from the control system.
Each AHU / FCU shall be provided with a 2Way Pressure Independent Balancing and Control Valve integrated in a single Body.. The valve should be a Globe Type. Diaphragm based delta p controller should ensure 100% valve authority & linear characteristics at all loads and all settings.
All Valve actuators should be microprocessor based with self-calibrating feature.
Valve Actuator combination should be able to give logarithmic control characteristics to achieve linear control.
Manual Override Flow Balancing should only be done in Valve, not in actuator and should not involve opening of actuator Body.
Regarding Balancing – Each Valve should have a step less adjustable maximum flow limitation as per the designed flow rate of coils.
The balancing should be done only in the valve not in the actuator so that in case of actuator failure the balancing is not lost and easily accessible.
The differential pressure controller should maintain a constant differential pressure across the control valve, irrespective of fluctuations in the system, with the help of a self-adjusting diaphragm.
The actuator should not play a part in the balancing process. This will ensure that an operational issue in the actuator will not lead to a loss of balancing, causing problems elsewhere in the system.
Balancing & Control: The balancing should be accomplished by the spring loaded diaphragm and the control should be done by the actuator receiving signals from room thermostats or BMS.
Balancing Valves
For Owner P a g e | 330 For Contractor
All balancing valves of up to and including 40 mm diameter shall be in gun metal screwed type construction. The valves of 50 mm diameter and above shall be in cast iron flanged end construction.
The valve shall have PTFE / SS disc with special erosion / corrosion proof sealing.
The valves shall be capable of delivering metered quantity of water and subsequently should function as isolating valve. All the valves shall have built in pressure drop measuring facility to ascertain water flow rate. The valves shall have temper proof adjustable and lockable arrangement for required water quantity after commissioning.
The valves shall be complete with drain cock, pressure test cocks, etc.
Dynamic Balancing cum Modulating Valve
The valve shall be self-balancing, dynamic flow control, electronic pressure independent, motorized, two-way, modulating type to accept digital or analog input signals and provide flow feedback signal to the control system.
The valve shall accept 2-10V DC, 4-20 mA, digital 3-point floating or PWM input signals and shall be capable of providing 4-20mA or 2-10V DC flow feedback signal to the control system. Each valve shall have minimum 51 adjustable maximum flow rate settings to enable flow limitation and balancing to the coils or zones that the valves are controlling. The actuator shall be microprocessor based with a self-
For Owner P a g e | 331 For Contractor
calibrating feature. The valves from 15 to 40mm shall be designed for double union piping connections while above 40mm of the wafer style for fitting between flanges.
The valve shall accurately control flow, independent of system pressure fluctuations. Maximum flow setting shall be adjustable to 51 different settings within the range of the valve size.
Valve actuator housing shall be rated to IP 44.
Actuator shall be driven by a 22-26V AC or 28-32V DC motor, and shall accept 2-10 VDC, 0-10 VDC, 4-20 mA, 3-point floating or pulse width modulation electric signal and shall include resistor to facilitate any of these signals.
Actuator shall be capable of providing 4-20 mA or 2-10V DC feedback signal to the control system.
Actuator shall have external LED read-out of current valve position and maximum valve position setting. The turn time for the actuator shall not be more than 150 seconds (from closed to fully open position).
The housing for 15-40mm size shall be constructed of forged ASTM brass rated at no less than 2500 kPa static pressure and 120 °C.
The housing for 50-150mm shall be constructed of Ductile Iron ASTM rated at no less than 4000 kPa static pressure and 120 °C.
The valve housing for 15-40mm shall be double union construction with a range of pipe connections available for the appropriate pipe size.
All valves shall have identification tags.
The flow regulation unit shall consist of stainless steel and hydrogenated acryl Nitrile butadiene rubber and shall be capable of controlling flow within ± 5% of each rated flow.
The flow regulation unit shall be accessible, for maintenance.
The optional dual pressure/temperature test plugs for verifying accuracy of flow performance shall be available for all valve sizes.
For Owner P a g e | 332 For Contractor
The valve shall be suitable for maximum close off pressure of 700 kPa D and maximum operational pressure of 320-400 kPa D.
c) Miscellaneous Valves
All gauge cocks shall be of gunmetal plug type, complete with siphon (brass chrome plated).
All drain valves shall be of gunmetal with a hose union connection on one end or extended upto the drain pit as the case may be.
All valves on the supply line of fan coil units shall be of gunmetal ball type with integral water strainers, having (BSP) FPT inlet and flare type MPT outlet connection.
All valves on the return line of fan coil units shall be as above but without integral water strainer.
d) Strainers
The strainers shall either be 'pot' type or 'Y' type with cast iron or fabricated steel body, tested to a pressure of 10 kg/sq.cm applicable for the butterfly valves as shown on the drawings.
The strainers shall have a perforated bronze sheet screen with 3mm perforation, 0.83mm thick.
Pot strainers and `Y' strainers shall be provided with flanged connections.
For Owner P a g e | 333 For Contractor
The strainers shall be designed to facilitate in easy removal of filter screen for cleaning, without disconnection of pipe line.
Pot strainer shall be fabricated out of M.S. sheet
e) Suction Guide
Guide shall be in cast iron construction with outlet guide valves, removable SS strainer and fine brass mesh strainer for startup. The brass mesh is to be removed after the short running period. The installation suction guide shall be done enabling removal of strainer and periodic blow down.
f) Automatic Air Vents
Automatic air vents shall be used where indicated. They shall have gunmetal or brass bodies, non-ferrous or stainless steel floats and guides, non-corrodible valves and seats. Each automatic air vent shall be controlled by a lock-shield valve. Air release pipes shall be run to discharge at the nearest suitable and visible point and agreed by the Architect.
Thermometers -Liquid Immersion
Thermometers shall be of the mercury-in-glass type of at least 150 mm long with accuracy of ± 0.5 °C.
Unless otherwise specified, material of thermometer pocket shall be of stainless steel grade 316.
The thermometer will be dial type with 4” dial and suitable range as approved and at following locations.
At inlet and outlet of each cooling coil & Chillers.
Pressure Gauges for Water Systems
Pressure gauges shall comply with BS EN 837-1 calibrated in kPa from zero to not less than 1.3 times and not more than twice the operating pressure of the respective equipment/system and shall be accurate to 1.5% of full scale reading, unless otherwise specified.
The dials of gauges shall not be less than 100 mm diameter and the cases shall be of polished brass or chromium-plated mild steel with optical sight glass.
For Owner P a g e | 334 For Contractor
Pressure gauges used solely to indicate the head and pressure of water shall be provided with an adjustable red pointer set to indicate the normal working pressure or head of the system.
Jointing
All pipelines shall be welded type except G.I. piping, which shall have screwed connections.
Square cut plain ends will be welded to pipe up to and including 100mm diameter. All pipes 25mm diameter or larger will be beveled by 35o for welding.
Heaters
Electric heaters shall be provided in banks of equal capacity distributed on three power phases. Heaters shall be mounted within seamless incoloysheathed electrically resistant U-tubes. The heaters shall be easily removable externally, without opening terminal plate or disturbing other components. The heater mounting socket shall be made leak proof. Heaters shall be suitable for 415 + 10% volts, 50 cycles, three phase AC supply and shall be in direct contact with water contained in shell.
Miscellaneous a.) Provide all piping, required to make the apparatus connected, complete and ready for regular and safe operation. Unless otherwise noted, connect all apparatus and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's standard details, as approved by Engineer - in - Charge.
Consult drawings and specifications to determine number and requirements of all items of equipment requiring piping, such as bend, drain, relief, etc. wherever equipment is provided with connections for
For Owner P a g e | 335 For Contractor
such piping.
b.) Unless otherwise specified, pitch the lines of piping as follows:
All condensation drainage, including air handling unit and fan coil unit shall be pitched in the direction of flow to ensure adequate drainage, with an adequate trap seal to prevent leakage of air due to static pressure developed by air conditioning units. Pitch, 20mm per meter wherever possible, but not less than 10mm. Drains from other equipment shall be pitched similarly without trap seal. c.) Provide valves and capped connections for all low points in piping system, necessary or required for draining systems. Provide for all risers isolating valves and drain valves to permit repairs without interfering with the rest of the system.
d.) During construction, temporarily close, open ends of pipes with sheet metal caps, where necessary, or required to prevent debris from entering piping system. e.) Support piping independently of all equipment so that the equipment is not stressed by the piping weight or expansion. f.) Provide suitable platforms, etc. to facilitate the maintenance-repair and replacement of valves and fittings. g.) Unions, if used, shall be flanged, as required, wherever indicated and in connections to all equipment, apparatus, and specialties requiring disconnection for repairs or replacement. Locate unions between shut-off valves and equipment, as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. h.) Provide shut-off valves where indicated and for individual equipment, units at inlet and outlet, to permit unit removal for repairs, without interfering with remaining of the system. Additional shut-off valves shall be provided as required to enable all systems to be fully sectionalized. By-pass and stop valves shall be provided for all automatic control valves as specified.
i.) Arrange piping for maximum accessibility for maintenance and repair; locate valves for easy access and operation. No valves shall be installed with handles pointing down, unless unavoidable.
j.) Cut the pipes accurately according to measurements, established at building and work into place without springing or forcing.
k.) Pipe supports shall be adjustable for height and prime coated with rust preventive paint and finish coated with grey paint, both as approved by Engineer – in - Charge. Spacing of pipe supports shall not be more than that as specified below:
For Owner P a g e | 336 For Contractor
Normal pipe sizes in mm Spacing (meters)
15 1.25
20 & 25 2.00
30, 40, 50 & 65 2.50
80, 100 & 125 2.50
150 & above 3.00
l.) Extra supports shall be provided at the bends, and at heavy fittings like valves to avoid undue stresses on the pipes. Pipe hangers shall be fixed on walls and ceilings by means of metallic approved dash fasteners. m.) Insulated piping shall be supported in such a manner so as not to put undue pressure on the insulation) Where pipes are to be buried underground, they should be coated with one coat of bituminous paint. The top of the pipes shall not be less than 105 Cms from the ground level. Where this is not practical, permission of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be obtained for burying the pipes at lesser depth. The pipes shall be surrounded in all sides by sand cushions. The trench shall be refilled with the
For Owner P a g e | 337 For Contractor
excavated soil. Excess soil shall be removed from the site of work by the Contractor.
Hangers & Supports
Hangers and supports shall be provided and installed for all piping and tubing wherever indicated, required or otherwise specified. Wherever necessary, additional hangers and supports shall be provided to prevent vibration or excessive deflection of piping and tubing.
All hangers and supports shall be made of steel or other durable and non-combustible materials. Pipe shall be rested on pre moulded polyurethane foam pipe section of density 180 Kg/M3. Wire or perforated strap iron shall not be used as permanent hangers or supports.
Hangers shall be supported from structural steel, concrete inserts and pipe racks, specifically approved.
No hanger / equipment shall be suspended midway, between steel joists and panel points.
Drilling or punching of holes in steel joist members will not be permitted.
All pipes in AC plant room shall be supported from pipes and channels from floor.
Sleeves
Where pipes pass through walls, provide galvanized steel pipe sleeves 50mm larger than outside diameter of pipe without any extra cost. Where pipes are insulated, sleeves shall be large enough to have ample clearance for insulation.
Where pipes pass through outside walls or floor slab the space between pipe and sleeve shall be packed with lead wool and oakum.
The center of pipes shall be in the center of sleeves and sleeves shall be flush with the finished surface.
Floor sleeves shall project 50mm above finished floor level.
The strainers for the refrigerant liquid line shall be `Y' type with gun metal body and bronze filter screen of fine mesh. The filter screen shall be easily removable type without dismantling the strainer from the circuit.
For Owner P a g e | 338 For Contractor
15 LV SWITCHBOARDS (PTTA):
The equipment’s and work shall conform to General Specifications for electrical works of CPWD (Part
– I, II, IV) as amended up to date, Indian Electricity rules, Indian Electricity Act 1910 and other relevant regulations with statutory regulation and safety codes that is related to the work.
GENERAL
This section covers the detailed requirements of medium voltage switchboard for 415 volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 4 wire system.
STANDARDS AND CODES
Updated and current Indian Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice will apply to the equipment and the work covered by the scope of this contract.
Low Voltage switchgear & control gear IEC 60947 / IS 13947:1993
Part I : General rules
Part II : Circuit Breakers
Part III : Switches, disconnectors, switch disconnectors and fuse combination units
Part IV : Contactors and Motor starters
Part V : Control circuit devices and switching elements
For Owner P a g e | 339 For Contractor
SWITCHBOARDS
General
(i) The LV switchboards shall be Type Tested at CPRI as per the standards. The switchboards and the associated equipment including switchgear, control gear, Bus bar supports, Bus bar orientation, Bus bar links etc. shall be identical in construction to the assembly.
(ii) Switchboards shall have a short circuit level withstand as per Schedule of Quantities and drawings. (iii) The enclosures shall be designed to take care of normal stress as well as abnormal electromechanical stress due to short-circuit conditions. All covers and doors provided shall offer adequate safety to operating persons and provide ingress protection of IP 42 unless otherwise stated. Ventilating openings and vent outlets, if provided, shall be arranged such that same ingress protection of IP 42 is retained. (iv) The switchboard along with ACBs and connections should have been be type tested design at CPRI /Independent international test house for short circuit, temperature rise. (v) For operator safety IP2 X (touch proof) protection to be available even after opening the feeder compartment door. The compartmentalization to be achieved by using metal separators, use of PVC sheet / Hylem sheets shall not be allowed. (vi) As specified in the BOQ the switchboard shall be form 3b. For form of separation only metallic covers shall be used. Hylem / PVC sheets shall not be allowed.
Switchboard Configuration
(i) The Switchboard shall be configured with Air Circuit Breakers, MCCB's, MCB’s and other equipment as called for in the schedule of quantities. (ii) The MCCBs shall be arranged in multi-tier formation whereas the Air Circuit Breakers shall be arranged in Single or Double tier formation only to facilitate operation and maintenance. (iii) The Switchboards shall be of adequate size with a provision of spare space to accommodate possible future additional switch gear.
Constructional Features
(i) The Switchboards shall be metal clad totally enclosed, floor mounted free standing / Wall Mounted type of Bolted, modular design suitable for indoor mounting. (ii) Switchboards construction shall employ the principle of compartmentalized and segregation for each circuit. (iii) Incomer and bus section panels or sections shall be separate and independent and shall not be wired with sections required for feeder. (iv) Switchboards shall be made up of requisite vertical sections, which when coupled together, shall form
continuous dead front switchboards.
(v) The switchboards shall be designed for use in high ambient temperature and humid tropical conditions as specified. Ease of inspections, cleaning and repairs while maintaining continuity of operation shall be provided in the design. (vi) Metal based neoprene gaskets between all adjacent units and beneath all covers shall be provided to render the joints dust and vermin proof to provide a degree of protection of IP 42/IP 54 as stipulated in schedule of quantities . The unused openings within the switchboards shall be closed using suitable grommets. (vii) Special care to be taken to ensure effective earthing of the frame and doors of the switchboards.
For Owner P a g e | 340 For Contractor
(viii) Each vertical section shall be provided with a rear or side cable chamber housing the cable end connections and power/control cable terminations. There should be generous availability of space for ease of installation and maintenance with adequate safety for working in one vertical section without coming into contract with any live parts. The design of the switchboard shall allow standard extension
chambers if required to accommodate cables.
(ix) Some switchboards may be required to be installed against the wall, for such application- documented designs shall be available.
(x) Switchboard shall be provided with “Danger Notice Plate” conforming to relevant Indian Standards.
Switchboard Dimensional Limitations
(i) The overall height of the switchboard shall be limited to 2400 mm for all the Busbar ratings and type of switchboards. Panel should have integral base frame of 100mmX50mmX5mm channel. (ii) Hence total panel height should not be more than 2475mm.
For Owner P a g e | 341 For Contractor
(ii) The height of the operating handle, push buttons etc. shall be restricted between 300 mm and 1700 mm from finished floor level. (iii) Other dimensional limits if any are specified separately.
Switchboard Compartmentalization
(i) For compartmentalized switchboards, separate totally enclosed compartments shall be provided for
horizontal bus bars, vertical bus bars, ACBs, MCCBs, and cable alloys. (i)
The main board shall be with Form 3b Construction.
(iii) Earthed metal or insulated shutters shall be provided between draw out and fixed portion of the switchgear such that no lives parts are accessible with equipment drawn out. Degree of protection within compartments shall be at least IP 2X. (iv) Sheet steel hinged lockable doors for each separate compartment shall be provided and duly interlocked with the breaker in "ON" and "OFF" position. (v) For all Circuit Breakers separate and adequate compartments shall be provided for accommodating instruments, indicating lamps, control contactors and control MCB etc. These shall be accessible for testing and maintenance without any danger of accidental contact with live parts of the circuit breaker, bus bars and connections. (vi) For Some MCCB feeders for critical loads like UPS it may be required to have operation only after opening the door, all other facilities like pad lockable rotary handle to be provided for such feeder. It shall be possible to do this change during execution of order (vii) Each switchgear cubicles shall be fitted with label in front and back identifying the circuit, switchgear type, rating and duty. All operating device shall be located in front of switchgear only. (viii) Separate cable compartments running the height of the switchboard in the case of front access boards shall be provided for incoming and outgoing cables. (ix) Cable compartments shall be of adequate size for easy termination of all incoming and outgoing cables entering from bottom or top. The construction shall include necessary and adequate and proper support shall be provided in cable compartments to support and clamping the cable in the cable alley / cable chamber.
Switchboard Bus Bars
(i) Bus bars shall be suitable for full load current for phase bus bars and half rated current for neutral bus bar or as stipulated in schedule of quantities. Bus bar shall be suitable to withstand the stresses of fault level as specified in schedule of quantities. (ii) The bus bar system may comprise of a system of main horizontal bus bars and auxiliary vertical bus bars run in bus bar alloy on either side in which the circuit could be arranged with front access for cable entrances (iii) The bus bars shall be supported on non-breakable, non-hygroscopic epoxy resin or glass fiber reinforced polymer insulated supports able to withstand operating temperature of 110O C at regular intervals, to withstand the forces arising from a fault level as stipulated in schedule of quantities. The material and the spacing of the Bus bar supports should be same as per the Fault level.
For Owner P a g e | 342 For Contractor
Switchboard Interconnection
(i) All connection and tap offs shall be through adequately sized connectors appropriate for fault level at location. This shall include tap off to feeders and instrument/control transformers. (ii) For unit ratings up to 100 amps, PVC insulated 105 °C withstand, copper conductor wires of adequate size to carry full load current shall be used. The terminations of such interconnections shall be crimped. Solid connections shall be used for all rating of above 100 amps.
Wiring
All wiring for relays and meters shall be with FRLS copper conductor wires. The wiring shall be coded and labeled with approved ferrules for identification. The minimum size of copper conductor control wires shall be 1.5/2.5 sq. mm. Runs of wires shall be neatly bunched and suitably supported and clamped. Means shall be provided for easy identification of wires. Identification ferrules shall use at both end of wires. All control wires meant for external connections are to be brought out on a terminal board. The cables and control wires shall be suitable for withstanding 105 °C.
For Owner P a g e | 343 For Contractor
Sheet Steel Treatment and Painting
Sheet steel used in the fabrication of switchboards shall undergo a rigorous cleaning and surface treatment seven tank process comprising of alkaline degreasing, descaling in dilute sulphuric acid and a recognized phosphate process after which a coat of primer paint compactivity with the final paint shall be applied over the treated surface. Final paint coat of oven baked powder coating, of minimum 50-60micron thickness, of sheet approved by Engineer-in-Charge shall then be provided.
Name Plates and Labels
Suitable engraved white on black name plates and identification labels of metal for all Switchboards and Circuits shall be provided. These shall indicate the feeder number and feeder designation.
Testing at Works
Copies of type test carried out at ACB/ MCCB manufacturers works and routine tests carried out at the switchboard fabricators shop shall be furnished along with the delivery of the switchboards. Engineer- in-Charge reserves the right to get the switchboard inspected by their representative at fabricators works prior to dispatch to site to witness the followings.
a) Physical variation and dimensional check
b) Verification of bill of material
c) Functional check d) HV test e) IR test (Meggar)
SWITCHGEAR
LT Air Circuit Breakers
General
(i) The circuit breakers shall be of the air break type, robust and compact design suitable for indoor mounting and shall comply with the requirement IEC 60947-1 and 2. Rupturing capacity shall be as stipulated in Schedule of quantities. Heat loss per pole shall be low. (ii) The breaker shall comply with the isolation function requirement of IEC 60 947-2 section 7.12 to be marked as suitable for isolation / disconnection to facilitate safety of operating personal while the breaker is in use. (iii) The breaker shall provide class II insulation between the front panel and internal power circuits to avoid any accidental contact with the live main current carrying path with the front cover open.
For Owner P a g e | 344 For Contractor
(iv) Protective devices, metering, CTs, PTs, push buttons and indicating lamps shall be provided as per schedule of quantities.
Constructional Features
(i) The Circuit Breaker shall be flush front, metal clad, and horizontal draw-out pattern, three / four pole as required and fully interlocked. Each Circuit Breaker shall be housed in a separate compartment enclosed on all sides. Up to 1600A ACB in two tier construction permissible. (ii) The Circuit Breaker cradle shall be designed and constructed to permit smooth withdrawal and insertion. The movement shall be free of jerks, easy to operate. Mechanical Latch to be provided to identify the isolated, test & service position of breaker to prevent over racking. (iii) All current carrying parts in the breaker shall be silver plated and suitable arcing contacts shall be provided to protect the main contacts which shall be separate from the main contacts and easily replaceable. In addition, Arc chutes shall be provided for each pole, and these shall be suitable for being lifted out for the inspection of the main and the arcing contacts. (iv) The circuit breaker shall have indication of mechanical wear of contacts enabling visible indication of contact life. (v) Self-aligning cluster type isolating contacts shall be provided for the Circuit Breaker, with automatically operated shutters to screen live cluster contacts when the Breaker is withdrawn from the cubicle. Sliding connections including those for the auxiliary contacts and control wiring shall also be
For Owner P a g e | 345 For Contractor
of the self-aligning type. The fixed portion of the sliding connections shall have easy access for maintenance purposes.
Circuit Breaker Interlocking
Sequence type strain free interlocks shall be provided to ensure the following:
(i) It shall not be possible for the Breaker to be withdrawn from the cubicle when in the "ON" position. To achieve this, suitable mechanism shall be provided to lock the Breaker in the tripped position before the Breaker is isolated. (ii) It shall not be possible for the Breaker to be switched "ON" until it is either in the fully inserted position or, for testing purposes, it is in the fully isolated position. (iii) It shall not be possible for the Circuit Breaker to be plugged in unless it is in the OFF position. (iv) A safety latch shall be provided to ensure that the movement of the Breaker, as it is withdrawn, is checked before it is completely out of the cubicle, thus preventing its accidental fall due to its weight. (v) Mechanical and electrical anti-pumping devices shall be incorporated in the ACB's as required.
Operating Mechanism
(i) The Circuit Breaker shall be trip free with independent manual spring operated or motor wound spring operated mechanism as specified and with mechanical ON/OFF indication. The operating mechanism shall be such that the circuit breaker is at all times free to open immediately the trip coil is energized. The breaker shall be provided with in built anti-pumping mechanism. (ii) The closing time shall be less than or equal to 70 ms to ensure faster closing of the breaker. And tripping time should be less than 30 ms to reduce the let through energy in the event of fault. (iii) The operating handle and mechanical trip push button shall be at the front of and integral with the Circuit Breaker. (iv) There shall be mechanical indicator on the front panel for ‘Ready to close’ situation for the breaker by checking all interlocking. (v) The Circuit Breaker shall have the following four distinct and separate positions which shall be indicated on the face of the panel. The breaker shall get latched in each of three positions namely Service, Test and Isolated, operator to de latch before racking in/out to other position "Service" --Both main and secondary isolating contacts closed
"Test" --Main isolating contacts open and secondary isolating contacts closed "Isolated" --Both main and secondary isolating contacts open "Maintenance" - -Circuit Breaker fully outside the panel ready for maintenance
Circuit Breaker Auxiliary Contacts
The Circuit Breaker shall have suitable free / minimum 6 NO/NC auxiliary contacts rated at 10 amps 415 volts 50 Hz. These contacts shall be approachable from the front for connecting all external wiring from the front. They shall close before the main contacts when the Circuit Breaker is plugged in and vice versa when the Circuit Breaker is Drawn Out of the cubicle.
For Owner P a g e | 346 For Contractor
Electrical Auxiliaries
(i) All electrical auxiliaries, including the spring charging gear motor shall be installable on site without requiring adjustment or any tools other than a screw driver (ii) The auxiliaries shall be placed in a compartment which under normal operating conditions, shall not contain any conducting parts capable of entering into electrical contact with the circuit breaker poles. It shall be possible to connect all auxiliary wiring from the front of the circuit breaker.
Circuit breaker Releases
(i) The Air Circuit Breakers should have microprocessor release. (ii) The Incoming circuit breaker to be equipped with the microprocessor based release with adjustable short circuit protection with adjustable time delay, Over current protection, and adjustable earth fault protection with adjustable time dely. The release should have graphical display showing the IDMT curve. It should have bar graph display of all electrical parameters like V, A, W, VAR, VA, Wh, VARh, Vah It should be possible to store tripping history of last ten faults with time and date of fault and the type of fault with values.
For Owner P a g e | 347 For Contractor
(iii) The outgoing ACBs should have microprocessor based Release with Short circuit and overload protections with Display of current. The bar graph to show percentage loading of the breaker shall be available. (iv) On line setting of the parameters should be possible. (v) The setting of the ACB should be possible digitally as well as with dial settings with the help of screwdriver. (vi) Option of communication port on all types of the releases, even if the same is not specified at the time of ordering. (vii) As an option it should be possible to have programmable contacts if required at later date.
Earthing
The frame of the Circuit Breaker shall be positively earthed when the Circuit Breaker is racked into the cubicle.
MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
General
(i) The circuit breakers shall comply with the requirement of IEC 60 947 / IS 13947: 1993. MCCBs shall be suitable for nominal voltage of 3 phase 690 Volts AC 50 HZ supply. (ii) The circuit breaker shall comply with the isolation function requirement of IEC 60 947-2 section 7.1.2 to be marked as suitable for isolation / disconnection to facilitate safety of operating personnel while the breaker is in use. (iii) The circuit breaker shall provide class II insulation between the front cover and internal power circuits to avoid any accidental contact with the live main current carrying path with the front cover open.
Constructional features
(i) The MCCBs shall be made of halogen free high strength heat resisting and flame retardant thermo setting insulating material. (ii) Three phase MCCBs shall have a common handle for simultaneous operation and tripping of all the three phases. (iii) The contact tips shall be made of suitable arc resistant sintered alloy. Terminals shall be of liberal design with adequate clearances (ii) Suitable arc extinguishing devices shall be provided for each contact.
Operating mechanism
(i) The operating handle of the MCCBs shall be quick make / break, trip free type. (ii) The operating handle of the MCCBs shall have suitable, ON, OFF and TRIPPED indicators.
For Owner P a g e | 348 For Contractor
(iii) The operating handle and mechanical trip push button shall be at the front of and integral with the circuit breaker (iv) MCCBs shall be capable of limiting the fault currents. The maximum thermal I2 t shall be indicated by the manufacturer. These characteristics shall allow high cascading performance with MCCBs / MCBs downstream. (v) MCCBs shall comprise of the mechanism designed to trip the circuit breaker in the event of high value short circuit currents. (vi) The electrical endurance of MCCBs shall be more or equal to that specified by IEC 60 947-2 standard. (vii) All MCCB up to 250A shall have Thermal Magnetic based release for O/C & S/C protection and above 250A shall have Microprocessor based release for O/C, S/C & E/F (inbuilt) protection with minimum 36KA of Breaking Capacity.
(viii) Capacitor Panel Incomer MCCB shall have Thermal Magnetic Release for O/C & S/C Protection. (ix) Earth fault protection if specified should be an integral part of the breaker, direct operating type & adjustable (x) MCCBs should be of the same family. (xi) For optimum selection of the ratings and breaking capacities, range MCCBs should have established cascading charts to enhance capacity of the downstream MCCBs.
For Owner P a g e | 349 For Contractor
Circuit Breaker Interlocking
MCCBs shall be provided with following interlocking devices.
a. Handle interlock to prevent unnecessary manipulations of the breaker. b. Door interlock to prevent door being opened when the breaker is in ON position c. De-interlocking device to open the door even if the breaker is in ON position.
Circuit breaker auxiliaries
The circuit breaker shall be provided with following accessories, if specified in drawings/ schedule of quantities
a. Under voltage trip b. Shunt trip c. Alarm switch d. Auxiliary switch
Type test certificate
The contractor shall submit type test certificate from an international recognized test house for the circuit breakers offered.
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
(i) The MCB's shall be of the completely moulded design suitable for operation at 240/415 Volts 50 Hz system.
(ii) The MCB's shall have a rupturing capacity of 10 KA at 0.5 p.f. (iii) The MCB's shall have inverse time delayed thermal overload and instantaneous magnetic short circuit protection.
Manufacturing Facilities
(i) Sheet steel manufacturing shall be done according to the drawings on in house CNC cutting and bending machines. (ii) In house facility to be available for seven tank pretreatment process and powder coating facilities The Pretreatment and painting process shall be regularly checked for the stability of the process the final paint thickness should be 60 to 80microns. (iii) The manufacturer must have established stores with proper procedures for checking incoming material, stocking, rejection etc. so that non-Quality material does not enter the shop. (iv) In house facility for routine testing of the switchboards
For Owner P a g e | 350 For Contractor
16.0 DATA SHEETS
Technical data sheet for the following equipment to be submitted along with the Tender
i) Water cooled screw chillers. ii) Pumps
iii) Cooling Towers iv) AHU v) Water based Cassette type Fan Coil Units
17.0 COMPABILITY TO BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.
All the equipment supplied and installed by the contractor shall have compatibility to connect to standard Building Management System (BMS). Potential free contacts to be provided for sending / receiving digital signals. All required protocols shall be provided free of cost along with any associated hardware. The contractor is required to provide all thermo well, sockets nipple, ball valves as required for BMS use at no extra cost.
18.0 TESTS AT SITE
18.1 General
The Contractor must perform all inspection and tests of the system as a whole and of components
individually as required, under the supervision of the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized
representative, in accordance with the provisions of the applicable 'ASHRAE' standards or
For Owner P a g e | 351 For Contractor
approved equal and as per site requirements. All tests shall be recorded in the format approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
18.2 Piping System
In general pressure tests shall be applied to piping only before connection of equipment and appliances. In no case shall piping, equipment or appliances be subjected to pressures exceeding their test ratings.
Tests shall be completed and approved before any insulation is applied.
After tests have been completed, the system shall be drained and cleaned of all dust and foreign material. All strainers, valves and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt, fillings and debris.
All water piping shall be tested and proven tight under hydrostatic pressure of 10 Kg / sq cm unless stated otherwise in the specifications. The prescribed pressure shall be maintained for 24 hours.
18.3 Duct Work
All branches and outlets shall be tested for air quantity, and the total of the air quantities shall be within plus ten percent (+10%) of fan capacity.
Fire dampers, volume dampers and splitter dampers shall be tested for proper operation.
18.4 Balancing and Adjustment
All air handling ventilation equipment, duct work and outlets shall be adjusted and balanced to deliver the specified air quantities indicated, at each inlet and outlet, on the drawings. If these air quantities cannot be delivered without exceeding the speed range of the sheaves or the available horse power, the Engineer shall be notified before proceeding with the necessary rectification and balancing of air distribution system. Water circulating system shall be balanced for required water quantity at various equipment’s such as pumps, chillers, air handling units, fan coil units and cooling tower, etc.
18.5 Electrical Equipment
All electrical equipment shall be cleaned and adjusted on site before application of power. The following minimum tests shall be carried out by contractor as per relevant IS / IE rules.
For Owner P a g e | 352 For Contractor
a) Continuity tests.
b) Insulation resistance tests, phase to phase and phase to earth, and phase to neutral on all circuits and equipment, using a 500 Volt mega.
c) The earth resistance between body and earth must not exceed 0.5 ohm.
d) The phase sequence test.
e) Operating tests on all protective relays to prove their correct operation before energizing the main equipment including secondary injection test at site.
f) Operating tests on all starters, circuit breakers, etc.
18.6 Performance Tests
The installation as a whole shall be balanced and tested upon completion, and all relevant information including the following shall be submitted to the Engineer – In - Charge.
Air volume passing through each unit, duct, grilles, etc. i)
For Owner P a g e | 353 For Contractor
ii) Differential pressure readings through each pump chiller and condenser.
iii) Electrical current readings, in amperes of full and average load running, and starting, together with name plate current of each electrical motor.
iv). Daily records should be maintained of hourly readings, taken under varying degrees of internal heat load and use and occupation, of wet and dry bulb temperatures, upstream 'ON-COIL' of each cooling coil, also suction temperatures and pressures for each refrigerating unit, the current and voltage drawn by each machine. Any other reading shall be taken which may subsequently be specified by the Engineer.
18.7 Miscellaneous
The above tests are mentioned herein amplification but not by way of limitation to the provisions of conditions of contract and specification. Duration of the test shall be continuous 20 working hours. Contractor shall carry out three seasonal tests each of 48 hours duration during defect liability period of the approved dates.
The date of commencement of all tests listed above shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with the requirements of this specification.
The Contractor shall supply the skilled staff and all necessary instruments and carry out any test of any kind on a piece of equipment, apparatus, part of system or on a complete system if the Engineer – in - Charge requests such a test for determining specified or guaranteed data, as given in the specifications or on the drawings.
Any damage resulting from the tests shall be repaired and / or damaged material replaced, all to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
In the event of any repair or any adjustment having to be made, other than normal running adjustment, the tests shall be void and shall be recommended after the adjustment or repairs have been completed.
The Contractor must inform the Engineer-in-Charge when such tests are to be made, giving sufficient notice, in order that the Engineer-in-Charge or his nominated representative may be present.
Complete records of all tests must be kept and 3 copies of these and location drawings must be furnished to the Engineer-in-Charge.
The Contractor may be required to repeat the test as required, should the ambient conditions at the time not given, in the opinion of the Engineer – in - Charge sufficient and suitable indication of the effect and performance of the installation as a whole or of any part, as required.
For Owner P a g e | 354 For Contractor
ANNEXURE – I
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES
Sr. Description Approved Makes
No
1 Water Cooled Screw Chillers Carrier / Mcquay / Trane / York / Hitachi / Danhambush
2 Conventional DX Split / Ductable Unit Toshiba / Daikin / Mitsubishi Electric
3 Air Handling Unit Nutech / Zeco / Citizen / Edgetech / VTS
4 Two Stage Evaporative Unit Colorado / HMX / Seelay International
5 Chiller Plant Manager Carrier / L&T Atmos / Mcquay / Trane / York
6 Ceiling Concealed / Cassette type / Midea / Bhutoria / Carrier / Flaktwood / Edgetech / Zeco
Wall Mount Type / Floor Mounted
Vertical type Fan Coil Unit
7 Cooling Coil Nutech / Zeco / Citizen
8 Pumps Grundfoss / ITT Bell &Gosset / Mather & Platt – WILO /
Xylem / Armstrong
9 Variable Pumping System Grundfoss / ITT Bell &Gosset / Mather & Platt – WILO /
Xylem / Armstrong
10 Cooling Tower Advance / Bell / Paharpur
11 Electrical Hot Water Generator Thermax / Rapid Cool /A.O. Smith
12 Suction Guide Grundfoss / ITT Bell &Gosset / Mather & Platt – WILO
13 Vibration Isolators Dunlop / Emerald / Resistoflex
14 Variable Frequency Drives ABB / Allen Bradley / Alstan / Danfoss / Siemens
15 Ventilation Fan
15.1 Propeller fans Alstom / Crompton / Almonard
15.2 Centrifugal Fans of AHU Kruger / Nicotra / Nadi / Comfree
15.3 Tube Axial & Centrifugal Fans Kruger / Nicotra / Nadi
15.4 Inline Fans Kruger / Nicotra / Nadi
For Owner P a g e | 355 For Contractor
15.5 Cabinet type Fresh / Exhaust Air Units Nutech / Zeco / Citizen / Edgetech / VTS
16 Bellows Easy Flex / Dunlop / Kanwal / Resistoflex
17 Pipes -
17.1 GI Pipes Tata / Jindal – Hissar
17.2 MS Pipes Tata / Jindal / Sail
17.3 Pre Insulated Pipes Perma-Pipe / Thermal Pipe Systems, Inc
/ Thermacor
17.4 UPVC Pipes for Drainage Supreme / Precision / Equi.
18 Flexible Duct Connection Mapro / Resistoflex / kanwal
19 Flexible Pipe Connection Cori / Flexitronics / Resistoflex
20 Fire Retardant Canvass Connection Armaduct / Climatech
21 GI Sheets Tata / Jindal / Sail
21.1 Factory Fabricated Duct ETA - Alphaduct / Rolastar / Techno fabri duct / Zeco
22 Grills / Diffuser / Louvers / Jet Air Flow / Caryaire / Cosmos / Dynacraft / Systemair/ Trox
Nozzles
23 Displacement Diffusers Trox / Ruskin / Systemair
24 Volume Control Damper Caryaire / Cosmos / Dynacraft / Ravistar
25 AluminiumAerofoil VCD Caryaire / Cosmos / Dynacraft / Ravistar
26 GI Aerofoil VCD Caryaire / Cosmos / Dynacraft / Ravistar
27 Fire Dampers Caryaire / Cosmos / Dynacraft / Ravistar
28 Motorised smoke & Fire Damper Systemair / Greenheck / Ruskin / Trox
29 Fusible link fire damper Systemair / Greenheck / Ruskin / Trox
30 Sound Attenuators Dynacraft / Caryaire / Cosmos / Systemair
31 Fastner Fischer / Hilti / Mungo
32 GI Threaded Rope Hitech / Rolastar
33 Wire rope duct supporting arrangement Gripple / Diamond / Seven Star Easy Flex
For Owner P a g e | 356 For Contractor
34 Valves
34.1 GM up to 40 mm Diameter Audco / Leader / Sant / Zoloto
34.2 Ball / Cock Valve Audco / CIM / Oventrop / Zoloto
34.3 Butterfly Valve Advance / Audco / Belimo / Castle / Honeywell / kitz
34.4 Manual Balancing Valve Advance / Castle / Danfoss / Intervalve / Honeywell
34.5 Waffer Swing Check Valve Advance / Castle / Leader
34.6 2 Way On / Off Valves with Actuator Belimo / Danfoss / Honeywell / Johnson Control
34.7 Automatic / Dynamic Balncing Valves T & A / Watts / Vir
34.8 Motorized Butterfly Valve Audco / Belimo / Danfoss / Honeywell / Siemens
34.9 Three way / Two way modulating Danfoss / Honeywell / Johnson Control / Schneider /
control Valve With Actuator Siemens
34.10 Auto Air Vent Anergy / Flamco / Spirotech
35 Ball valve Cimberio / Emerald / Itap / Kitz
36 Ball valve & Ball valve with Y-
Cimbers / Emerald / Rapid Control
Strainer (Fan Coil Unit)
37 Closed type expansion tank Anergy / Bell & Gossett / K D Agency / Spirotech
38 Air & dirt separator Spirotech / Spirotherm / Anergy
39 Vacuum degasser Spirotech / Spirotherm
40 Pot / ’Y’ Strainer Emerald / Sant / Spurlon / Zoloto / Advance / Castle
41 Thermometers / Pressure Gauge Emerald / Fiebug / H.Guru / Warrie
42 Thermostat & Controllers Schneider / Carel / Broen / Siemens / OEM supply from
FCU maker
43 Pressure Independent Control Valve T & A / Frese / Broen
44 Static Pressure Transmitter TAC / Johnson / Honeywell
45 Temp Controller TAC / Johnson / Honeywell / Siemens
T+ RH Transmitters (Duct/Wall
46 TAC / Johnson / Honeywell
For Owner P a g e | 357 For Contractor
mounted)
Electromagnetic Flow Meter / BTU
47 Tata Honeywell /Johnson Controls / Siemens / Sauter
Meter
48 Air DP Switches TAC / Johnson / Honeywell
49 Dew Point Sensor TAC / Johnson / Honeywell
50 DP Transmitter TAC / Johnson / Honeywell
51 Insulation
51.1 Closed Cell Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber Armacell / Vidoflex / Armaflex
along with adhesive
51.2 Protective Coating over Closed Cell Armacell / Vidoflex / Armaflex
Nitrile Rubber
51.3 Acoustic Insulation Armacell / Vidoflex / Armaflex
51.4 Under Deck / Shaft insulation Roxul-Rockwool / Lloyds / Beardsell
51.5 PUF Pipe Supports Entech / Lloyd / Malanpur
Polyurethane Foam (PUF) /
51.6 Polyisocyaurate machine cut Shiplap Entech / Lloyd / Malanpur
joint slabs.
52 Fire Sealant Birla 3 M / Hilti / Promat
53 Fire Wrap / Board / Paint Birla 3 M / Hilti / Promat
54 Air Filters AAF / Anfilco / Spectrum / Termadyne
55 V Belts / Pulley Dunlop / Fenner
56 HVAC Controls Belimo / Carrier / Danfoss / Honeywell / Johnson Controls /
Siemens / Trane
57 Electric Motors ABB / Alstom Crompton / Siemens
58 Starters / Switches / Contactors BCH / L&T / Siemens
59 Switch Gear Legrand (lexic), Schneider, L&T, Hager
59.1 ACB
For Owner P a g e | 358 For Contractor
59.2 MCCB / MCB
60 Cables Finolex, Havell’s, Polycab, KEI, Lapp Cables
60.1 Power Cables
60.2 Control Cables
61 Electrical Cable Glands Compression type, Heavy duty and deep threading with
rubber-ring and double washers. (Sample to be approved)
HMI, Comet
62 ON / Off Push Buttons RAS Control / Schneider / L&T
63 Single Phase Preventer ABB / L&T / Minilec / Siemens
64 Thermal Relay ABB / L&T / Siemens
65 Indicating Lamps LED Type : Schneider, L&T, RASS
66 Lugs Dowells, 3-D (Copper long neck)
67 Relays / Push Buttons Areva, Siemens, L&T, ABB, CSPC, Schneider
68 Current Transformer Pragati, Ashok, Kalpa, AE
69 Digital Meters Schneider, Secure, Elmeasure, HPL, L&T
(Suitable for PC Connected and LAN with open protocol,
Sample to be approved)
70 Timer / Limit Switch ABB / BCH / L&T / Siemens / Theban (Indoasain), Legrand
71 MV Modular Panels System house of above switchgear Makes Only & CPRI
Approved panel builders only
72 Steel Wire Cable Trays Cablofil (Legrand) / Gewiss / OBO
73 Chemical Earthing LPI / Ingesco / ERRICO
74 Paint Asian / Berger / ICI / Nerolac
For Owner P a g e | 359 For Contractor
ANNEXURE – II
TECHNICAL DATA SHEET
Submittal by the Contractor (to be filled in by the tenderer
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS (TO BE FILLED BY THE FIRMS)
SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL DATA FOR SCREW CHILLERS
1. SCREW WATER CHILLING MACHINE. a. Capacity at Tender conditions: b. COP as per ECBC:
1.1 COMPRESSOR
a. Manufacturer (Make)- b. Country of Origin-
c. Model and type (Open / Semi-hermetic)- d. No. Of compressor per chiller and compressor RPM. - e. Refrigerant_ Load IkW/TR at tender design conditions for IkW/TR at ARI 550/590 constant condenser water temperature conditions
100%
75%
50%
25%
Part load value NPLV= IPLV=
f. Saturated evaporating temperature (°C) g. Saturated condensing temperature (°C) h. Discharge gas temperature (°C)
i. Cooling capacity above condition (TR)- J. Compressor shell test pressure (Kg/cm²)- k. Method of oil cooling- l. Quantity of refrigerant in the chiller (Kg)-
For Owner P a g e | 360 For Contractor
m. Recommended range of capacity control without Hot gas bypass (%)-
n. HP/LP/OP cutouts set points (Kg/cm²)- o. Capacity variation step less (Yes / No)- p. Type of bearings- Note : In case of machine containing multiple compressors, power consumption of each compressor shall be indicated
1.2 COMPRESSOR MOTOR
a. Motor Manufacturer- b. Type- c. K W Rating /Power factor- d. Electrical Characteristics (+10% voltage variation)- e. Motor RPM- f. Insulation g. Enclosure/protection class. - h. Efficiency- i. Starter manufacturer & Starter Type- j. Starting current (Amps). - k. Full load current FLA (Amps). - l. Locked Rotor current (Amps)- m. Type of vibration isolation for compressor & motor- Rubber pads
For Owner P a g e | 361 For Contractor
1.3 CONDENSER
a. Manufacturer(Make) Model- b. Shell Material- c. Tube material /No. of tubes /Tube OD (mm)-
d. Number of passes- e. Fouling factor (FPS)- f. Water Flow (USGPM)-
g. Water velocity in tubes (m/s)-
h. Water side pressure drop (M)- i. Water temperature In/Out (°F/°C)- j. Design degree of sub-cooling(°F/°C)-
k. Shell side design pressure (Kg/cm²)- l. Tube side design pressure (Kg/cm²)- m. Shell side Working pressure (Kg/cm²)-
n. Pressure relief valve set pressure (Kg/cm²)- o. ACTUAL capacity of condenser at above conditions (TR)-
1.4 CHILLER
a. Manufacturer(Make) Model-
b. Shell Material-
c. Type ( DX /Flooded)- d. Tube material /No. of tubes /Tube OD – e. Fouling factor (FPS)-
f. Number of circuts-
g. Water Flow (USGPM)- h. Water velocity in tubes in case of flooded coolers (m/s)- i. Pressure drop of chilled water (M)-
j. Shell side design pressure (Kg/cm²)- k. Tube side design pressure (Kg/cm²)- l. Shell side test pressure (Kg/cm²)-
m. Tube Working pressure (Kg/cm²)-15 n. Pressure relief valve set pressure (Kg/cm²)- o. Shell insulation at MFR works material & thickness (mm)-
For Owner P a g e | 362 For Contractor
p. Water temperature In/Out (°F/°C)- q. ACTUAL capacity of condenser at above conditions (TR)-
1.5 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL CENTRE
a. Indicate point wise display system ,set points etc.- b. Interface with BAS (Confirm provided ) _
1.6 GENERAL
a. Original computer selection printout from manufacturer to be attached with the offer (confirm)
b. ARI certification (Confirm)-ARI c. Overall Dimension(M)-
For Owner P a g e | 363 For Contractor
Length -
Breadth-
Height-
d. Operating weight (kg) /shipping weight- e. Service clearance required (M) L X B X H- f. Sound power level(dB) in each octave band
Mid freq 63Hz 125Hz 250Hz 500Hz 1000Hz 2000Hz 4000Hz 8000Hz
SWL
(dB)*
*SPL ref to 10¯12
g. Sound pressure level at 3m horizontal distance (dBA)- h. Type of vibration isolators- rubber pads
PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP
1 Manufacturer To be specified by tenderer
2 Model No. To be specified by tenderer
3 Type of Pump To be specified by tenderer
4 Power consumption (kW) To be specified by Tenderer
5 Pump speed rpm Not exceeding 1440 rpm
6 Pump discharge ( in LPM) 3085
7 Pump head pressure (in meter) 15
For Owner P a g e | 364 For Contractor
8 Motor Rating (HP) To be specified by Tenderer
9 Class of Protection To be specified by Tenderer
10 Performance Curves To be enclosed with offer
11 Pump Efficiency To be specified by Tenderer
CONDENSOR WATER PUMP
1 Manufacturer To be specified by tenderer
2 Model No. To be specified by tenderer
3 Type of Pump To be specified by tenderer
4 Power consumption (kW) To be specified by Tenderer
5 Pump speed rpm Not exceeding 1440 rpm
6 Pump capacity ( in LPM) 4618
7 Pump head pressure (in M) 15
8 Motor Rating (HP) To be specified by Tenderer
9 Class of Protection To be specified by Tenderer
10 Performance Curves To be enclosed with offer
11 Pump Efficiency To be specified by Tenderer
SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP
1 Manufacturer To be specified by tenderer
2 Model No. To be specified by tenderer
3 Type of Pump To be specified by tenderer
For Owner P a g e | 365 For Contractor
4 Power consumption (kW) To be specified by Tenderer
For Owner P a g e | 366 For Contractor
5 Pump speed rpm Not exceeding 1440 rpm
6 Pump discharge ( in LPM) 4921
7 Pump head pressure (in M) 36 M
8 Motor Rating (HP) To be specified by Tenderer
9 Class of Protection To be specified by Tenderer
10 Performance Curves To be enclosed with offer
11 Pump Efficiency To be specified by Tenderer
COOLING TOWER
1 Manufacturer To be specified by tenderer
2 Type To be specified by tenderer
3 Model To be specified by tenderer
4 Overall dimensions(mm) To be specified by tenderer
5 Weight with water (kg) To be specified by tenderer
6 No of fans To be specified by tenderer
7 CMH per fan To be specified by tenderer
8 Outlet velocity(MtrsPer min) To be specified by tenderer
9 Tip speed (mts per min) To be specified by tenderer
10 Drift loss (LPH) To be specified by tenderer
For Owner P a g e | 367 For Contractor
11 Total water loss (LPH) To be specified by tenderer
12 Approach to design wet bulb (deg C) To be specified by tenderer
Water piping
1 Material of Pipe To be specified by tenderer
2 Material of fittings To be specified by tenderer
3 Pipe wall thickness To be specified by tenderer
4 Material of valves To be specified by tenderer
5 Pressure Gauges To be specified by tenderer
6 Make To be specified by tenderer
7 Range To be specified by tenderer
8 Dial size To be specified by tenderer
9 Flow meter type and make To be specified by tenderer
Ducting
1 Material To be specified by tenderer
2 Manufacturer To be specified by tenderer
3 whether ducting as per IS:656 To be specified by tenderer
AIR HANDLING UNIT
GENERAL To be specified by tenderer
For Owner P a g e | 368 For Contractor
1 Manufacturer To be specified by tenderer
2 Type of Unit To be specified by tenderer
3 Overall Dimensions( in mm) To be specified by tenderer
4 Operating Weight (including weight of water To be specified by tenderer
in circulation)
For Owner P a g e | 369 For Contractor
5 Noise Level To be specified by tenderer
6 Material & Thickness of Drain pan To be specified by tenderer
Fan Section
7 Manufacturer To be specified by tenderer
8 Type of Fan To be specified by tenderer
9 Fan Speed ( RPM) To be specified by tenderer
10 No of fans To be specified by tenderer
11 Fan wheel diameter (mm) To be specified by tenderer
12 Drive arrangement To be specified by tenderer
13 No of belts in case of belt drive To be specified by tenderer
14 Material & Thickness of fan wheel and To be specified by tenderer
blades
15 Material & thickness of housing To be specified by tenderer
16 Fan outlet area To be specified by tenderer
17 Outlet Velocity (MPM) To be specified by tenderer
18 Total Air Quality(CuM/Min) To be specified by tenderer
19 Static pressure at outlet (mm of water) To be specified by tenderer
20 Whether statically and dynamically To be specified by tenderer
balanced
For Owner P a g e | 370 For Contractor
21 Type of Bearing To be specified by tenderer
Cooling coil
22 Manufacturer To be specified by tenderer
23 Type To be specified by tenderer
24 Material of tubes To be specified by tenderer
25 Material of fins To be specified by tenderer
26 Tube Diameter To be specified by tenderer
27 Tube Thickness To be specified by tenderer
28 Fin Thickness To be specified by tenderer
29 Method of bonding of tube and fins To be specified by tenderer
30 No of fins/cm To be specified by tenderer
31 No of rows deep To be specified by tenderer
32 Total Tube surface, outside ( sq mm) To be specified by tenderer
33 Test pressure To be specified by tenderer
34 Coil Surface area To be specified by tenderer
35 Flow rate of water To be specified by tenderer
36 Vol. Of water through tubes (MPS) To be specified by tenderer
37 No of circuits To be specified by tenderer
38 Pressure drop in coil (m of water) To be specified by tenderer
For Owner P a g e | 371 For Contractor
Air Filters
39 Manufacturer To be specified by tenderer
40 Type of medium To be specified by tenderer
41 Filter Medium To be specified by tenderer
For Owner P a g e | 372 For Contractor
42 Material of framework and thickness To be specified by tenderer
(mm)
43 Face area (sq mm) To be specified by tenderer
44 Face velocity across fliter (MPS) To be specified by tenderer
45 pressure drop across filter (mm of water) To be specified by tenderer
For Owner P a g e | 373 For Contractor
ANNEXURE – III
TENDER DRAWINGS FOR HVAC WORKS
Sr No NAME NUMBER NAME OF DRAWINGS
Academic Block
Academic Floor Plan @ 97.9 m. Lvl. (Plant Room) 1. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-01
SHOWING HVAC LAYOUT
Academic Floor Plan @ 102.0 m. Lvl. (Lower Plaza) 2. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-02
SHOWING HVAC LAYOUT
Academic Floor Plan @ 105.3 m. Lvl. (Middle Plaza) 3. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-03
SHOWING HVAC LAYOUT
Academic Floor Plan @ 108.6 m. Lvl. (Upper Plaza) 4. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-04
SHOWING HVAC LAYOUT
Academic Floor Plan @ 111.9 m. Lvl. SHOWING HVAC 5. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-05
LAYOUT
Academic Floor Plan @ 115.2 m. Lvl. SHOWING HVAC 6. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-06
LAYOUT
Academic Floor Plan @ 118.5 m. Lvl. (Entry Level) 7. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-07
SHOWING HVAC LAYOUT
IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-08 Academic Floor Plan @ 121.8 m. Lvl. SHOWING HVAC
LAYOUT
8.
For Owner P a g e | 374 For Contractor
Academic Floor Plan @ 125.1 m. Lvl. SHOWING HVAC 9. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-09
LAYOUT
Academic Floor Plan @ 128.4 m. Lvl. SHOWING HVAC 10. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-10
LAYOUT
Academic Floor Plan @ 131.7 m. Lvl. SHOWING HVAC 11. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-11
LAYOUT
12. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-P1 Academic Block - Schematic Chilled water piping Diagram
Academic Block - Schematic Chilled water piping 13. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-P2
Diagram
Academic Block - Schematic Chilled water piping 14. IIM U(1) - ACAD - M-P3
Diagram
15. IIM U(1) - MP - M-P4 Master Plan Showing HVAC Trench Layout
For Owner P a g e | 375 For Contractor
ANNEXURE – V (Schedule of Departure)
SCHEDULE OF DEPARTURE FROM SPECIFICATIONS
Ref to Clause of the specification Description of Deviation Reason for Departure
DEPARTURE FROM GENERAL SPECIFICATION
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Certified that except for departure mentioned above tender is in accordance with CPWD
General Specifications for Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Works 2004, CPWD
GeneralSpecifications for Electrical Works (Part I – Internal) 2013, (Part II – External)1994 , CPWD
General Specifications for Electrical Works (Part- IV) substation 2013 wherever applicable, as per
relevant IS amended up to date and in accordance with detailed requirements specified intender
specifications / Schedule of Quantities
(Signature of the contractor)
For Owner P a g e | 376 For Contractor
CERTIFICATE
Certified that the items of the work as described in the Schedule of Quantities in Price Bid have been read in conjunction with the Technical Specifications and the Scope of Work has been fully understood by us.
Further, we also certify that there are no departures from the nomenclature of items specified in the Schedule of Quantities except those specifically brought out in the “Scheduleof departure fromSpecifications “.
(Signature of the contractor)
For Owner P a g e | 377 For Contractor